WO2018133730A1 - Heterocyclic compound, preparation method and use therefor - Google Patents

Heterocyclic compound, preparation method and use therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018133730A1
WO2018133730A1 PCT/CN2018/072398 CN2018072398W WO2018133730A1 WO 2018133730 A1 WO2018133730 A1 WO 2018133730A1 CN 2018072398 W CN2018072398 W CN 2018072398W WO 2018133730 A1 WO2018133730 A1 WO 2018133730A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
compound
alkyl
cycloalkyl
mmol
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/072398
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘钢
于华
杨定菊
何婷
康熙伟
蔡家强
刘金明
吴勇勇
曾宏
宋宏梅
苏东海
周信
谭玉婷
王利春
王晶翼
Original Assignee
四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 filed Critical 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司
Priority to CN201880001611.4A priority Critical patent/CN109071468B/en
Publication of WO2018133730A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018133730A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/42Oxazoles
    • A61K31/422Oxazoles not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4245Oxadiazoles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4439Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06Antihyperlipidemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D261/06Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D261/08Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P20/00Technologies relating to chemical industry
    • Y02P20/50Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
    • Y02P20/55Design of synthesis routes, e.g. reducing the use of auxiliary or protecting groups

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a heterocyclic compound for the treatment of a disease or condition mediated by a farnesoid X receptor (FXR), and more particularly to a FXR agonist compound, and stereoisomers, tautomers thereof Forms, polymorphs, solvates (such as hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolites, N-oxides, and chemically protected forms and prodrugs thereof.
  • FXR farnesoid X receptor
  • the invention further relates to a process for the preparation of said compounds, to pharmaceutical compositions and kits comprising said compounds, and to their therapeutic use.
  • the farnesoid X receptor (FXR, NR1H4) is expressed in the liver, the entire gastrointestinal tract, kidney and adrenal glands including the esophagus, stomach, duodenum, small intestine, colon (Kuipers, F. et al, The Farnesoid X Receptor (FXR) as Modulator of Bile Acid Metabolism. Rev. Endocrine Metab. Disorders, 2004, 5: 319-326).
  • FXR is a member of a transcription factor known to be a ligand for ligand activation of nuclear receptors.
  • Bile acids such as chenodeoxycholic acid (CDCA) or its taurine or glycine amide conjugate are endogenous ligands for FXR.
  • Bile acid binds to FXR and activates FXR, which controls the expression of multiple genes through heterodimeric complexes with retinoid X receptors (RXR), including bile acids, cholesterol, and triacids in the liver and circulation.
  • RXR retinoid X receptors
  • Gene expression for glycerol, lipoprotein homeostasis (Kalaany, NY; Mangelsdorf, DJLXRS and FXR: the yin and yang of cholesterol and fat metabolism. Annu. Rev. Physiol., 2006, 68, 159-191).
  • FXR also appears to be involved in paracrine and endocrine signaling by up-regulating fibroblast growth factor 15 (rodent) or fibroblast growth factor 19 (monkey, human) (T. Inagaki et al. Fibroblast growth factor 15 functions as an enterohepatic signal to Qualification bile acid homeostasis. Cell Metab., 2005, 2(4), 217-225).
  • Bile acids are amphiphilic molecules that form micelles and emulsifie lipids in the diet. If the bile acid concentration is too high, cytotoxicity is also produced, so there is a physiological mechanism for strictly controlling the concentration of bile acids. FXR plays a key role in controlling the steady state of bile acids (Makishima, M., Nuclear Receptors as Targets for Drug Development: Regulation of Cholesterol and Bile Acid Metabolism by Nuclear Receptors. J. Pharmacol. Sci., 2005, 97: 177 -183.).
  • FXR has been shown to regulate complex biological processes beyond metabolism, such as liver regeneration or intestinal barrier integrity. FXR also controls the immune system of the intestines and liver and has certain anti-inflammatory effects (Modica, S.; Gadaleta, RM; Moschetta, A.; Deciphering the nuclear bile acid receptor FXR paradigm. Nucl. Recept. Signal., 2010 , 8, e005.).
  • Obeticholic Acid (6-Et CDCA) is a FXR receptor agonist with higher endogenous ligand CDCA activity and has been shown in Phase IIa clinical studies of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD). Significant improvement in insulin sensitivity and other metabolic beneficial effects (Mudaliar, S.; Henry, RR; Sanyal, AJ et al., Efficacy and safety of the farnesoid X receptor agonist obeticholic acid in patients with type 2 diabetes and nonalcoholic Fatty liver disease. Gastroenterology, 2013, 145, 574-582.). Phase IIb studies of oleic acid showed that 72-week treatment was also beneficial for the histopathological improvement of nonalcoholic hepatitis (NASH).
  • NASH nonalcoholic hepatitis
  • liver function impairment is improved (Nevens, F., Andreone, P., Mazzella, G., et al.
  • the first primary biliary cirrhosis (PBC) Phase 3trial in two decades-an international study of the FXR agonist obeticholic acid in PBC patients. J. Hepatol., 2014, 60, S525-S526).
  • FXR agonist compounds having good pharmacodynamic or pharmacokinetic properties for the treatment of diseases or conditions mediated by FXR.
  • the present invention generally relates to FXR agonist compounds of the general formula (I) or stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates thereof (e.g., hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolism And N-oxides and their chemically protected forms and prodrugs:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O-, C(O )NR 7 (CHR 4 ) q CO 2 R 5 , -C(O)NR 7 (CHR 4 ) q SO 3 R 6 , -ER 5 , -E-OR 5 , -E-CN, -E-NR 5 R 6 , C 3-10 cycloalkyl O-, -OC 1-6 alkyl-OR 5 , 3 to 10 membered heterocycloalkyl-O-, -EC(O)OR 5 , -EC(O)R 5 , -EC(O)NR 5 R 6 , -EC(O)NR 5 SO 2 R 5 , -E-NR 5 C(O)R 5 , -E-SO p -R 5 , -E-SO 3 H, -
  • E is a bond, a C 1-6 alkyl group or a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group
  • R 4 , R 6 and R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl and C 3-6 cycloalkyl;
  • Each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, -C 1-6 alkyl-C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 3 To an 8-membered heterocycloalkyl group, a -C 1-6 alkyl-3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl group, a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group, and an aryl group; wherein the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocycloalkyl group , aryl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or selected from halogen, CN, hydroxy, oxo, C(O)OH, C 1-3 alkyl, halo C 1-3 alkyl, SO 3 H, 1 , 2 , 3 or 4 substituents of C 1-3 alkyl-O-, halo C 1-3 alkyl-O- and -SO 2 -C 1-3 alkyl;
  • p 0, 1 or 2;
  • q 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • B is selected from a C 6-14 aryl group and a 5 to 14 membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl group comprising 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S;
  • the or heteroaryl group is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, CN, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl -O-, C 1-6 alkyl-OC 1-6 alkyl-O-, halogenated C 1-6 alkyl, halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-, hydroxy C 1-6 alkyl, CN-C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl and 3 to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl and C 1-6 comprising 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S alkyl-S(O) p -;
  • heteroaryl or heterocyclic group comprises independently selected from 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms of N, O and S; Linking to a B group through a C ring atom or in the presence of an N ring atom through the N ring atom;
  • X is selected from N and CRc';
  • Each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1 - 6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O- a halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-, C 3-8 cycloalkyl group and a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group;
  • Each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1 - 6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O- , -O- halogenated C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 3-8 cycloalkyl and C 3-8 cycloalkyl;
  • n are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • W is selected from N, N-O and CRc';
  • Each Ra is independently selected from a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, a C 1-6 alkyl-O- group, a halogenated C 1-6 alkyl group, a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, and Halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-;
  • Rb, Rc and Rc' are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, CN, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O-, halo C 1- 6 alkyl-O-, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl-O- and halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl-O-;
  • Rd is selected from a C 3-10 cycloalkyl or C 5-14 bridged ring system, a fused ring system, or a spiro ring system; wherein the cycloalkyl, saturated bridged ring system, saturated fused ring system, or saturated spiro ring system is optional
  • the ground is replaced by 1, 2 or 3 Re;
  • Each Re is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, CN, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O-, halo C 1-6 alkyl-O a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, and a C 6-10 monocyclic or bicyclic aryl group;
  • Another aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the formula (I), a stereoisomer, a tautomer, a polymorph, a solvate (such as a hydrate), a pharmaceutically acceptable Accepted salts, esters, metabolites, chemically protected forms or prodrugs thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may further comprise one or more additional therapeutic agents suitable for preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR.
  • the invention also includes a method of preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the formula (I), a stereoisomer thereof, Tautomers, polymorphs, solvates (such as hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolites, chemically protected forms or prodrugs thereof or the pharmaceutical compositions.
  • kits for preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR comprising:
  • a first container comprising, as a first therapeutic agent, at least one of the compounds of the formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates thereof (eg hydrates) a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, metabolite, chemically protected form or prodrug thereof or the pharmaceutical composition as a first pharmaceutical composition;
  • a second container optionally present comprising at least one other therapeutic agent as a second therapeutic agent, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising said other therapeutic agent as a second pharmaceutical composition;
  • the present invention also includes the compound of the formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates (e.g., hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolites, A chemically protected form or prodrug thereof or the pharmaceutical composition for use in preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR.
  • the compound of the formula (I) stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates (e.g., hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolites, A chemically protected form or prodrug thereof or the pharmaceutical composition for use in preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR.
  • the present invention also includes the compound of the formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates (e.g., hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolites, A form of its chemically protected or prodrug or use of the pharmaceutical composition for the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention or treatment of a disease or condition mediated by FXR.
  • the compound of the formula (I) stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates (e.g., hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolites, A form of its chemically protected or prodrug or use of the pharmaceutical composition for the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention or treatment of a disease or condition mediated by FXR.
  • the invention also includes methods of preparing the compounds of the invention.
  • the compound of the formula (I) of the present invention has excellent in vivo or in vitro pharmacodynamic or pharmacokinetic properties, exhibits good FXR activating activity and activation, and excellent plasma drug exposure and bioavailability, thus Has good pharmaceutical activity and metabolic advantages in the body.
  • the compounds of the invention also show better drug safety.
  • alkyl refers to a saturated straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms (C 1-12 ), wherein the alkyl group may be optionally one or more (eg, 1 , 2, 3 or 4) substituted substituents.
  • an alkyl group has from 1 to 8 carbon atoms (C 1-8 ), especially from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (C 1-6 ).
  • the alkyl group has from 1 to 4 carbon atoms (C 1-4 ), especially from 1 to 3 carbon atoms (C 1-3 ) or from 1 to 2 carbon atoms (C 1-2 ) .
  • alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), 1-propyl (n-Pr), 2-propyl (i-Pr or isopropyl), 1-butyl ( n-Bu or n-butyl), 2-methyl-1-propyl (i-Bu or isobutyl), 2-butyl (s-Bu or sec-butyl), 2-methyl-2-propene Base (t-Bu or tert-butyl), 1-pentyl (n-pentyl), 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-butyl, 3-methyl-2-butyl , 3-methyl-1-butyl, 2-methyl-1-butyl, 1-hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl (-C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-3-pentyl, 2-
  • Carbocyclyl and “carbocyclic” are used interchangeably herein to mean any ring system wherein all ring atoms are carbon and contain from 3 to 14 ring carbon atoms, More suitably it contains from 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more suitably from 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and more suitably from 3 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Carbocyclyl groups can be saturated or partially unsaturated, but do not include aromatic rings or non-aromatic rings fused to aromatic rings. Examples of carbocyclic groups include monocyclic ring systems, bicyclic ring systems, and tricyclic ring systems, particularly monocyclic ring systems and bicyclic ring systems.
  • Carbocyclyl groups include bridged ring systems (such as bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl), fused ring systems (such as bicyclo [3.1.0] hexyl) or spiro ring systems (such as spiro[2.3] hexyl).
  • cycloalkyl refers to having from 3 to 12 carbon atoms (C 3-12 ), especially from 3 to 10 carbon atoms (C 3-10 ) or from 3 to 8 carbon atoms ( C 3-8 ) a saturated carbon ring in the form of a single ring.
  • a cycloalkyl group has from 3 to 6 carbon atoms ( C3-6 ), such as 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms.
  • cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl, cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl, cyclododeyl Alkyl and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group can be optionally substituted with one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or 4) suitable substituents.
  • bridged ring system means a carbocyclic group having a bicyclic form of 5 to 14 ring carbon atoms (C 5-14 ), wherein two carbon rings share more than two (for example, 3) , 4 or 5) carbon atoms, the carbon chain formed by these common carbon atoms acts as a bridge, and the two carbon atoms at both ends of the bridge are called bridgehead carbon.
  • Such bridged ring systems may have from 5 to 11 ring carbon atoms (C 5-11 ), especially from 6 to 10 ring carbon atoms (C 6-10 ), for example 7, 8, or 9 ring carbon atoms.
  • bridged ring systems include, but are not limited to, bicyclo [2.1.1] hexyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptenyl, bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl and bicyclo [3.2 .2] ⁇ .
  • the bridged ring system can be optionally substituted with one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or 4) suitable substituents.
  • fused ring system means a fused bicyclic form of a carbocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring carbon atoms (C 5-14 ), wherein the two carbon rings fused together share two Carbon atoms bonded to each other.
  • the fused ring system is a fused bicyclic carbocyclic group that shares two carbon atoms bonded to each other.
  • Such fused ring systems may have, for example, 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (C 5-10 ), especially 7 to 10 ring carbon atoms (C 7-10 ).
  • the two carbon rings of the C 7-10 fused ring system can be arranged into a 4-membered ring and a 5-membered ring (bicyclo[4,5] system), two 5-membered rings (bicyclo[5,5] system), 5 Yuan and 6-membered rings (bicyclo[5,6] systems), or two 6-membered rings (bicyclo[6,6] systems).
  • Examples of such fused ring systems include, but are not limited to, bicyclo [3.1.0] hexyl, bicyclo [3.2.0] heptyl, bicyclo [4.3.0] fluorenyl or bicyclo [4.4.0] fluorenyl.
  • the fused ring system can be optionally substituted with one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or 4) suitable substituents.
  • spirocyclic system as used herein, unless specifically defined, means a bicyclic form of a carbocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring carbon atoms (C 5-14 ) wherein two carbon rings share one carbon atom (referred to as "Snail atom").
  • the spiro ring system may have, for example, 5 to 11 ring carbon atoms (C 5-11 ), particularly 6 to 10 ring carbon atoms (C 6-10 ), for example 7, 8, or 9 ring carbon atoms.
  • spiro ring systems include, but are not limited to, spiro[2.2]pentyl, spiro[2.3]hexyl, spiro[2.4]heptyl, spiro[3.3]heptyl, spiro[2.5]octyl, spiro[3.4]octyl, Snail [3.5] thiol, snail [4.4] fluorenyl, snail [4.5] fluorenyl and spirulin [5.5] undecyl.
  • the spiro ring system can be optionally substituted with one or more (eg, 1, 2, 3 or 4) suitable substituents.
  • aryl as used herein means a C 6-14 aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic (particularly bicyclic) group (C 6-14 aryl), suitably including a C 6-12 aryl group, more Suitably a C 6-10 monocyclic or bicyclic aryl group is included, preferably a C 6 aryl group (ie, phenyl).
  • the aryl group contains at least one aromatic ring (such as one ring or two rings), but may also contain additional rings that are non-aromatic.
  • An example of a typical aryl group containing an aromatic ring is phenyl.
  • An example of a typical aryl group containing two aromatic rings is a naphthyl group.
  • a phenyl group (e.g., indane) fused to a C 5-8 carbocyclic group (suitably, a C 5-6 carbocyclic group) is also an example of an aryl group.
  • the aryl group is optionally substituted with one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or 4) suitable substituents.
  • heterocycle and “heterocyclyl” are used interchangeably herein and refer to have, for example, from 3 to 10 (suitably from 3 to 8, more suitably 3, 4, 5 or 6) a ring atom, wherein at least one of the ring atoms is a hetero atom selected from N, O and S and the remaining ring atoms are saturated (ie heterocycloalkyl) or partially unsaturated (ie one or more within the ring) Double bond and/or triple bond) cyclic group.
  • a “3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group” is a ring carbon atom having 2 to 9 (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9) and independently selected from N, O, and S.
  • saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic groups of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, oxiranyl, aziridine, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl.
  • heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or 4) suitable substituents.
  • heteroaryl refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic (eg bicyclic or tricyclic) aromatic ring system having from 5 to 14 ring atoms, for example 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 ring atoms, in particular having 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 or 13 carbon atoms and independently selected from N, O 1, 1, 2, 4 or 5 of the same or different heteroatoms of S.
  • the heteroaryl group can be benzofused.
  • heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazole , isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, triazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, imidazopyridyl, quinolyl, anthracene , pyrrolopyridazinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, quinazolinyl, pyrrolopyridyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl , imidazopyridaziny
  • the heteroaryl group is selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzo[d]isothiazolyl, imidazo[1,2 -a]pyridyl, quinolyl, 1H-indenyl, pyrrolo[1,2-b]pyridazinyl, benzofuranyl, benzo[b]thienyl, 1H-carbazolyl, benzo [d]oxazolyl, benzo[d]isoxazolyl, quinazolinyl, 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidinyl, imidazole And [1,2-b]pyridazinyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl and 1H-[1,
  • the heterocyclic group e.g., heterocycloalkyl
  • heteroaryl can be carbon bonded (carbon bonded) or nitrogen bonded (nitrogen linked).
  • a carbon-bonded heterocyclic or heteroaryl group is bonded at the following positions: at the 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 position of the pyridine, at the 3, 4, 5 or 6 position of the pyridazine, pyrimidine 2, 4, 5 or 6 positions, 2, 3, 5 or 6 positions of pyrazine, 2, 3, 4 or 5 positions of furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiophene, pyrrole or tetrahydropyrrole, 2 of oxazole, imidazole or thiazole , 4 or 5 positions, 3, 4 or 5 positions of isoxazole, pyrazole or isothiazole, 2 or 3 positions of aziridine, 2, 3 or 4 position of azetidine, 2 of quinoline 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 positions, or 1, 3, 3,
  • nitrogen-bonded heterocyclic or heteroaryl groups are bonded at the following positions: aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, imidazole, Imidazolidin, 2-imidazoline, 3-imidazoline, pyrazole, pyrazoline, 2-pyrazoline, 3-pyrazoline, piperidine, piperazine, hydrazine, porphyrin, 1H-carbazole Position 1, position 2 of isoindole or isoindoline, position 4 of morpholine, and position 9 of carbazole or ⁇ -carboline.
  • halo or halogen as used herein includes F, Cl, Br or I.
  • Halo includes, but is not limited to, monosubstituted, disubstituted or trisubstituted, and the halogen atoms used for the substitution may be the same or different.
  • substituted means that one or more (eg, 1, 2, 3 or 4) hydrogens on the designated atom are replaced by the selection of the indicated group, provided that the specified The normal valence of an atom in the present case and the substitution forms a stable compound. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations form stable compounds.
  • optionally substituted refers to being optionally substituted with a particular group, radical or moiety.
  • chiral refers to molecules that have non-overlapping properties of mirrored pairs, while the term “achiral” refers to molecules that can overlap on their mirror image pairs.
  • stereoisomer refers to a compound having the same chemical composition but differing in the arrangement of atoms or groups in space.
  • Diastereomer refers to a stereoisomer that has two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have different physical properties such as melting point, boiling point, spectral properties and reactivity. Mixtures of diastereomers can be separated by high resolution analytical methods such as electrophoresis and chromatography.
  • Enantiomer refers to two stereoisomers of a compound that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other.
  • the stereochemical definitions and rules used herein generally follow SP Parker, Ed., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984) McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Eliel, E. and Wilen, S., "Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds", John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1994.
  • the compounds of the invention may contain asymmetric or chiral centers and therefore exist in different stereoisomeric forms. All stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the invention, including but not limited to their diastereomers, enantiomers and atropisomers, as well as mixtures thereof, such as racemic mixtures, are intended to constitute the invention. a part of.
  • optically active compounds Many organic compounds exist in optically active form, i.e., they have the ability to rotate the plane of plane polarized light.
  • the prefixes D and L, or R and S are used to indicate the absolute configuration of the chiral center of the molecule.
  • the prefixes d and l or (+) and (-) are used to indicate the sign of the compound rotating the plane polarized light, where (-) or 1 means that the compound is left-handed.
  • Compounds with the prefix (+) or d are dextrorotatory. These stereoisomers are identical for a particular chemical structure, except that they mirror each other.
  • stereoisomers may also be referred to as enantiomers, and mixtures of such isomers are often referred to as enantiomeric mixtures.
  • the 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which can occur without a stereoselective or stereospecific nature of the chemical reaction or process.
  • racemic mixture and “racemate” refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomers which are not optically active.
  • the stereoisomers of the invention may exist in a predominant form, for example, greater than 50% ee (enantiomeric excess), greater than 80% ee, greater than 90% ee, greater than 95% ee, or greater than 99% Ee.
  • these isomers can be separated by conventional techniques such as preparative chromatography.
  • the compound can be prepared in a racemic form, or a single enantiomer can be prepared by enantioselective synthesis or by resolution.
  • diastereoisomers are formed by standard techniques, for example by formation of a salt with an optically active acid such as (-)-di-p-toluoyl-d-tartaric acid and/or (+)-di-p-toluoyl-l-tartaric acid.
  • the compounds can be resolved into fractions and then subjected to fractional crystallization and free base regeneration to separate the compounds into their enantiomeric components.
  • the compound can also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters or amides followed by chromatographic purification and removal of the chiral auxiliary. Alternatively, the compound can be resolved using a chiral HPLC column.
  • tautomer or “tautomeric form” refers to structural isomers that differ in energy that can be converted into each other by a low energy barrier.
  • proton tautomers also known as proton transfer tautomers
  • Valence bond tautomers include mutual transformation by recombination of some bonding electrons.
  • the invention encompasses all possible crystalline forms or polymorphs of the compounds of formula (I) which may be a single polymorph or a mixture of more than one polymorph in any ratio.
  • compositions of the invention may exist in free form for treatment or, where appropriate, in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, solvates, metabolites, N-oxides, and chemically protected forms and prodrugs, Once the desired individual is administered, the compound of the invention or its metabolite or residue can be provided directly or indirectly.
  • salts refers to a pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic salt of a compound of the invention.
  • exemplary salts include, but are not limited to, sulfates, acetates, chlorides, iodides, nitrates, hydrogen sulfates, acid phosphates, isonicotinic acid salts, salicylates, acid citrates, oils Acid salt, citrate, pantothenate, hydrogen tartrate, ascorbate, gentisate, gluconate, glucuronate, saccharide, formate, benzoate, glutamine Acid salt, and pamoate (i.e., 1,1 '-methylene-bis(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)).
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts can include inclusion of another molecule such as an acetate ion, a succinate ion, or other counterion.
  • the counter ion can be any organic or inorganic ion that stabilizes the charge on the parent compound.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may have more than one charged atom in its structure. Where a plurality of charged atoms are part of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, there may be multiple counterions. Thus, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt can have one or more charged atoms and/or one or more counter ions.
  • the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt can be prepared by any suitable method available in the art, for example, with a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, methanesulfonic acid, phosphoric acid.
  • a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, methanesulfonic acid, phosphoric acid.
  • an organic acid such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid, pyranoside acid such as glucose Aldehydic acid or galacturonic acid, ⁇ -hydroxy acid such as citric acid or tartaric acid, amino acid such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid, aromatic acid such as benzoic acid or cinnamic acid, sulfonic acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid or ethyl sulfonate
  • an organic acid such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid, pyranoside acid such as glucose Aldehydic acid or galacturonic acid, ⁇
  • the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt can be prepared by any suitable method, for example, with an inorganic or organic base such as an amine (primary, secondary or tertiary amine), an alkali metal hydroxide or The alkaline acid is treated with an alkaline earth metal hydroxide or the like.
  • suitable salts include, but are not limited to, organic salts derived from amino acids such as glycine and arginine, ammonia, primary, secondary and tertiary amines, and cyclic amines such as piperidine, morpholine and piperazine, and Inorganic salts of sodium, calcium, potassium, magnesium, manganese, iron, copper, zinc, aluminum and lithium.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable means that the substance or composition must be chemically and/or toxicologically compatible with the other components that make up the formulation and/or the mammals treated therewith.
  • esters as used herein, means an ester derived from a compound of formula (I), including a physiologically hydrolyzable ester which is hydrolyzable under physiological conditions to release the free form of the invention in the form of a free acid or alcohol ( I) Compound.
  • the compounds of the formula (I) according to the invention may also be esters per se.
  • the compounds of the invention may exist in the form of solvates (e.g., hydrates) wherein the compounds of the invention comprise a polar solvent which is a structural element of the crystal lattice of the compound, especially such as water, methanol or ethanol.
  • a polar solvent which is a structural element of the crystal lattice of the compound, especially such as water, methanol or ethanol.
  • the amount of polar solvent, particularly water, may be present in stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric ratios.
  • a “metabolite” is a product produced by metabolism of a particular compound or salt thereof. Metabolites of the compounds can be identified using conventional techniques known in the art and their activity can be determined using assays such as those described herein. Such products may be produced, for example, by oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, deamidation, esterification, delipidization, enzymatic hydrolysis, and the like of the administered compound. Accordingly, the invention includes metabolites of the compounds of the invention, including compounds produced by a process comprising contacting a compound of formula (I) of the invention with a mammal for a period of time sufficient to produce a metabolic product thereof.
  • N-oxides are capable of forming N-oxides because nitrogen requires the use of a lone pair of electrons to oxidize to oxides; those skilled in the art will recognize that N-oxides can be formed.
  • Nitrogen-containing heterocycle Those skilled in the art will also recognize that tertiary amines are capable of forming N-oxides.
  • the synthesis of N-oxides for the preparation of heterocyclic and tertiary amines is well known to those skilled in the art and includes the use of peroxyacids such as peroxyacetic acid and m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (MCPBA), hydrogen peroxide, alkyl groups.
  • MCPBA m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid
  • Hydrogen peroxide such as t-butyl hydroperoxide, sodium perborate and dioxirane such as dimethyl dioxirane oxidize heterocyclic and tertiary amines.
  • any process for preparing a compound of the invention it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect a sensitive group or reactive group on any of the molecules of interest, thereby forming a chemically protected form of the compound of the invention.
  • This can be achieved by conventional protecting groups such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. JFW McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and TW Greene & P. GM Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
  • Protecting groups which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the protecting group can be removed at a suitable subsequent stage using methods known in the art.
  • the invention further includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of the invention.
  • prodrugs will be functional group derivatives of the compounds which are readily converted in vivo to the desired therapeutically active compound.
  • the term “administering” for use in the methods of treatment of the invention shall include the treatment of various diseases or conditions with a prodrug form of one or more of the claimed compounds, but The prodrug form is converted to the above compound in vivo after administration to the individual.
  • “Design of Prodrug” ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985, a conventional method of selecting and preparing suitable prodrug derivatives is described.
  • any formula or structure shown herein, including compounds of formula (I), is also intended to mean both unlabeled and isotopically labeled forms of the compounds.
  • Isotopically labeled compounds have the structure shown by the formula given herein except that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having a selected atomic mass or mass number.
  • isotopes which may be included in the compounds of the present invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, fluorine and chlorine, such as, but not limited to, 2 H ( ⁇ , D), 3 H ( ⁇ ), 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 F, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 36 Cl and 125 I.
  • isotopically-labeled compounds of the invention for example, those containing radioisotopes such as 3 H, 13 C and 14 C are included.
  • isotopically labeled compounds can be used in metabolic studies, reaction kinetic studies, detection or imaging techniques such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single photon emission tomography (SPECT), including drug or substrate tissue distribution. Determination, or for radiotherapy of a patient.
  • the guanidine-labeled or substituted therapeutic compounds of the invention may have improved DMPK (drug metabolism and pharmacokinetic) properties related to distribution, metabolism, and excretion (ADME).
  • substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium may provide certain therapeutic advantages due to greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life, or reduced dosage requirements.
  • 18 F-labeled compounds can be used in PET or SPECT studies.
  • the isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent by the methods disclosed in the Schemes or Examples and the preparation methods described below.
  • substitution with heavier isotopes, particularly deuterium i.e., 2 H or D
  • hydrazine is considered to be a substituent in the compound of formula (I).
  • concentration of such heavier isotopes, particularly ruthenium, can be defined by isotopic enrichment factors.
  • any atom not specifically designated as a particular isotope is intended to represent any stable isotope of the atom.
  • H hydrogen
  • hydrogen it is understood to mean hydrogen having a natural abundance isotopic composition at that position.
  • any atom clearly indicating ⁇ (D) is intended to mean ⁇ .
  • composition includes a product comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) of the present invention, as well as any product produced directly or indirectly from a combination of compounds of formula (I) of the present invention.
  • the present invention provides a compound of the formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer, polymorph, solvate thereof (e.g., hydrate), pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, metabolite, N-oxidation And the form and prodrug of its chemical protection.
  • the compound of the formula (I) has the following structure:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O-, -C ( O) NR 7 (CHR 4 ) q CO 2 R 5 , -C(O)NR 7 (CHR 4 ) q SO 3 R 6 , -ER 5 , -E-OR 5 , -E-CN, -E-NR 5 R 6, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, -O -, - OC 1-6 alkyl group -OR 5, 3 to 10-membered heterocyclic group -O -, - EC (O) OR 5, -EC (O R 5 , -EC(O)NR 5 R 6 , -EC(O)NR 5 SO 2 R 5 , -E-NR 5 C(O)R 5 , -E-SO p -R 5 , -E- SO 3 H
  • E is a bond, a C 1-6 alkyl group or a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group
  • R 4 , R 6 and R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl and C 3-6 cycloalkyl;
  • Each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, -C 1-6 alkyl-C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 3 To an 8-membered heterocycloalkyl group, a -C 1-6 alkyl-3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl group, a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group, and an aryl group; wherein the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocycloalkyl group , aryl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or selected from halogen, CN, hydroxy, oxo, C(O)OH, C 1-3 alkyl, halo C 1-3 alkyl, SO 3 H, 1 , 2 , 3 or 4 substituents of C 1-3 alkyl-O-, halo C 1-3 alkyl-O- and -SO 2 -C 1-3 alkyl;
  • p 0, 1 or 2;
  • q 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • B is selected from a C 6-14 aryl group and a 5 to 14 membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl group comprising 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said aryl
  • the or heteroaryl group is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, CN, amino, C 1-6 alkyl (eg methyl, ethyl) , isopropyl or tert-butyl), C 1-6 alkyl-O-, C 1-6 alkyl-OC 1-6 alkyl-O-, halogenated C 1-6 alkyl (eg CHF 2 ) Halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-, hydroxy C 1-6 alkyl, CN-C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, and 1 independently selected from N, O and S a 2 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl group of 2 or
  • X is selected from N and CRc';
  • Each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1 - 6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O- , -O- halogenated C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 3-8 cycloalkyl and C 3-8 cycloalkyl;
  • Each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1 - 6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O- a halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-, C 3-8 cycloalkyl group and a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group;
  • n are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • W is selected from N, N-O and CRc';
  • Each Ra is independently selected from a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, a C 1-6 alkyl-O- group, a halogenated C 1-6 alkyl group, a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, and Halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-;
  • Rb, Rc and Rc' are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, CN, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O-, halo C 1- 6 alkyl-O-, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl-O- and halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl-O-;
  • Rd is selected from a C 3-10 cycloalkyl or C 5-14 bridged ring system, a fused ring system, or a spiro ring system; wherein the cycloalkyl, saturated bridged ring system, saturated fused ring system, or saturated spiro ring system is optional
  • the ground is replaced by 1, 2 or 3 Re;
  • Each Re is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, the CN, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, -O- C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl -O a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, and a C 6-10 monocyclic or bicyclic aryl group;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: -EC(O)OR 5 and -EC(O)NR 5 R 6 ; more preferably, R 1 is -EC(O)OR 5 .
  • E is a bond
  • R 4 , R 6 and R 7 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-3 alkyl, halo C 1-3 alkyl, and cyclopropyl; preferably, R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is each independently hydrogen.
  • each R 5 is independently selected from hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl (eg, C 1-4 alkyl, particularly C 1-3 alkyl); more preferably, R 5 is selected from hydrogen, Methyl and ethyl.
  • q is 1, 2 or 3, preferably 1.
  • R 1 is -EC(O)OR 5
  • E is a bond
  • R 5 is selected from hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-4 alkyl). More preferably, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C(O)OH, C(O)OCH 3 , C(O)OCH 2 CH 3 , C(O)O(CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 and C(O)OCH(CH) 3 ) 2 .
  • B is selected from C 6-10 monocyclic or bicyclic aryl and 5 or 6 members comprising 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S.
  • Monocyclic heteroaryl in particular, the aryl group is selected from phenyl; the heteroaryl group is selected from pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, furan , pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, triazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and furazolyl, more particularly
  • the heteroaryl group is selected from the group consisting of pyridyl and pyrazolyl.
  • the aryl or heteroaryl group is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, for example C 1-3 alkyl, preferably methyl , ethyl or isopropyl; halo C 1-6 alkyl, such as halo C 1-3 alkyl, preferably CHF 2 ; and comprising 1, 2 or 3, independently selected from N, O and S a 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl group of an atom, such as an oxiranyl group, an oxetanyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, an aziridine group, an azetidinyl group, and a pyrrolidinyl group, particularly Ethylene oxide, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl, preferably oxetanyl.
  • X is N, a ring Is a 5 to 14 membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl or a saturated or partially unsaturated 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group optionally substituted by oxo, preferably a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl or optionally oxo a substituted saturated or partially unsaturated 4, 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic group, wherein said heteroaryl or heterocyclic group comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S; It may be attached to the B group through the C ring atom or in the presence of an N ring atom through the N ring atom.
  • X is CRc'(Rc' is preferably H), a ring Not or
  • It may be attached to the B group through the C ring atom or in the presence of an N ring atom through the N ring atom.
  • each R 2 is independently selected from hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl (eg, C 1-4 alkyl, especially C 1-3 alkyl, eg, methyl).
  • each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen (eg, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo) and halo C 1-6 alkyl (eg, halo C 1-3 alkyl, For example CF 3 ).
  • n are each independently 0, 1, or 2.
  • Yes And R 2 is hydrogen
  • X is N
  • B is selected from: 1, 2 or 3 substituted unsubstituted or independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-4 alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, propyl and isopropyl) Substituted phenyl, pyridyl and pyrazolyl;
  • B is selected from the group consisting of: an unsubstituted phenyl group; an unsubstituted pyridyl group;
  • D is:
  • each Ra is independently selected from C3-6 cycloalkyl, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, preferably cyclopropyl.
  • Rb and Rc are each independently selected from hydrogen, halo (e.g. F or Cl), halo-C 1-6 alkyl (e.g. CF 3 or CHF 2), and halogenated C 1-6 alkyl -O- ( For example, halo C 1-3 alkyl-O-, such as fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy).
  • W is CRc'.
  • Rc' is hydrogen.
  • Z is Rd.
  • Rd is selected from a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or a C 5-11 saturated bridged ring system, a saturated fused ring system, or a saturated spiro ring system, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Re.
  • Rd is selected from bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl, spiro[2.3]hexyl, bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl, spiro[2.5] optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 Re.
  • each Re is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, CN, C 1-3 alkyl, halo C 1-3 alkyl, C 1-3 alkyl-O-, halo C 1 -3 alkyl-O-, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, halogenated C 3-6 cycloalkyl, and phenyl.
  • Re is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl (such as cyclopropyl), and phenyl.
  • the halogen is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br and I, preferably F or Cl.
  • the compound of formula (I) is a compound of the following formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic) or (Id):
  • R 1 , B, R 2 , n, X, R 3 , m and D are as defined above.
  • the compound of formula (I) of the invention is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the compounds of the formula (I) according to the invention may comprise asymmetric centers or chiral centers and may therefore exist in different stereoisomeric forms. All stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the invention, including but not limited to, their diastereomers, enantiomers and atropisomers, as well as mixtures thereof, such as racemic mixtures, are intended to constitute the present invention. portion.
  • the invention encompasses all diastereomers, including cis-trans (geometric) isomers and conformational isomers.
  • the compound of formula (I) comprises a double bond or a fused ring
  • the cis and trans forms, as well as mixtures thereof, are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the invention.
  • all stereoisomers are considered and included as a compound of the invention if the stereochemistry of any particular chiral atom is not indicated. If stereochemistry is indicated by a solid or dashed line indicating a particular configuration, the stereoisomer is thus indicated and defined.
  • the compounds of the invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like, and the invention is intended to encompass both solvated and unsolvated forms.
  • the compounds of the invention may also exist in different tautomeric forms, and all such forms are embraced within the scope of the invention.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one of the compounds of the formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates thereof of the invention as described above (for example, a hydrate, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, an ester, a metabolite, an N-oxide, a chemically protected form or prodrug thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may further comprise one or more additional therapeutic agents, such as other therapeutic agents suitable for preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” in the context of the present invention means a diluent, adjuvant, excipient or vehicle with which the active ingredient is administered, and which is suitable for contacting humans and/or others within the scope of sound medical judgment. Animal tissue without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic reactions, or other problems or complications that correspond to a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, sterile liquids such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil. , sesame oil, etc. Water is an exemplary carrier when the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravenously. It is also possible to use physiological saline and an aqueous solution of glucose and glycerin as a liquid carrier, particularly for injection.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical excipients include starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, maltose, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glyceryl monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, skimmed milk powder, glycerin, propylene glycol, water, Ethanol and the like.
  • the composition may also contain minor amounts of wetting agents, emulsifying agents or pH buffering agents as needed.
  • Oral formulations may contain standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, and the like. Examples of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are as described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (1990).
  • compositions of the invention may act systemically and/or locally.
  • they may be administered in a suitable route, for example by injection, intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular or transdermal administration; or by oral, buccal, nasal, transmucosal, topical, It is administered in the form of an ophthalmic preparation or by inhalation.
  • compositions of the invention may be administered in a suitable dosage form.
  • the dosage forms include, but are not limited to, tablets, capsules, troches, hard candy, powders, sprays, creams, ointments, suppositories, gels, pastes, lotions, ointments, aqueous suspensions. Injectable solutions, elixirs, syrups.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides the therapeutic use of the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions.
  • the invention relates to a method of preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of at least one formula of the invention ( Compounds of I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates (e.g., hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolites, N-oxides, chemically protected thereof Form or prodrug, or administration of a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
  • a formula of the invention Compounds of I
  • stereoisomers e.g., tautomers
  • polymorphs e.g., hydrates
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts e.g., esters, metabolites, N-oxides, chemically protected thereof Form or prodrug, or administration of a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
  • the invention relates to at least one compound of the formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates (eg, hydrates thereof), pharmacy of the invention An acceptable salt, ester, metabolite, N-oxide, chemically protected form or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition of the invention, in the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention or treatment of a disease or condition mediated by FXR use.
  • the FXR mediated disease or condition includes, but is not limited to:
  • Inflammatory bowel disease dyslipidemia, atherosclerosis, diabetes and related diseases; lipid and lipoprotein disorders; clinical complications of type 2 diabetes and type I and type II diabetes, including diabetic nephropathy, diabetic neuropathy Other observed effects of diabetic retinopathy, and clinically significant long-term diabetes; chronic fatty and fibrotic degeneration due to forced lipids, particularly triglyceride accumulation and subsequent activation of the pro-fibrotic pathway Caused diseases and diseases, such as nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD) or nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH); obesity or metabolic syndrome (dyslipidemia, diabetes, and a combination of abnormally high body mass index);
  • NAFLD nonalcoholic fatty liver disease
  • NASH nonalcoholic steatohepatitis
  • obesity or metabolic syndrome dyslipidemia, diabetes, and a combination of abnormally high body mass index
  • treating means reversing, alleviating, inhibiting the progression of a disease or condition indicated or one or more symptoms of such a disease or condition, or preventing such disease or condition or such One or more symptoms of a disease or condition.
  • “Individual” as used herein includes human or non-human animals.
  • Exemplary human individuals include a human individual (referred to as a patient) or a normal individual having a disease, such as the disease described herein.
  • “Non-human animals” in the present invention include all vertebrates, such as non-mammals (eg, birds, amphibians, reptiles) and mammals, such as non-human primates, domestic animals, and/or domesticated animals (eg, sheep, dogs). , cats, cows, pigs, etc.).
  • terapéuticaally effective amount refers to the amount of a compound that will achieve the therapeutic efficacy described above after administration.
  • the dosage regimen can be adjusted to provide the most desirable response. For example, a single bolus may be administered, several divided doses may be administered over time, or the dose may be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the urgent need for treatment. It is noted that the dose value can vary with the type and severity of the condition to be alleviated and can include single or multiple doses. It is to be further understood that for any particular individual, the particular dosage regimen will be adjusted over time according to the individual needs and the professional judgment of the person administering the composition or the composition of the supervised composition.
  • an effective dose will be from about 0.0001 to about 50 mg per kg body weight per day, for example from about 0.01 to about 10 mg/kg/day (single or divided doses). For a 70 kg person, this would add up to about 0.007 mg/day to about 3500 mg/day, such as from about 0.7 mg/day to about 700 mg/day.
  • a dose level that is not higher than the lower limit of the aforementioned range may be sufficient, while in other cases, a larger dose may still be employed without causing any harmful side effects, provided that the larger The dose is divided into several smaller doses to be administered throughout the day.
  • the amount of the compound of the present invention in the pharmaceutical composition may be from about 0.01 mg to about 1000 mg, suitably from 0.1 to 500 mg, preferably from 0.5 to 300 mg, more preferably from 1 to 150 mg, particularly preferably from 1 to 50 mg, for example 1.5. Mg, 2 mg, 4 mg, 10 mg, 25 mg, and the like.
  • the compounds of formula (I) may be used alone or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents suitable for the prevention or treatment of a disease or condition mediated by FXR.
  • the compound of formula (I) is combined with, for example, other therapeutic agents having anti-hyperproliferative efficacy in the pharmaceutical composition or as a combination therapy.
  • the additional therapeutic agent can be, for example, a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions or other therapeutic agents of the dosing regimen preferably have complementary activities to the compounds of formula (I) such that they do not adversely affect each other. Such compounds are suitably present in combination in amounts effective for the intended purpose.
  • Combination therapies can be administered in a regimen of simultaneous or sequential administration. When administered sequentially, the combination can be administered in two or more administrations.
  • Combination administration includes simultaneous administration using separate pharmaceutical compositions or a single pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) and other therapeutic agents, and sequential administration in any order, wherein preferably two (or all) are present The period of time during which the active agents simultaneously exert their biological activity.
  • Suitable dosages for any of the above concurrently administered agents are those currently used, and may be reduced due to the combined (synergy) action of the newly identified drug with other therapeutic agents or treatments.
  • Combination therapies provide "synergistic effects” and prove to be “synergistic", i.e., the effect achieved when the active ingredients are used together is greater than the sum of the effects produced when the compounds are used separately.
  • the active ingredient (1) is co-formulated in a combined unit dose formulation and administered or delivered simultaneously; (2) when delivered as separate formulations, alternately or in parallel; or (3) by some other regimen, A synergistic effect can be achieved.
  • a synergistic effect can be achieved when the compounds are administered or delivered sequentially, for example, by separate injections in separate syringes, by separate pills or capsules, or by separate infusions.
  • an effective amount of each active ingredient is administered sequentially, i.e., continuously, and in combination therapy, an effective amount of two or more active ingredients are administered together.
  • the compound of formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates e.g., hydrates
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts esters
  • esters metabolite, N-oxide, its chemically protected form or prodrug
  • the combination therapies of the invention comprise the administration of at least one compound of the general formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates thereof (e.g. hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable Salts, esters, metabolites, N-oxides, chemically protected forms or prodrugs thereof, and the use of at least one other method of treatment.
  • the amount of the compound of formula (I) and other therapeutic agents and the relative timing of administration are selected.
  • metabolites of the compounds of formula (I) described herein are also within the scope of the invention. Such products may be produced, for example, by oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, deamidation, esterification, delipidization, enzymatic hydrolysis, and the like of the administered compound. Accordingly, the invention includes metabolites of the compounds of formula (I), including those prepared by contacting a compound of the invention with a mammal for a time sufficient to produce its metabolites.
  • Metabolites are typically prepared by the preparation of a radioisotope (e.g., 14 C or 3 H) labeled compound of the invention at a detectable dose (e.g., greater than about 0.5 mg/kg) to an animal such as a rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey. Or parenteral administration, metabolizing for a sufficient period of time (usually about 30 seconds to 30 hours), and then separating the transformed product from urine, blood or other biological samples for identification. These products are easy to isolate because they are labeled (others are isolated by the use of antibodies that bind to the remaining epitopes in the metabolite).
  • the metabolite structure is determined by conventional methods, for example by MS, LC/MS or NMR. Analysis of the metabolites was performed in the same manner as conventional drug metabolism studies well known to those skilled in the art. Metabolites, as long as they are not found in vivo, can be used in diagnostic assays to therapeutically administer the compounds of the invention.
  • kits comprising a material for treating the above mentioned diseases or conditions.
  • the kit includes a container comprising a compound of the formula (I), a stereoisomer, a tautomer, a polymorph, a solvate (such as a hydrate), as a first therapeutic agent, A pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, metabolite, N-oxide, or chemically protected form or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition of the invention as a first pharmaceutical composition.
  • the kit may also include a label or package insert on or associated with the container.
  • the term "package insert” refers to instructions typically included in commercial packages of therapeutic products that contain information on the indications, usage, dosage, administration, contraindications, and/or warnings associated with the use of the therapeutic product.
  • Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, blister packs, and the like.
  • the container can be made of various materials such as glass and plastic.
  • the container may contain a compound of formula (I) or a formulation thereof effective for treating a condition, and may have a sterile inlet (eg, the container may be an intravenous solution bag or have a piercable needle that can be pierced by a hypodermic needle) Cork of the cork).
  • the label or package insert indicates that the composition is used to treat a condition of choice, such as cancer.
  • the label or package insert may indicate that the patient to be treated is a patient label or package insert having a disease or condition such as cirrhosis, hyperproliferative disorder, atherosclerosis, type I diabetes or may also indicate the composition It can be used to treat other conditions.
  • the kit further comprises a second container comprising, as a second therapeutic agent, at least one additional therapeutic agent suitable for preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR, or as a second A pharmaceutical composition comprising the other therapeutic agent of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the kit can include instructions for administering the first therapeutic agent or first pharmaceutical composition and the second therapeutic agent or second pharmaceutical composition, if any.
  • the kit may further comprise simultaneous, sequential or sequential to the individual in need thereof Instructions for the first pharmaceutical composition and the second pharmaceutical composition are administered separately.
  • the kit may further comprise a third container comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable buffer such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution.
  • BWFI bacteriostatic water for injection
  • phosphate buffered saline such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution.
  • BWFI bacteriostatic water for injection
  • the kit may also include other materials that are desirable for both the commercial and the user, including other buffers, diluents, fillers, injection needles, and syringes.
  • the kit is suitable for delivery of a solid oral form of a compound of formula (I), such as a tablet or capsule.
  • a kit preferably comprises a plurality of unit doses.
  • Such kits can include cards having doses that are positioned for their intended use.
  • An example of such a kit is a "blister pack.”
  • Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are widely used to package pharmaceutical unit dosage forms.
  • a memory aid can be provided, for example, in the form of a number, letter or other indicia or calendar insert specifying the date on which the treatment schedule can be administered.
  • a further object of the present invention is to provide a process for the preparation of a compound of the following formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic) or (Id),
  • R 1 , B, R 2 , n, X, R 3 , m and D are as defined above;
  • a method of preparing the formula (Ia) includes:
  • R 1 ' represents a group having a removable protecting group and which can provide R 1 by removing the protecting group.
  • R 1 ' is R "-OC (O) -, wherein R" is selected from C 1-6 alkyl and benzyl, preferably C 1-4 alkyl, especially methyl, optionally The ground is substituted with one or more (eg 1, 2, 3 or 4) substituents independently selected from halogen (eg F, Cl, Br or I) and nitro; preferably, R 1 'is CH 3 - OC(O)-.
  • R 1 is -EC(O)OR 5
  • E is a bond
  • R 5 is hydrogen.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent may be selected from the group consisting of dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, tetrahydrofuran, ethers (such as diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc.), N-methylpyrrolidone, dioxane, and dimethylene. Sulfone and any combination thereof, preferably dimethylformamide.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable base.
  • the base may be an organic base or an inorganic base, preferably a basic inorganic or organic salt, especially an alkali metal carbonate, hydrogencarbonate or acetate, such as lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium carbonate, Potassium hydrogencarbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium acetate, preferably potassium carbonate.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature, preferably about 40 to 80 ° C, for example about 60 ° C.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 8 to 24 hours, such as 10 to 20 hours or 12 to 18 hours) until the reaction is complete.
  • Compound IN-3 and a phosphonium salt are present in the presence of a strong organic base such as an alkali metal hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a C 1-4 alkyl group such as butyl or phenyl) derivative, preferably n-butyl lithium (e.g., MePh 3 P + X" - , wherein X" is a halogen, preferably Br or I), undergoes a Wittig reaction to give compound IN-4.
  • a strong organic base such as an alkali metal hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a C 1-4 alkyl group such as butyl or phenyl) derivative, preferably n-butyl lithium (e.g., MePh 3 P + X" - , wherein X" is a halogen, preferably Br or I), undergoes a Wittig reaction to give compound IN-4.
  • a strong organic base such as an alkali metal hydrocarbyl group (e.
  • the organic solvent may be selected from the group consisting of tetrahydrofuran, ethers (such as diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc.), N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, dioxane, and dimethylene. Sulfone and any combination thereof, preferably tetrahydrofuran.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature.
  • the temperature is preferably room temperature (20 to 30 ° C).
  • the reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 1-3 h, for example 2 or 2.5 h) until the reaction is complete.
  • Compound IN-5 is reacted with, for example, hydroxylamine hydrochloride to give compound IN-6.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable base.
  • the base may be an organic base or an inorganic base, preferably a basic inorganic or organic salt, especially an alkali metal carbonate, hydrogencarbonate or acetate, such as lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium carbonate, Potassium hydrogencarbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium acetate, preferably sodium acetate.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent, preferably an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or any combination thereof.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature (for example room temperature).
  • the reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time until the reaction is complete.
  • Compound IN-6 is reacted with a suitable chlorinating agent such as N-chlorosuccinimide to give compound IN-7.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent may be selected from the group consisting of dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, tetrahydrofuran, ethers (such as diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc.), N-methylpyrrolidone, dioxane, and dimethylene. Sulfone and any combination thereof, preferably dimethylformamide.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature (for example room temperature).
  • the reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 8 to 18 hours or 10 to 12 hours) until the reaction is complete.
  • the ring-closing reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable base.
  • the base is an organic base such as an organic amine such as triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, or N-methylmorpholine or pyridine, preferably triethylamine.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature (for example 0 ° C or room temperature).
  • the reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 8 to 18 hours or 10 to 12 hours) until the reaction is complete.
  • the compound IN-8 is reacted to obtain the compound of the formula (Ia) under conditions capable of removing the removable protecting group possessed by R 1 ' to provide R 1 .
  • R 1 ' is R"-OC(O)- and R" is as defined above (in this case, R 1 is -EC(O)OR 5 , E is a bond and R 5 is hydrogen)
  • This reaction can be carried out by hydrolysis under acidic conditions or by alcoholysis under basic conditions.
  • the reaction can be carried out by an alcoholysis reaction of an ester in the presence of an alcohol and a base.
  • the alcohol can be, for example, methanol, ethanol or any combination of the two.
  • the base may be selected from alkali metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent may be selected from the group consisting of tetrahydrofuran, ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, etc.), N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, dioxane, dimethyl Sulfone and any combination thereof, preferably tetrahydrofuran.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature (for example, room temperature to 80 ° C, such as 40 to 60 ° C).
  • the reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 2 to 6 hours, such as 3, 4 or 5 hours) until the reaction is complete.
  • a method of preparing the general formula (Ib) includes:
  • PG is a suitable hydroxy protecting group such as a C 1-6 alkyl group, a benzyl group or a silane group (for example, trimethylsilyl (TMS), Triethylsilyl (TES), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), triisopropylsilyl (TIPS) or tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), especially C 1-4 alkyl;
  • TMS trimethylsilyl
  • TES Triethylsilyl
  • TBS tert-butyldimethylsilyl
  • TIPS triisopropylsilyl
  • TDPS tert-butyldiphenylsilyl
  • the azide of formula IN-9 is reacted with an alkyne of formula IN-10 by cycloaddition to form a 1,2,3-triazole compound of formula IN-11.
  • the reaction is carried out in the presence of a copper catalyst.
  • the copper catalyst may be a Cu(I) salt, such as cuprous iodide; or may be formed in situ from a system of Cu(II) salts and a reducing agent or from a system of Cu(0) and an oxidizing agent.
  • the Cu(II) salt may be copper sulfate pentahydrate, copper acetate, and the reducing agent includes, but is not limited to, ascorbate (such as sodium ascorbate, potassium ascorbate), hydrazine hydrate, and Cu(0).
  • the reaction is carried out in a system of water and a hydrophilic organic solvent including, but not limited to, acetonitrile, alcohols (eg, n-butanol, tert-butanol, ethanol, and isopropanol), Dimethyl sulfoxide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, acetone, and any combination thereof.
  • the reaction is carried out at a suitable temperature, such as room temperature.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 1-3 hours, for example 2 or 2.5 hours) until the reaction is complete.
  • Compound IN-11 was converted to compound IN-12 under conditions in which the hydroxy protecting group PG was removed.
  • compound IN-11 is reacted with boron tribromide to remove PG to give compound IN-12.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent, which may be selected from the group consisting of benzene, toluene and xylene, and any combination thereof, such as toluene.
  • the reaction can be carried out at a suitable temperature (for example, room temperature).
  • the reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 1-3 hours, for example 2 or 2.5 hours) until the reaction is complete.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent may be selected from the group consisting of dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, tetrahydrofuran, ethers (such as diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc.), N-methylpyrrolidone, dioxane, and dimethylene. Sulfone and any combination thereof, preferably dimethylformamide.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable base.
  • the base may be an organic base or an inorganic base, preferably a basic inorganic or organic salt, especially an alkali metal carbonate, hydrogencarbonate or acetate, such as lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium carbonate, Potassium hydrogencarbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium acetate, preferably potassium carbonate.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature, preferably about 40 to 80 ° C, for example about 60 ° C.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 2 to 6 hours, such as 3, 4 or 5 hours) until the reaction is complete.
  • the compound of the formula (Ib) is obtained by carrying out the reaction as described in the step (6) of the above method (i), except that the compound IN-8 is replaced by the compound IN-13.
  • a method of preparing the formula (Ic) includes:
  • compound IN-14 is reacted with hydrazine hydrate in a suitable organic solvent to give compound IN-15.
  • the organic solvent can be an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or any combination thereof.
  • the reaction is carried out at a suitable temperature (e.g., 80 to 120 ° C, such as 90 to 110 ° C).
  • the reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 1-3 hours, for example 2 or 2.5 hours) until the reaction is complete.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent may be selected from halogenated hydrocarbons (for example, dichloromethane, chloroform, ethyl chloride, dichloroethane, trichloroethane), dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, and any combination thereof.
  • dichloromethane is used.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable base.
  • the base is an organic base such as an organic amine such as triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, or N-methylmorpholine or pyridine, preferably N,N-diisopropyl B. amine.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature (for example room temperature).
  • the reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 10 to 24 hours or 12 to 20 hours) until the reaction is complete.
  • Compound IN-17 is subjected to a ring-closing reaction with a suitable dehydrating agent such as phosphorus oxychloride to give compound IN-18.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent may be selected from the group consisting of acetonitrile, alcohols (eg, n-butanol, tert-butanol, ethanol, and isopropanol), dimethyl sulfoxide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, acetone, and random combination.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 2 to 6 hours, such as 3, 4 or 5 hours) until the reaction is complete.
  • the compound of the formula (Ic) is obtained by carrying out the reaction as described in the step (6) of the above method (i), except that the compound IN-9 is used instead of the compound IN-8.
  • a method of preparing the formula (Id) includes:
  • R 1 'and X' are as defined in method (i) above and PG is as defined in method (ii) above;
  • a compound IN-7 is compounded with compound IN-10 to give a compound IN-20:
  • the ring-closing reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable base.
  • the base is an organic base such as an organic amine such as triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, or N-methylmorpholine or pyridine, preferably triethylamine.
  • the reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature (for example 0 ° C or room temperature).
  • the reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 8 to 18 hours or 10 to 12 hours) until the reaction is complete.
  • the protecting group PG eg, a silane group
  • the protecting group PG will be removed during the ring-closing reaction.
  • the compound of the formula (Id) is obtained by carrying out the reaction as described in the step (6) of the above method (i), except that the compound IN-21 is used instead of the compound IN-8.
  • suitable means that the choice of a particular compound or condition will depend on the particular synthetic operation being performed and the characteristics of the molecule or molecules to be transformed, but such selection is within the skill of the art. . All of the processes/methods described herein are carried out under conditions sufficient to provide the product shown. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that all reaction conditions (including, for example, reaction solvent, reaction time, reaction temperature, and whether the reaction should be carried out under anhydrous or inert atmosphere, etc.) can be varied to optimize the yield of the desired product, and these Variations are within the abilities of those skilled in the art.
  • the examples provide exemplary methods of preparing compounds of formula (I). Those skilled in the art will appreciate that other synthetic routes can be used to synthesize the compounds of formula (I). While specific materials and reagents are described and discussed in the Examples, other starting materials and reagents can be substituted to provide various derivatives and/or reaction conditions. In addition, many of the example compounds prepared by the methods can be further modified with reference to the present disclosure using conventional chemistry well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the structure of the compound is determined by nuclear magnetic resonance ( 1 H-NMR) or mass spectrometry (MS).
  • the 1 H-NMR shift ( ⁇ ) is given in parts per million (ppm). Chemical shifts are given in units of 10 -6 (ppm).
  • the MS was determined using an Agilent (ESI) mass spectrometer.
  • Thin layer chromatography silica gel plates were prepared using an aluminum plate (20 x 20 cm) manufactured by Merck, and separated by thin layer chromatography using GF 254 (0.4 to 0.5 mm).
  • the reaction was monitored by thin layer chromatography (TLC) or LC-MS.
  • the developing solvent system used was: dichloromethane and methanol system, n-hexane and ethyl acetate system, petroleum ether and ethyl acetate system, solvent volume ratio. The adjustment is carried out depending on the polarity of the compound or by adding triethylamine or the like.
  • Microwave reaction Initiator + 400 W, RT ⁇ 300 ° C microwave reactor.
  • Column chromatography generally uses 200 to 300 mesh silica gel as a carrier.
  • the system of the eluent includes: dichloromethane and methanol systems, n-hexane and ethyl acetate systems, and the volume ratio of the solvent is adjusted depending on the polarity of the compound, and may also be adjusted by adding a small amount of triethylamine.
  • the reaction temperature of the examples is room temperature (20 ° C to 30 ° C) unless otherwise specified.
  • the reagents used in the present invention were purchased from Acros Organics, Aldrich Chemical Company, Shanghai Tebo Chemical Technology Co., Ltd., and the like.
  • Second step Preparation of 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazole
  • Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (7.7 g, 23.8 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (150 mL), n-butyllithium (9.5 mL, 23.8 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. . Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the first step (4.58 g, 10.8 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
  • Methyl 1H-pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylate (10.0 g, 54.3 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 mL), and sodium hydride (3.6 g, 90 mmol) was added portionwise at 0 ° C and stirred at 0 ° C 30 minute. Then, isopropyl bromide (10.5 g, 85.2 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of EtOAc. EtOAc (EtOAc)
  • Second step Preparation of 1-isopropyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
  • the compound obtained in the first step (5.8 g, 25.6 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (50 mL), and a saturated aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (25 mL) was added dropwise at 0 ° C, and the mixture was reacted at 0 ° C for 4 hours. Then, the pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 4 with 2N hydrochloric acid and then quenched. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (EtOAc m.
  • the third step preparation of 1-isopropyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1H-pyrazole-5-methanol
  • the fourth step preparation of 1-isopropyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1H-pyrazole-5-formaldehyde
  • the compound obtained in the third step (3.9 g, 19.7 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL), and activated manganese dioxide (17.1 g, 197 mmol) was added and reacted at 60 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated.
  • Step 5 Preparation of methyl 5-(hydroxylaminemethyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate
  • Step 6 Preparation of 5-(chloro(hydroxylamine)methyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester
  • the compound obtained in the fifth step (300 mg, 1.42 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
  • Methyl 1H-pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylate (3.0 g, 16.3 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 mL), and sodium hydride (1.1 g, 27.7 mmol) was added portionwise at 0 ° C and then stirred at 0 ° C 30 minutes. Then, methyl iodide (2.3 g, 16.3 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of EtOAc. EtOAc (EtOAc)
  • the second step preparation of methyl 1-methyl-3-carboxylate-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
  • the compound obtained in the first step (1.8 g, 9.1 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (50 mL), and a saturated aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (25 mL) was added dropwise at 0 ° C, and the mixture was reacted at 0 ° C for 4 hours. Then, the pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 4 with 2N hydrochloric acid and then quenched. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (EtOAc m.
  • the third step preparation of methyl 1-methyl-3-carboxylate-1H-pyrazole-5-methanol
  • the compound obtained in the third step (100 mg, 0.59 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL), and activated manganese dioxide (510.8 mg, 5.9 mmol) was added and reacted at 60 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated.
  • Step 5 Preparation of methyl 5-((hydroxylamine)methyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate
  • the compound obtained in the fifth step (300 mg, 1.64 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C, NCS (207.0 mg, 1.55 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc.
  • Step 2 Preparation of 1-ethyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
  • the compound obtained in the first step (1.8 g, 8.5 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (50 mL), and a saturated aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (25 mL) was added dropwise at 0 ° C, and the mixture was reacted at 0 ° C for 4 hours. Then, the pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 4 with 2N hydrochloric acid and then quenched. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (EtOAc m.
  • the third step preparation of methyl 1-ethyl-3-carboxylate-1H-pyrazole-5-methanol
  • the fourth step preparation of 1-ethyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1H-pyrazole-5-formaldehyde
  • the compound obtained in the third step (0.1 g, 0.54 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL), and activated manganese dioxide (443.0 mg, 5.4 mmol) was added and reacted at 60 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated.
  • Step 5 Preparation of 5-((hydroxylamine)methyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester
  • the compound obtained in the fifth step (300 mg, 1.52 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C, NCS (207 mg, 1.55 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc.
  • Second step Preparation of 2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)chlorobenzaldehyde oxime
  • the compound obtained in the first step (200 mg, 0.46 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL), and NCS (80 mg, 0.60 mmol) was added dropwise at 0 ° C and stirred at room temperature for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
  • Second step Preparation of 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)isoxazole
  • Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.2 g, 11.8 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL), n-butyllithium (5.9 mL, 11.8 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. . Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the first step (2.5 g, 6.4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
  • Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.3 g, 12.0 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (60 mL), n-butyllithium (6.0 mL, 12.0 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. . Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the first step (2.6 g, 5.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
  • Lithium aluminum hydride (90.0 mg, 2.7 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) and stirred at 0 ° C for 15 min. Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the first step (1.1 g, 2.2 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was stirred and stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc. EtOAc m.
  • Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (0.86 g, 2.4 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (16 mL), n-butyllithium (1.2 mL, 2.4 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. . Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the third step (1.0 g, 2.2 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
  • Second step Preparation of 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)isoxazole
  • Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.2 g, 11.8 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL), n-butyllithium (5.9 mL, 11.8 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. . Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the first step (2.5 g, 5.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
  • Second step Preparation of 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazole
  • Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.2 g, 11.8 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL), n-butyllithium (5.9 mL, 11.8 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. . Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the first step (2.5 g, 5.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
  • Second step Preparation of 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazole
  • Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.2 g, 11.8 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL), n-butyllithium (5.9 mL, 11.8 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. . Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the first step (2.5 g, 5.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
  • the compound obtained in the first step (100.0 mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) and methanol (2 mL), and a saturated aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (1 mL) was added and reacted at 40 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N aqueous hydrochloric acid, and then ethyl acetate was evaporated. ).
  • the compound obtained in the first step (100.0 mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) and methanol (2 mL), and a saturated aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (1 mL) was added and reacted at 40 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH with EtOAc (EtOAc) (EtOAc) .
  • the compound obtained in the first step (100.0 mg, 0.16 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) and methanol (2 mL), and a saturated aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (1 mL) was added and reacted at 40 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into water (20 mL), EtOAc (EtOAc m. The title compound (60 mg, yield: 61.2%).
  • the second step preparation of 2-chloro-1-ethynyl-4-methoxybenzene
  • the compound obtained in the first step (2.0 g, 8.92 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (40 mL), and sodium hydroxide (360 mg, 9.0 mmol) was added and heated under reflux for 3 hours under nitrogen atmosphere. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc.
  • Methyl 3-aminobenzoate (2.0 g, 13.23 mmol) was dissolved in water (27 mL), and concentrated hydrochloric acid (4.5 mL) was added, then sodium nitrite (910 mg, 13.10 mmol) aqueous solution (5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred. An aqueous solution (5 mL) of sodium azide (0.95 g, 14.55 mmol) was added over 10 min. The mixture was stirred at 0 ° C until TLC showed the starting material was completely. Ethyl acetate was added, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with water, then dried and evaporated to give the title compound (2 g, yield: 98.0%).
  • Step 5 Preparation of methyl 3-(4-(2-chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoate
  • the compound obtained in the fourth step (100 mg, 0.29 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (2 mL), and boron tribromide (145 mg, 0.58 mmol) was added dropwise on an ice bath. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc.
  • Step 6 3-(4-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoate (Compound 32)
  • the compound obtained in the fifth step (50 mg, 0.15 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL), potassium carbonate (61.8 mg, 0.45 mmol), then 4-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3- ( 2,6-Dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (45 mg, 0.15 mmol).
  • the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 4 hours. After cooling, water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc. .
  • Step 7 3-(4-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of -1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 4)
  • the compound obtained in the sixth step (70 mg, 0.12 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (2mL) and methanol (1mL), then potassium hydroxide (33mg, 0.59mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 4 hours. After cooling, water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc.
  • Second step Preparation of methyl 3-(2-(2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzoyl)hydrazinecarbonyl)benzoate
  • the compound obtained in the first step (200 mg, 1.1 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (4mL), then DIPEA (283.8mg, 2.2mmol), then 3-(chlorocarbonyl)benzoic acid methyl ester (200mg, 1.1mmol) A solution of dichloromethane (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water and methylene chloride were added to the mixture, and the methylene chloride layer was washed with EtOAc.
  • the third step preparation of methyl 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)benzoate
  • the compound obtained in the second step (50 mg, 0.14 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (3 mL) and then EtOAc (1 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux for 4 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc.
  • Step 4 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)benzoate (compound 34)
  • the compound obtained in the third step (10 mg, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL), potassium carbonate (8.16 mg, 0.06 mmol), and then 4-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3- ( 2,6-Dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (9.5 mg, 0.03 mmol).
  • the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 4 hours. After cooling, water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc. .
  • Step 5 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 6)
  • the compound obtained in the fourth step (15 mg, 0.025 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (2mL) and methanol (1mL), then potassium hydroxide (4.8mg, 0.086mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 4 hours. After cooling, water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc.
  • Example 7 6-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of isoxazolyl-3-yl)nicotinic acid (compound 7)
  • the third step 6-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of isoxazolyl-3-yl)nicotinic acid (compound 7)
  • the compound obtained in the second step (27 mg, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL). Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N aqueous hydrochloric acid, and ethyl acetate was evaporated. ).
  • the compound obtained in the first step (96 mg, 0.16 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of methanol (4 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (2 mL), and a saturated aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1 mL) was added, and the mixture was reacted at 60 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was evaporated, and the obtained aqueous layer was evaporated to ethyl acetate (yield: EtOAc) ).
  • the compound obtained by the first step (54 mg, 0.09 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of methanol (2 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (1 mL), and a saturated aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.5 mL) was added and the mixture was reacted at 60 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was evaporated, and the aqueous layer was evaporated to ethyl acetate. EtOAcjjjjjjjjjjj ).
  • the compound obtained in the first step (30 mg, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL), and a saturated aqueous sodium hydroxide (1 mL) was added and the mixture was reacted at 60 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was evaporated, and the aqueous layer was evaporated to ethyl acetate (yield: 20%). ).
  • Second step Preparation of methyl 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)benzoate
  • Step 4 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 57)
  • the compound obtained in the third step (140 mg, 0.23 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (4 mL) and THF (2 mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (18 mg, 0.46 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography chromatography
  • the compound obtained in the first step (0.3 g, 0.5 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (2 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (4 mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (40 mg, 1 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by EtOAcqqqqqqqqqq
  • the compound obtained in the first step (200 mg, 0.33 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (2mL) and THF (4mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (32.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by EtOAc (EtOAc)
  • Second step 3-(5-(6-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)-2-(trifluoro) Preparation of methyl)pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 24)
  • the compound obtained in the first step (300 mg, 0.47 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 mL) and THF (6 mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (32.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography.
  • the compound obtained in the first step (130 mg, 0.22 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (6 mL), and aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (32.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography chromatography
  • the compound obtained in the first step (0.6 g, 0.97 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (2 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (4 mL), and aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (40 mg, 1 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography.
  • the compound obtained in the first step (180 mg, 0.29 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (6 mL), and aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (32.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography.
  • the compound obtained in the first step (200 mg, 0.34 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 mL) and THF (6 mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (32.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography.
  • the compound obtained in the first step (300 mg, 0.47 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (4 mL) and THF (8 mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (32.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine.
  • the compound obtained in the first step (300 mg, 0.48 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (4mL) and THF (8 mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (32.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography.
  • the compound obtained in the first step (50 mg, 0.08 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (1 mL) and THF (2 mL). Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine.
  • the compound obtained in the first step (50 mg, 0.08 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (2 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (1 mL), and aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (6.4 mg, 0.16 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography chromatography chromatography
  • the compound obtained in the first step (50 mg, 0.08 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (1 mL) and THF (2 mL). Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography chromatography chromatography
  • the compound obtained in the first step (0.3 g, 0.5 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (4 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (2 mL), and aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (40 mg, 1 mmol) was added and reacted at room temperature.
  • the organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography.
  • Nitromethane 54 mg, 0.89 mmol was added to anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL), and sodium hydrogen hydride (36.8 mg, 0.92 mmol) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere and stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes, then the compound obtained in the first step was added ( A solution of 100 mg, 0.18 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) was reacted at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into aq.
  • the third step 4-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-2 -Preparation of oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
  • the compound obtained in the second step (500 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added to a mixed solvent of glacial acetic acid (20 mL) and methanol (5 mL), and zinc powder (130 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added, and the mixture was allowed to react at room temperature overnight.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced vacuo.
  • EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc Then, the reaction liquid was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water, dried, evaporated, evaporated
  • the compound obtained in the third step (200 mg, 0.36 mmol) was added to a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and methanol (10 mL). Then, the pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 2 with 2N hydrochloric acid, poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, dried and evaporated
  • the compound obtained in the fourth step (160 mg, 0.31 mmol) was added to DMSO (20 mL) and reacted at 130 ° C for 4 hours.
  • the reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water, dried and evaporated
  • the compound obtained in the fifth step (120 mg, 0.25 mmol) was added to dioxane (20 mL), methyl 3-iodobenzoate (84 mg, 0.32 mmol), Xantphos (40 mg, 0.07 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (60 mg, 0.07 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (40 mg, 0.42 mmol) were replaced with nitrogen three times and then reacted in a microwave reactor at 90 ° C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by preparative high-purpur chromatography to give the title compound (20 mg, yield: 13.1%).
  • Step 7 3-(4-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 18)
  • the compound obtained in the sixth step (20 mg, 0.03 mmol) was added to a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) and methanol (2 mL). Then, the pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 2 with 2N hydrochloric acid, poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water, dried and evaporated
  • Trimethyl sulfonium iodide (0.65 g, 3.2 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (20 mL), sodium hydride (0.16 g, 4.0 mmol) was added, and then 2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3) was added.
  • -(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde (1.2 g, 2.8 mmol) was reacted at room temperature for 2 hr.
  • a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture to quench the reaction.
  • the reaction mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL ⁇ 3).
  • the crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (jjjjjjjjj
  • Step 2 3-((2-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)benzene) Preparation of methyl 2-hydroxyethyl)amino)benzoate
  • the compound obtained in the first step (1.21 g, 2.80 mmol) was added to methyl 3-aminobenzoate (0.44 g, 2.80 mmol) at room temperature, and lithium bromide (12 mg, 0.5 mmol) was added. Allow overnight until the starting material is completely reacted. The reaction mixture was poured with water (20 mL) The combined organic phases were washed with EtOAc EtOAc m.
  • the compound obtained in the second step (512 mg, 0.87 mmol) was added to dichloromethane (10 mL). After the addition was completed, the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C for 30 minutes, then added with phosgene (300 mg, 1.0 mmol) and reacted at 45 ° C for 2 hours, then diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL ⁇ 3). The combined organic phases were washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography chromatography eluting elut elut elut elut elut elut
  • Step 4 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Synthesis of 2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 23)
  • the agonistic compound binds to the FXR receptor and recruits a coactivator short peptide to further bind to form a complex.
  • an ⁇ -labeled antibody capable of recognizing the FXR receptor and a fluorescently labeled coactivator short peptide were designed, respectively.
  • the added antibody binds to the FXR receptor, so that the fluorescent group labeled on the ⁇ -labeling group and the coactivator short peptide reaches the FRET production condition.
  • the signal size of FRET can be tested to reflect the agonistic effect of the compound on the FXR receptor.
  • Group in a non-receptor protein is blank, calculated for the compound of FXR activation activity EC 50 and maximal activation effect signal value Max (max values in the following formula):
  • y is the FRET binding signal
  • max and min are the maximum and minimum values of the fitted curve
  • x is the logarithmic concentration of the compound
  • Hillslope is the slope of the curve.
  • Max represents the maximum activation effect signal value of the compound of the present invention
  • Max' represents the maximum activation effect signal value of CDCA, both of which are calculated by the formula shown above.
  • Compound 3 As can be seen from Table 2-2, Compound 3, Compound 4, Compound 5 and Compound 7 of the present invention have a maximum activation effect which is significantly superior to CDCA. The remaining compounds of the invention also have a better maximum activation effect.
  • Human embryonic kidney cells HEK293 were cultured in DMEM medium containing 10% FBS.
  • the plasmid was co-transfected to express high expression of FXR and human BSEP luciferase reporter gene.
  • the transfected cells were digested, resuspended, counted, and then seeded in a multiwell plate. 10 ⁇ L of different concentrations of the test compound were added to the multiwell plate to a final concentration of 64 ⁇ M, 16 ⁇ M, 4 ⁇ M, 1 ⁇ M, 0.25 ⁇ M, 0.0625 ⁇ M, 0.0156 ⁇ M, 0.0039 ⁇ M, 0.000977 ⁇ M, 0 ⁇ M, and a final concentration of DMSO of 0.5%.
  • This experiment evaluated the potential of compound-induced cardiac QT prolongation using a biochemical hERG assay kit based on fluorescence polarization (Invitrogen).
  • the test compound was added to a microplate containing hERG cell membrane, and a high hERG affinity tracer was added. After incubating the microplate at 25 ° C for 2 hours, the fluorescence polarization value was detected using a BMG PHAREStar multi-plate reader. The change, the percentage inhibition rate (%) of the compound to hERG at different concentrations was calculated, and the range of the half maximum inhibitory concentration (IC 50 ) of the compound was judged.

Abstract

Disclosed in the present invention are a farnesoid X receptor (FXR) agonist compound and a preparation method and use therefor. Specifically, provided in the present invention are a heterocyclic FXR agonist compound, as well as stereoisomers, a tautomer, a polymorph, a solvate (e.g., a hydrate), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, an ester, a metabolite and an N-oxide thereof, and a chemically protected form and a prodrug of the foregoing. The present invention also provides a method for preparing the compound and a pharmaceutical composition and a kit which contain the compound, as well as a use therefor in the treatment of diseases or conditions which are mediated by FXR.

Description

一种杂环化合物及其制备方法和用途Heterocyclic compound, preparation method and use thereof 发明领域Field of invention
本发明涉及一种用于治疗由类法尼醇X受体(FXR)介导的疾病或病症的杂环化合物,更具体地涉及FXR激动剂化合物,以及其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、N-氧化物以及其化学保护的形式和前药。本发明还涉及所述化合物的制备方法、包含所述化合物的药物组合物和药盒以及它们的治疗用途。The present invention relates to a heterocyclic compound for the treatment of a disease or condition mediated by a farnesoid X receptor (FXR), and more particularly to a FXR agonist compound, and stereoisomers, tautomers thereof Forms, polymorphs, solvates (such as hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolites, N-oxides, and chemically protected forms and prodrugs thereof. The invention further relates to a process for the preparation of said compounds, to pharmaceutical compositions and kits comprising said compounds, and to their therapeutic use.
发明背景Background of the invention
类法尼醇X受体(FXR,NR1H4)在肝、包括食道、胃、十二指肠、小肠、结肠在内的整个胃肠道、肾和肾上腺中表达(Kuipers,F.等,The Farnesoid X Receptor(FXR)as Modulator of Bile Acid Metabolism.Rev.Endocrine Metab.Disorders,2004,5:319-326)。FXR是已知作为核受体的配体活化的转录因子的一员。胆汁酸如鹅脱氧胆酸(CDCA)或者其牛磺酸或甘氨酸酰胺偶联物是FXR的内源性配体。胆汁酸与FXR结合后激活FXR,通过与视黄醇类X受体(RXR)的异二聚体复合物来控制多种基因的表达,包括在肝脏和循环中参与胆汁酸、胆固醇、三酸甘油酯、脂蛋白动态平衡的基因表达(Kalaany,N.Y.;Mangelsdorf,D.J.LXRS and FXR:the yin and yang of cholesterol and fat metabolism.Annu.Rev.Physiol.,2006,68,159-191)。FXR似乎还通过上调成纤维细胞生长因子15(啮齿动物)或纤维细胞生长因子19(猴、人)参与旁分泌和内分泌信号传导(T.Inagaki et al.Fibroblast growth factor 15 functions as an enterohepatic signal to regulate bile acid homeostasis.Cell Metab.,2005,2(4),217-225)。The farnesoid X receptor (FXR, NR1H4) is expressed in the liver, the entire gastrointestinal tract, kidney and adrenal glands including the esophagus, stomach, duodenum, small intestine, colon (Kuipers, F. et al, The Farnesoid X Receptor (FXR) as Modulator of Bile Acid Metabolism. Rev. Endocrine Metab. Disorders, 2004, 5: 319-326). FXR is a member of a transcription factor known to be a ligand for ligand activation of nuclear receptors. Bile acids such as chenodeoxycholic acid (CDCA) or its taurine or glycine amide conjugate are endogenous ligands for FXR. Bile acid binds to FXR and activates FXR, which controls the expression of multiple genes through heterodimeric complexes with retinoid X receptors (RXR), including bile acids, cholesterol, and triacids in the liver and circulation. Gene expression for glycerol, lipoprotein homeostasis (Kalaany, NY; Mangelsdorf, DJLXRS and FXR: the yin and yang of cholesterol and fat metabolism. Annu. Rev. Physiol., 2006, 68, 159-191). FXR also appears to be involved in paracrine and endocrine signaling by up-regulating fibroblast growth factor 15 (rodent) or fibroblast growth factor 19 (monkey, human) (T. Inagaki et al. Fibroblast growth factor 15 functions as an enterohepatic signal to Qualification bile acid homeostasis. Cell Metab., 2005, 2(4), 217-225).
胆汁酸是两亲性分子,它们形成胶束并将膳食中的脂质乳化。如果胆汁酸浓度过高也会产生细胞毒性,因此生理上有严格控制胆汁酸浓度的机制。FXR在控制胆汁酸体内稳定状态中起着关键作用(Makishima,M.,Nuclear Receptors as Targets for Drug Development:Regulation of Cholesterol and Bile Acid Metabolism by Nuclear Receptors.J.Pharmacol.Sci.,2005,97:177-183.)。Bile acids are amphiphilic molecules that form micelles and emulsifie lipids in the diet. If the bile acid concentration is too high, cytotoxicity is also produced, so there is a physiological mechanism for strictly controlling the concentration of bile acids. FXR plays a key role in controlling the steady state of bile acids (Makishima, M., Nuclear Receptors as Targets for Drug Development: Regulation of Cholesterol and Bile Acid Metabolism by Nuclear Receptors. J. Pharmacol. Sci., 2005, 97: 177 -183.).
此外,FXR还被证明调节超出代谢的复杂生物流程,如肝再生或肠屏障的完整性。FXR还对肠和肝脏的免疫系统有控制,有一定的抗炎作用(Modica,S.;Gadaleta,R.M.;Moschetta,A.;Deciphering the nuclear bile acid receptor FXR paradigm.Nucl.Recept.Signal.,2010,8,e005.)。In addition, FXR has been shown to regulate complex biological processes beyond metabolism, such as liver regeneration or intestinal barrier integrity. FXR also controls the immune system of the intestines and liver and has certain anti-inflammatory effects (Modica, S.; Gadaleta, RM; Moschetta, A.; Deciphering the nuclear bile acid receptor FXR paradigm. Nucl. Recept. Signal., 2010 , 8, e005.).
奥贝胆酸(Obeticholic Acid,6-Et CDCA)是一种比内源性配体CDCA活性更高的FXR受体激动剂,在非酒精性脂肪性肝病(NAFLD)的IIa期临床研究中显示出对胰岛素敏感性有显著改善以及其他代谢方面的有益作用(Mudaliar,S.;Henry,R.R.;Sanyal,A.J.et al.,Efficacy and safety of the farnesoid X receptor agonist obeticholic acid in patients with type 2 diabetes and nonalcoholic fatty liver disease.Gastroenterology,2013,145,574-582.)。奥贝胆酸的IIb期研究显示72周的治疗对非酒精性肝炎(NASH)的组织病理学的改进也有益。在原发性胆汁性肝硬化(PBC)的III期研究中,患者的肝功能损害得到改善(Nevens,F.,Andreone,P.,Mazzella,G.,et al.The first primary biliary cirrhosis(PBC)phase 3trial in two decades-an international study of the FXR agonist obeticholic acid in PBC patients.J.Hepatol.,2014,60,S525-S526)。Obeticholic Acid (6-Et CDCA) is a FXR receptor agonist with higher endogenous ligand CDCA activity and has been shown in Phase IIa clinical studies of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD). Significant improvement in insulin sensitivity and other metabolic beneficial effects (Mudaliar, S.; Henry, RR; Sanyal, AJ et al., Efficacy and safety of the farnesoid X receptor agonist obeticholic acid in patients with type 2 diabetes and nonalcoholic Fatty liver disease. Gastroenterology, 2013, 145, 574-582.). Phase IIb studies of oleic acid showed that 72-week treatment was also beneficial for the histopathological improvement of nonalcoholic hepatitis (NASH). In a phase III study of primary biliary cirrhosis (PBC), liver function impairment is improved (Nevens, F., Andreone, P., Mazzella, G., et al. The first primary biliary cirrhosis (PBC) Phase 3trial in two decades-an international study of the FXR agonist obeticholic acid in PBC patients. J. Hepatol., 2014, 60, S525-S526).
然而,本领域仍然需要用于治疗由FXR介导的疾病或病症的、具有良好的药效动力学或药代动力学性质的FXR激动剂化合物。However, there remains a need in the art for FXR agonist compounds having good pharmacodynamic or pharmacokinetic properties for the treatment of diseases or conditions mediated by FXR.
发明概述Summary of invention
本发明概括地涉及通式(I)的FXR激动剂化合物或其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、N-氧化物以及其化学保护的形式和前药:The present invention generally relates to FXR agonist compounds of the general formula (I) or stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates thereof (e.g., hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolism And N-oxides and their chemically protected forms and prodrugs:
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000001
其中among them
R 1选自:氢、卤素、羟基、氨基、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、羟基C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、C(O)NR 7(CHR 4) qCO 2R 5、-C(O)NR 7(CHR 4) qSO 3R 6、-E-R 5、-E-OR 5、-E-CN、-E-NR 5R 6、C 3-10环烷基O-、-O-C 1-6烷基-OR 5、3至10元杂环烷基-O-、-E-C(O)OR 5、-E-C(O)R 5、-E-C(O)NR 5R 6、 -E-C(O)NR 5SO 2R 5、-E-NR 5C(O)R 5、-E-SO p-R 5、-E-SO 3H、-E-SO 2-NR 5R 6、-E-SO 2-NR 6C(O)R 5、-E-NR 5-SO 2-R 6、-E-SO 2-3至10元杂环烷基,以及5、6或7元单环含氮杂芳基,其中所述烷基、环烷基、杂环烷基和杂芳基是未取代的或者被独立地选自卤素、CN、C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷基、羟基、氧代、C(O)OH、SO 3H、C 1-3烷基-O-和卤代C 1-3烷基-O-的1、2、3或4个取代基取代; R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O-, C(O )NR 7 (CHR 4 ) q CO 2 R 5 , -C(O)NR 7 (CHR 4 ) q SO 3 R 6 , -ER 5 , -E-OR 5 , -E-CN, -E-NR 5 R 6 , C 3-10 cycloalkyl O-, -OC 1-6 alkyl-OR 5 , 3 to 10 membered heterocycloalkyl-O-, -EC(O)OR 5 , -EC(O)R 5 , -EC(O)NR 5 R 6 , -EC(O)NR 5 SO 2 R 5 , -E-NR 5 C(O)R 5 , -E-SO p -R 5 , -E-SO 3 H, -E-SO 2 -NR 5 R 6 , -E-SO 2 -NR 6 C(O)R 5 , -E-NR 5 -SO 2 -R 6 , -E-SO 2 -3 to 10 a heterocycloalkyl group, and a 5, 6 or 7 membered monocyclic nitrogen-containing heteroaryl group, wherein said alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocycloalkyl group and heteroaryl group are unsubstituted or independently selected from halogen, CN, C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, C(O)OH, SO 3 H, C 1-3 alkyl-O- and halogenated C 1-3 alkane Substituting 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents of the radical -O-;
E是键、C 1-6烷基或C 3-8环烷基; E is a bond, a C 1-6 alkyl group or a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group;
R 4、R 6和R 7各自独立地选自氢、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基和C 3-6环烷基; R 4 , R 6 and R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl and C 3-6 cycloalkyl;
各个R 5独立地选自氢、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、C 3-8环烷基、-C 1-6烷基-C 3-8环烷基、3至8元杂环烷基、-C 1-6烷基-3至8元杂环烷基、5或6元杂芳基和芳基;其中所述烷基、环烷基、杂环烷基、芳基和杂芳基是未取代的或被选自卤素、CN、羟基、氧代、C(O)OH、C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷基、SO 3H、C 1-3烷基-O-、卤代C 1-3烷基-O-和-SO 2-C 1-3烷基的1、2、3或4个取代基取代; Each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, -C 1-6 alkyl-C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 3 To an 8-membered heterocycloalkyl group, a -C 1-6 alkyl-3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl group, a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group, and an aryl group; wherein the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocycloalkyl group , aryl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or selected from halogen, CN, hydroxy, oxo, C(O)OH, C 1-3 alkyl, halo C 1-3 alkyl, SO 3 H, 1 , 2 , 3 or 4 substituents of C 1-3 alkyl-O-, halo C 1-3 alkyl-O- and -SO 2 -C 1-3 alkyl;
p是0、1或2;p is 0, 1 or 2;
q是1、2、3、4、5或6;q is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B选自C 6-14芳基以及包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2、3、4或5个杂原子的5至14元单环或双环杂芳基;其中所述芳基或杂芳基是未取代的或者被独立地选自以下取代基的1、2或3个取代基取代:卤素、羟基、CN、氨基、C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、C 1-6烷基-O-C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、羟基C 1-6烷基、CN-C 1-6烷基、C 3-6环烷基以及包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2或3个杂原子的3至6元杂环烷基和C 1-6烷基-S(O) p-; B is selected from a C 6-14 aryl group and a 5 to 14 membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl group comprising 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S; The or heteroaryl group is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, CN, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl -O-, C 1-6 alkyl-OC 1-6 alkyl-O-, halogenated C 1-6 alkyl, halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-, hydroxy C 1-6 alkyl, CN-C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl and 3 to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl and C 1-6 comprising 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S alkyl-S(O) p -;
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000002
是5至14元单环或双环杂芳基或者任选地被氧代取代的饱和或部分不饱和的3至10元杂环基,其中所述杂芳基或杂环基包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2或3个杂原子;并且
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000003
可通过C环原子或者在存在N环原子的情况下通过所述N环原子与B基团连接;
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000002
Is a 5 to 14 membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl group or a saturated or partially unsaturated 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group optionally substituted by oxo, wherein said heteroaryl or heterocyclic group comprises independently selected from 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms of N, O and S;
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000003
Linking to a B group through a C ring atom or in the presence of an N ring atom through the N ring atom;
X选自N和CRc’;X is selected from N and CRc';
各个R 2独立地选自氢、卤素、CN、羟基、氨基、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、羟基C 1- 6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、C 3-8环烷基和卤代C 3-8环烷基; Each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1 - 6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O- a halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-, C 3-8 cycloalkyl group and a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group;
各个R 3独立地选自氢、卤素、CN、羟基、氨基、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、羟基C 1- 6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、C 3-8环烷基和卤代C 3-8环烷基; Each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1 - 6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O- , -O- halogenated C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 3-8 cycloalkyl and C 3-8 cycloalkyl;
m、n各自独立地是0、1、2、3或4;m, n are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
D是:D is:
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000004
Z是:Z is:
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000005
或Rd;
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000005
Or Rd;
W选自N、N-O和CRc’;W is selected from N, N-O and CRc';
各个Ra独立地选自C 1-6烷基、C 3-8环烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基、卤代C 3-8环烷基和卤代C 1-6烷基-O-; Each Ra is independently selected from a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, a C 1-6 alkyl-O- group, a halogenated C 1-6 alkyl group, a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, and Halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-;
Rb、Rc和Rc’各自独立地选自氢、卤素、羟基、CN、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、C 3-8环烷基、卤代C 3-8环烷基、C 3-8环烷基-O-和卤代C 3-8环烷基-O-; Rb, Rc and Rc' are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, CN, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O-, halo C 1- 6 alkyl-O-, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl-O- and halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl-O-;
Rd选自C 3-10环烷基或者C 5-14桥环系统、稠环系统或螺环系统;其中所述环烷基、饱和桥环系统、饱和稠环系统或饱和螺环系统任选地被1、2或3个Re取代; Rd is selected from a C 3-10 cycloalkyl or C 5-14 bridged ring system, a fused ring system, or a spiro ring system; wherein the cycloalkyl, saturated bridged ring system, saturated fused ring system, or saturated spiro ring system is optional The ground is replaced by 1, 2 or 3 Re;
各个Re独立地选自氢、卤素、羟基、CN、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、C 3-8环烷基、卤代C 3-8环烷基以及C 6-10单环或双环芳基; Each Re is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, CN, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O-, halo C 1-6 alkyl-O a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, and a C 6-10 monocyclic or bicyclic aryl group;
条件是:requirement is:
(1)与环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000006
相连的B基团不与
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000007
基团直接相邻;
(1) and ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000006
Connected B groups do not
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000007
The groups are directly adjacent;
(2)当环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000009
时,R 2不是羟基;并且
(2) When the ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000008
for
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000009
When R 2 is not a hydroxyl group;
(3)当X是N时,环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000010
不是
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000011
(3) When X is N, the ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000010
Not
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000011
其中从所述环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000012
的C或N环原子伸出的
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000013
表示所述C或N原子直接与B基团键合,从所述环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000014
伸出的
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000015
表示环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000017
基团键合。
Wherein from the ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000012
C or N ring atom extended
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000013
Representing that the C or N atom is directly bonded to the B group from the ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000014
Outstretched
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000015
Ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000016
versus
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000017
Group bonding.
在一类实施方案中,当X是CRc’时,环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000018
不是
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000019
In a class of embodiments, when X is CRc', the ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000018
Not
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000019
本发明的另一方面是药物组合物,其包含所述通式(I)的化合物、其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、其化学保护的形式或前药,以及一种或多种药学可接受的载体。所述药物组合物还可包含适于预防或治疗由FXR介导的疾病或病症的一种或多种其他治疗剂。Another aspect of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the formula (I), a stereoisomer, a tautomer, a polymorph, a solvate (such as a hydrate), a pharmaceutically acceptable Accepted salts, esters, metabolites, chemically protected forms or prodrugs thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. The pharmaceutical composition may further comprise one or more additional therapeutic agents suitable for preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR.
本发明还包括预防或治疗由FXR介导的疾病或病症的方法,所述方法包括向有此需要的个体给药治疗有效量的所述通式(I)的化合物、其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、其化学保护的形式或前药或者所述药物组合物。The invention also includes a method of preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the formula (I), a stereoisomer thereof, Tautomers, polymorphs, solvates (such as hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolites, chemically protected forms or prodrugs thereof or the pharmaceutical compositions.
本发明还包括用于预防或治疗由FXR介导的疾病或病症的药盒,其包括:The invention also includes kits for preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR, comprising:
a)第一容器,其包含作为第一治疗剂的至少一种所述通式(I)的化合物、其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、其化学保护的形式或前药或者作为第一药物组合物的所述药物组合物;a) a first container comprising, as a first therapeutic agent, at least one of the compounds of the formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates thereof (eg hydrates) a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, metabolite, chemically protected form or prodrug thereof or the pharmaceutical composition as a first pharmaceutical composition;
b)任选存在的第二容器,其包含作为第二治疗剂的至少一种其他治疗剂,或者作为第二药物组合物的包含所述其他治疗剂的药物组合物;和b) a second container optionally present comprising at least one other therapeutic agent as a second therapeutic agent, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising said other therapeutic agent as a second pharmaceutical composition;
c)任选存在的包装说明书。c) Optional package inserts.
本发明还包括所述通式(I)的化合物、其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、其化学保护的形式或前药或者所述药物组合物,其用于预防或治疗由FXR介导的疾病或病症。The present invention also includes the compound of the formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates (e.g., hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolites, A chemically protected form or prodrug thereof or the pharmaceutical composition for use in preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR.
本发明还包括所述通式(I)的化合物、其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、其化学保护的形式或前药或者所述药物组合物在制备用于预防或治疗由FXR介导的疾病或病症的药物中的用途。The present invention also includes the compound of the formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates (e.g., hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolites, A form of its chemically protected or prodrug or use of the pharmaceutical composition for the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention or treatment of a disease or condition mediated by FXR.
本发明还包括制备本发明的化合物的方法。The invention also includes methods of preparing the compounds of the invention.
本发明的通式(I)的化合物具有优良的体内或体外药效动力学或药代动力学性质,显示出良好的FXR激活活性和激活作用以及优良的血浆药物暴露量和生物利用度,因而具有良好的药物活性和体内代谢优势。此外,本发明的化合物还显示出较好的药物安全性。The compound of the formula (I) of the present invention has excellent in vivo or in vitro pharmacodynamic or pharmacokinetic properties, exhibits good FXR activating activity and activation, and excellent plasma drug exposure and bioavailability, thus Has good pharmaceutical activity and metabolic advantages in the body. In addition, the compounds of the invention also show better drug safety.
发明详细描述Detailed description of the invention
现详细描述本发明的某些实施方案,其实例在随附结构和分子式中说明。虽然结合列举的实施方案来描述本发明,但是应理解本发明并不限于那些实施方案。相反,本发明意在涵盖可包括在本发明的由权利要求书限定的范围内的所有替代方案、修改和等同。本领域技术人员会认识到,与本文中所述的那些相似或等同的许多方法和材料可用于实施本发明。本发明绝不限于所述的方法和材料。在所引的文献、专利及相似的材料中的一者或多者与本申请(包括但不限于定义的术语、术语用法、所述的技术等)不同或矛盾的情况下,以本申请为准。Certain embodiments of the invention are now described in detail, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying structures and formula. While the invention has been described in connection with the embodiments illustrated, it is understood that the invention is not limited to those embodiments. Rather, the invention is to cover all alternatives, modifications, and equivalents, which are included within the scope of the invention as defined by the appended claims. Those skilled in the art will recognize that many methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice of the invention. The invention is in no way limited to the methods and materials described. Where one or more of the cited documents, patents, and similar materials are different or contradictory to the present application (including but not limited to defined terms, term usage, techniques, etc.), this application is quasi.
定义definition
除非在下文中另有定义,本文中所用的所有技术术语和科学术语的含义意图与本领域技术人员通常所理解的相同。Unless otherwise defined below, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art.
术语“包括”、“包含”、“具有”、“含有”或“涉及”及其在本文中的其他变体形式是包含性的或开放式的,且不排除其他未列举的元素或方法步骤。The terms "including", "comprising", "having", "containing" or "comprising" and their variants herein are inclusive or open and do not exclude other elements or method steps that are not listed. .
术语“烷基”用于本文中是指具有1至12个碳原子(C 1-12)的饱和直链或支链烃基,其中所述烷基可任选地被一个或多个(例如1个、2个、3个或4个)适合的取代基取代。在一些实施方案中,烷基具有1至8个碳原子(C 1-8),特别是1至6个碳原子(C 1-6)。在另一些实施方案中,烷基具有1至4个碳原子(C 1-4),特别是1至3个碳原子(C 1-3)或者1至2个碳原子(C 1-2)。烷基的实例包括但不限于:甲基(Me)、乙基(Et)、1-丙基(n-Pr)、2-丙基(i-Pr或异丙基)、1-丁基(n-Bu或正丁基)、2-甲基-1-丙基(i-Bu或异丁基)、2-丁基(s-Bu或仲丁基)、2-甲基-2-丙基(t-Bu或叔丁基)、1-戊基(正戊基)、2-戊基、3-戊基、2-甲基-2-丁基、3-甲基-2-丁基、3-甲基-1-丁基、2-甲基-1-丁基、1-己基、2-己基、3-己基、2-甲 基-2-戊基(-C(CH 3) 2CH 2CH 2CH 3)、3-甲基-2-戊基、4-甲基-2-戊基、3-甲基-3-戊基、2-甲基-3-戊基、2,3-二甲基-2-丁基、3,3-二甲基-2-丁基、1-庚基、1-辛基等。 The term "alkyl" as used herein, refers to a saturated straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms (C 1-12 ), wherein the alkyl group may be optionally one or more (eg, 1 , 2, 3 or 4) substituted substituents. In some embodiments, an alkyl group has from 1 to 8 carbon atoms (C 1-8 ), especially from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (C 1-6 ). In other embodiments, the alkyl group has from 1 to 4 carbon atoms (C 1-4 ), especially from 1 to 3 carbon atoms (C 1-3 ) or from 1 to 2 carbon atoms (C 1-2 ) . Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), 1-propyl (n-Pr), 2-propyl (i-Pr or isopropyl), 1-butyl ( n-Bu or n-butyl), 2-methyl-1-propyl (i-Bu or isobutyl), 2-butyl (s-Bu or sec-butyl), 2-methyl-2-propene Base (t-Bu or tert-butyl), 1-pentyl (n-pentyl), 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-butyl, 3-methyl-2-butyl , 3-methyl-1-butyl, 2-methyl-1-butyl, 1-hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl (-C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-3-pentyl, 2-methyl-3-pentyl, 2, 3-dimethyl-2-butyl, 3,3-dimethyl-2-butyl, 1-heptyl, 1-octyl and the like.
除非特别限定,术语“碳环基”和“碳环”在本文中可互换使用,意指任何这样的环系统,其中所有环原子均是碳,并且其包含3至14个环碳原子,更适合地包含3至12个碳原子,更适合地包含3至10个碳原子,而且更适合地包含3至8个碳原子。碳环基基团可以是饱和的或部分不饱和的,但不包括芳香性环或与芳香性环稠合的非芳香性环。碳环基基团的实例包括单环环系统、双环环系统和三环环系统,特别是单环环系统和双环环系统。碳环基基团包括桥环系统(如双环[2.2.1]庚基)、稠环系统(如双环[3.1.0]己基)或螺环系统(例如螺[2.3]己基)。Unless specifically defined, the terms "carbocyclyl" and "carbocyclic" are used interchangeably herein to mean any ring system wherein all ring atoms are carbon and contain from 3 to 14 ring carbon atoms, More suitably it contains from 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more suitably from 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and more suitably from 3 to 8 carbon atoms. Carbocyclyl groups can be saturated or partially unsaturated, but do not include aromatic rings or non-aromatic rings fused to aromatic rings. Examples of carbocyclic groups include monocyclic ring systems, bicyclic ring systems, and tricyclic ring systems, particularly monocyclic ring systems and bicyclic ring systems. Carbocyclyl groups include bridged ring systems (such as bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl), fused ring systems (such as bicyclo [3.1.0] hexyl) or spiro ring systems (such as spiro[2.3] hexyl).
如本文中所用的,术语“环烷基”是指具有3至12个碳原子(C 3-12)、特别是3至10个碳原子(C 3-10)或3至8个碳原子(C 3-8)的单环形式的饱和碳环。在一些实施方案中,环烷基具有3至6个碳原子(C 3-6),例如3、4、5或6个碳原子。环烷基的实例包括但不限于:环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、环庚基、环辛基、环壬基、环癸基、环十一烷基、环十二烷基等。环烷基可任选地被一个或多个(例如1个、2个、3个或4个)适合的取代基取代。 As used herein, the term "cycloalkyl" refers to having from 3 to 12 carbon atoms (C 3-12 ), especially from 3 to 10 carbon atoms (C 3-10 ) or from 3 to 8 carbon atoms ( C 3-8 ) a saturated carbon ring in the form of a single ring. In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has from 3 to 6 carbon atoms ( C3-6 ), such as 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl, cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl, cyclododeyl Alkyl and the like. The cycloalkyl group can be optionally substituted with one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or 4) suitable substituents.
除非特别限定,本文所用的术语“桥环系统”意指具有5至14个环碳原子(C 5-14)的双环形式的碳环基,其中两个碳环共用多于两个(例如3、4或5个)碳原子,这些共用碳原子所形成的碳链作为桥,所述桥两端的两个碳原子称作桥头碳。此类桥环系统可以具有5至11个环碳原子(C 5-11),特别是6至10个环碳原子(C 6-10),例如7、8或9个环碳原子。此类桥环系统的实例包括但不限于双环[2.1.1]己基、双环[2.2.1]庚基、双环[2.2.1]庚烯基、双环[2.2.2]辛基和双环[3.2.2]壬基。所述桥环系统可任选地被一个或多个(例如1个、2个、3个或4个)适合的取代基取代。 The term "bridged ring system" as used herein, unless specifically defined, means a carbocyclic group having a bicyclic form of 5 to 14 ring carbon atoms (C 5-14 ), wherein two carbon rings share more than two (for example, 3) , 4 or 5) carbon atoms, the carbon chain formed by these common carbon atoms acts as a bridge, and the two carbon atoms at both ends of the bridge are called bridgehead carbon. Such bridged ring systems may have from 5 to 11 ring carbon atoms (C 5-11 ), especially from 6 to 10 ring carbon atoms (C 6-10 ), for example 7, 8, or 9 ring carbon atoms. Examples of such bridged ring systems include, but are not limited to, bicyclo [2.1.1] hexyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptenyl, bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl and bicyclo [3.2 .2] 壬基. The bridged ring system can be optionally substituted with one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or 4) suitable substituents.
除非特别限定,本文所用的术语“稠环系统”意指具有5至14个环碳原子(C 5-14)的稠合双环形式的碳环基,其中稠合的两个碳环共用两个相互键合的碳原子。因此,所述稠环系统是共用两个相互键合的碳原子的稠合双环碳环基。此类稠环系统可以具有例如5至10个环碳原子(C 5-10),特别是7至10个环碳原子(C 7-10)。所述C 7-10稠环系统的两个碳环可排列成4元环和5元环(双环[4,5]系统)、两个5元环(双环[5,5]系统)、5元环和6元环(双环[5,6]系统)、或两个6元环(双环[6,6]系统)。此类稠环系统的实例包括但不限于双环[3.1.0]己基、双环[3.2.0]庚基、双环[4.3.0]壬基或双环[4.4.0]癸基。所述稠环系统可任选地被一个或多个(例如1个、2个、3个或4个)适合的取代基取代。 The term "fused ring system" as used herein, unless specifically defined, means a fused bicyclic form of a carbocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring carbon atoms (C 5-14 ), wherein the two carbon rings fused together share two Carbon atoms bonded to each other. Thus, the fused ring system is a fused bicyclic carbocyclic group that shares two carbon atoms bonded to each other. Such fused ring systems may have, for example, 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (C 5-10 ), especially 7 to 10 ring carbon atoms (C 7-10 ). The two carbon rings of the C 7-10 fused ring system can be arranged into a 4-membered ring and a 5-membered ring (bicyclo[4,5] system), two 5-membered rings (bicyclo[5,5] system), 5 Yuan and 6-membered rings (bicyclo[5,6] systems), or two 6-membered rings (bicyclo[6,6] systems). Examples of such fused ring systems include, but are not limited to, bicyclo [3.1.0] hexyl, bicyclo [3.2.0] heptyl, bicyclo [4.3.0] fluorenyl or bicyclo [4.4.0] fluorenyl. The fused ring system can be optionally substituted with one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or 4) suitable substituents.
除非特别限定,本文所用的术语“螺环系统”意指具有5至14个环碳原子(C 5-14)的双环形式的碳环基,其中两个碳环共用1个碳原子(称作“螺原子”)。所述螺环系统可以具有例如5至11个环碳原子(C 5-11),特别是6至10个环碳原子(C 6-10),例如7、8或9个环碳原子。螺环系统的实例包括但不限于螺[2.2]戊基、螺[2.3]己基、螺[2.4]庚基、螺[3.3]庚基、螺[2.5]辛基、螺[3.4]辛基、螺[3.5]壬基、螺[4.4]壬基、螺[4.5]癸基和螺[5.5]十一烷基。所述螺环系统可任选地被一个或多个(例如1个、2个、3个或4个)适合的取代基取代。 The term "spirocyclic system" as used herein, unless specifically defined, means a bicyclic form of a carbocyclic group having 5 to 14 ring carbon atoms (C 5-14 ) wherein two carbon rings share one carbon atom (referred to as "Snail atom"). The spiro ring system may have, for example, 5 to 11 ring carbon atoms (C 5-11 ), particularly 6 to 10 ring carbon atoms (C 6-10 ), for example 7, 8, or 9 ring carbon atoms. Examples of spiro ring systems include, but are not limited to, spiro[2.2]pentyl, spiro[2.3]hexyl, spiro[2.4]heptyl, spiro[3.3]heptyl, spiro[2.5]octyl, spiro[3.4]octyl, Snail [3.5] thiol, snail [4.4] fluorenyl, snail [4.5] fluorenyl and spirulin [5.5] undecyl. The spiro ring system can be optionally substituted with one or more (eg, 1, 2, 3 or 4) suitable substituents.
本文所用的术语“芳基”意指C 6-14芳香性单环或多环(特别是双环)基团(C 6-14芳基),适合地包括C 6-12芳基基团,更适合地包括C 6-10单环或双环芳基基团,优选意指C 6芳基基团(即,苯基)。芳基基团包含至少一个芳香性环(如一个环或两个环),但也可以包含非芳香性的额外的环。含有一个芳香性环的典型芳基基团的实例是苯基。含有两个芳香性环的典型芳基基团的实例是萘基。与C 5-8碳环基(适合地,C 5-6碳环基)稠合的苯基(如茚满)也是芳基的实例。所述芳基任选地被一个或多个(例如1个、2个、3个或4个)适合的取代基取代。 The term "aryl" as used herein means a C 6-14 aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic (particularly bicyclic) group (C 6-14 aryl), suitably including a C 6-12 aryl group, more Suitably a C 6-10 monocyclic or bicyclic aryl group is included, preferably a C 6 aryl group (ie, phenyl). The aryl group contains at least one aromatic ring (such as one ring or two rings), but may also contain additional rings that are non-aromatic. An example of a typical aryl group containing an aromatic ring is phenyl. An example of a typical aryl group containing two aromatic rings is a naphthyl group. A phenyl group (e.g., indane) fused to a C 5-8 carbocyclic group (suitably, a C 5-6 carbocyclic group) is also an example of an aryl group. The aryl group is optionally substituted with one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or 4) suitable substituents.
术语“杂环”和“杂环基”在本文中可互换使用,并且是指具有例如3至10个(适合地具有3至8个,更适合地具有3、4、5或6个)环原子、其中至少一个环原子是选自N、O和S的杂原子且其余环原子是C的饱和(即,杂环烷基)或部分不饱和的(即在环内具有一个或多个双键和/或三键)环状基团。例如,“3至10元杂环基”是具有2至9个(如2、3、4、5、6、7、8或9个)环碳原子和独立地选自N、O和S的一个或多个(例如1个、2个、3个或4个)杂原子的饱和或部分不饱和杂环基。饱和杂环基(即,杂环烷基)的实例包括但不限于:环氧乙烷基、氮丙啶基、氮杂环丁基(azetidinyl)、氧杂环丁基(oxetanyl)、四氢呋喃基、吡咯烷基、吡咯烷酮基、咪唑烷基、吡唑烷基、四氢吡喃基、哌啶基、吗啉基、二噻烷基(dithianyl)、硫吗啉基、哌嗪基或三噻烷基(trithianyl);部分不饱和的杂环基的实例包括但不限于二氧杂环戊烯基(dioxolinyl)和吡咯啉基。杂环基可任选地被一个或多个(例如1个、2个、3个或4个)适合的取代基取代。The terms "heterocycle" and "heterocyclyl" are used interchangeably herein and refer to have, for example, from 3 to 10 (suitably from 3 to 8, more suitably 3, 4, 5 or 6) a ring atom, wherein at least one of the ring atoms is a hetero atom selected from N, O and S and the remaining ring atoms are saturated (ie heterocycloalkyl) or partially unsaturated (ie one or more within the ring) Double bond and/or triple bond) cyclic group. For example, a "3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group" is a ring carbon atom having 2 to 9 (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9) and independently selected from N, O, and S. One or more (eg, 1, 2, 3 or 4) saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic groups of heteroatoms. Examples of saturated heterocyclic groups (i.e., heterocycloalkyl groups) include, but are not limited to, oxiranyl, aziridine, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl. , pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl or trithiatium Examples of trithianyl; partially unsaturated heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, dioxolinyl and pyrrolinyl. The heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or 4) suitable substituents.
本文所使用的术语“杂芳基”指单环或多环(例如双环或三环)芳香性环系统,其具有5至14个环原子,例如5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、13或14个环原子,特别地具有1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12或13个碳原子和独立地选自N、O和S的1、2、3、4或5个相同或不同的杂原子。杂芳基可以是苯并稠合的。杂芳基的实例包括但不限于:吡啶基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基、哒嗪基、 噻唑基、噻吩基、噁唑基、呋喃基、吡咯基、吡唑基、三唑基、四唑基、异噁唑基、异噻唑基、咪唑基、三嗪基、噁二唑基、噻二唑基、苯并噻唑基、苯并异噻唑基、咪唑并吡啶基、喹啉基、吲哚基、吡咯并哒嗪基、苯并呋喃基、苯并噻吩基、吲唑基、苯并噁唑基、苯并异噁唑基、喹唑啉基、吡咯并吡啶基、吡唑并嘧啶基、咪唑并哒嗪基、吡唑并吡啶基、三唑并吡啶基、异喹啉基、四氢异喹啉基、苯并咪唑基、噌啉基、中氮茚基、酞嗪基、异吲哚基、蝶啶基、嘌呤基、呋咱基、苯并呋咱基、喹喔啉基、萘啶基或呋喃并吡啶基。优选地,杂芳基选自:吡啶基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基、哒嗪基、噻唑基、噁唑基、苯并噻唑基、苯并[d]异噻唑基、咪唑并[1,2-a]吡啶基、喹啉基、1H-吲哚基、吡咯并[1,2-b]哒嗪基、苯并呋喃基、苯并[b]噻吩基、1H-吲唑基、苯并[d]噁唑基、苯并[d]异噁唑基、喹唑啉基、1H-吡咯并[3,2-c]吡啶基、吡唑并[1,5-a]嘧啶基、咪唑并[1,2-b]哒嗪基、吡唑并[1,5-a]吡啶基和1H-[1,2,3]三唑并[4,5-b]吡啶基。杂芳基可任选地被一个或多个(例如1个、2个、3个或4个)适合的取代基取代。The term "heteroaryl" as used herein, refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic (eg bicyclic or tricyclic) aromatic ring system having from 5 to 14 ring atoms, for example 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 ring atoms, in particular having 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 or 13 carbon atoms and independently selected from N, O 1, 1, 2, 4 or 5 of the same or different heteroatoms of S. The heteroaryl group can be benzofused. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazole , isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, triazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, imidazopyridyl, quinolyl, anthracene , pyrrolopyridazinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, quinazolinyl, pyrrolopyridyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl , imidazopyridazinyl, pyrazolopyridyl, triazolopyridyl, isoquinolyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, porphyrin, mesoindolyl, pyridazinyl, iso Mercapto, pteridinyl, fluorenyl, furyl, benzofurazinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridyl or furopyridinyl. Preferably, the heteroaryl group is selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzo[d]isothiazolyl, imidazo[1,2 -a]pyridyl, quinolyl, 1H-indenyl, pyrrolo[1,2-b]pyridazinyl, benzofuranyl, benzo[b]thienyl, 1H-carbazolyl, benzo [d]oxazolyl, benzo[d]isoxazolyl, quinazolinyl, 1H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidinyl, imidazole And [1,2-b]pyridazinyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl and 1H-[1,2,3]triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinyl. The heteroaryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3 or 4) suitable substituents.
在可能的情况下,所述杂环基(如杂环烷基)或杂芳基可以是碳键合的(碳连接的)或氮键合的(氮连接)。作为示例而非限制,碳键合的杂环或杂芳基是在以下位置成键:吡啶的2、3、4、5或6位,哒嗪的3、4、5或6位,嘧啶的2、4、5或6位,吡嗪的2、3、5或6位,呋喃、四氢呋喃、噻吩、吡咯或四氢吡咯的2、3、4或5位,噁唑、咪唑或噻唑的2、4或5位,异噁唑、吡唑或异噻唑的3、4或5位,氮丙啶的2或3位,氮杂环丁烷的2、3或4位,喹啉的2、3、4、5、6、7或8位,或者异喹啉的1、3、4、5、6、7或8位。Where possible, the heterocyclic group (e.g., heterocycloalkyl) or heteroaryl can be carbon bonded (carbon bonded) or nitrogen bonded (nitrogen linked). By way of example and not limitation, a carbon-bonded heterocyclic or heteroaryl group is bonded at the following positions: at the 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 position of the pyridine, at the 3, 4, 5 or 6 position of the pyridazine, pyrimidine 2, 4, 5 or 6 positions, 2, 3, 5 or 6 positions of pyrazine, 2, 3, 4 or 5 positions of furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiophene, pyrrole or tetrahydropyrrole, 2 of oxazole, imidazole or thiazole , 4 or 5 positions, 3, 4 or 5 positions of isoxazole, pyrazole or isothiazole, 2 or 3 positions of aziridine, 2, 3 or 4 position of azetidine, 2 of quinoline 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 positions, or 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 positions of isoquinoline.
作为示例而非限制,氮键合的杂环或杂芳基是在以下位置成键:氮丙啶、氮杂环丁烷、吡咯、吡咯烷、2-吡咯啉、3-吡咯啉、咪唑、咪唑烷、2-咪唑啉、3-咪唑啉、吡唑、吡唑啉、2-吡唑啉、3-吡唑啉、哌啶、哌嗪、吲哚、吲哚啉、1H-吲唑的1位,异吲哚或异吲哚啉的2位,吗啉的4位,以及咔唑或β-咔啉的9位。By way of example and not limitation, nitrogen-bonded heterocyclic or heteroaryl groups are bonded at the following positions: aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, imidazole, Imidazolidin, 2-imidazoline, 3-imidazoline, pyrazole, pyrazoline, 2-pyrazoline, 3-pyrazoline, piperidine, piperazine, hydrazine, porphyrin, 1H-carbazole Position 1, position 2 of isoindole or isoindoline, position 4 of morpholine, and position 9 of carbazole or β-carboline.
本文中使用的术语“卤代”或“卤素”包括F、Cl、Br或I。“卤代”包括但不限于单取代、二取代或三取代,而且,用于取代的卤原子可以相同或不同。The term "halo" or "halogen" as used herein includes F, Cl, Br or I. "Halo" includes, but is not limited to, monosubstituted, disubstituted or trisubstituted, and the halogen atoms used for the substitution may be the same or different.
术语“取代的”指所指定的原子上的一个或多个(例如1个、2个、3个或4个)氢被从所指出的基团的选择所代替,条件是未超过所指定的原子在当前情况下的正常原子价并且所述取代形成稳定的化合物。取代基和/或变量的组合仅仅当这种组合形成稳定的化合物时才是允许的。The term "substituted" means that one or more (eg, 1, 2, 3 or 4) hydrogens on the designated atom are replaced by the selection of the indicated group, provided that the specified The normal valence of an atom in the present case and the substitution forms a stable compound. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations form stable compounds.
术语“任选地取代”指任选地被特定的基团、原子团或部分取代。The term "optionally substituted" refers to being optionally substituted with a particular group, radical or moiety.
当取代基的键显示为穿过环中连接两个原子的键时,则这样的取代基可键连至该可取代的环中的任一成环原子。When a bond of a substituent is shown to pass through a bond connecting two atoms in the ring, such a substituent may be bonded to any of the ring-forming atoms in the substitutable ring.
术语“手性”是指具有镜像对的不可重叠性的分子,而术语“非手性”是指可在它们的镜像对上重叠的分子。The term "chiral" refers to molecules that have non-overlapping properties of mirrored pairs, while the term "achiral" refers to molecules that can overlap on their mirror image pairs.
术语“立体异构体”是指具有相同的化学组成但原子或基团的空间排列不同的化合物。The term "stereoisomer" refers to a compound having the same chemical composition but differing in the arrangement of atoms or groups in space.
“非对映异构体”是指具有两个或多个手性中心并且其分子彼此不互为镜像的立体异构体。非对映异构体具有不同的物理性质,例如熔点、沸点、光谱性质和反应性。非对映异构体的混合物可通过高分辨率的分析方法例如电泳法和色谱法进行分离。"Diastereomer" refers to a stereoisomer that has two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have different physical properties such as melting point, boiling point, spectral properties and reactivity. Mixtures of diastereomers can be separated by high resolution analytical methods such as electrophoresis and chromatography.
“对映异构体”是指化合物的彼此呈不可重叠的镜像的两种立体异构体。"Enantiomer" refers to two stereoisomers of a compound that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other.
本文中所用的立体化学定义和规则一般遵循S.P.Parker,Ed.,McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms(1984)McGraw-Hill Book Company,New York;和Eliel,E.和Wilen,S.,“Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds”,John Wiley&Sons,Inc.,New York,1994。本发明的化合物可包含非对称的或手性的中心,因此以不同的立体异构体形式存在。本发明的化合物的所有立体异构体形式,包括但不限于其非对映异构体、对映异构体和阻转异构体以及它们的混合物例如外消旋混合物,意在构成本发明的一部分。许多有机化合物以旋光形式存在,即,它们具有使平面偏振光的平面旋转的能力。在表述旋光化合物时,前缀D和L,或者R和S,用来表示分子的手性中心的绝对构型。前缀d和l或者(+)和(-)用来指示化合物使平面偏振光旋转的符号,其中(-)或1是指化合物是左旋的。具有前缀(+)或d的化合物是右旋的。对于特定的化学结构,这些立体异构体是相同的,只是它们彼此互为镜像。特定的立体异构体还可称为对映异构体,并且这样的异构体的混合物常称为对映异构体混合物。对映异构体的50:50混合物称为外消旋混合物或外消旋物,其可在化学反应或过程没有立体选择性或立体专一性的情况下出现。术语“外消旋混合物”和“外消旋物”是指两种对映异构体的等摩尔混合物,不具有旋光性。在一方面,本发明的立体异构体可以占主导的形式存在,例如,大于50%ee(对映体过量),大于80%ee,大于90%ee,大于95%ee,或者大于99%ee。The stereochemical definitions and rules used herein generally follow SP Parker, Ed., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984) McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Eliel, E. and Wilen, S., "Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds", John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1994. The compounds of the invention may contain asymmetric or chiral centers and therefore exist in different stereoisomeric forms. All stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the invention, including but not limited to their diastereomers, enantiomers and atropisomers, as well as mixtures thereof, such as racemic mixtures, are intended to constitute the invention. a part of. Many organic compounds exist in optically active form, i.e., they have the ability to rotate the plane of plane polarized light. In the expression of optically active compounds, the prefixes D and L, or R and S, are used to indicate the absolute configuration of the chiral center of the molecule. The prefixes d and l or (+) and (-) are used to indicate the sign of the compound rotating the plane polarized light, where (-) or 1 means that the compound is left-handed. Compounds with the prefix (+) or d are dextrorotatory. These stereoisomers are identical for a particular chemical structure, except that they mirror each other. Particular stereoisomers may also be referred to as enantiomers, and mixtures of such isomers are often referred to as enantiomeric mixtures. The 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which can occur without a stereoselective or stereospecific nature of the chemical reaction or process. The terms "racemic mixture" and "racemate" refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomers which are not optically active. In one aspect, the stereoisomers of the invention may exist in a predominant form, for example, greater than 50% ee (enantiomeric excess), greater than 80% ee, greater than 90% ee, greater than 95% ee, or greater than 99% Ee.
在用于制备本发明的化合物的方法产生立体异构体的混合物的情况中,通过常规技术例如制备色谱可以分离这些异构体。所述化合物可以制备成外消旋的形式,或者,通过对映体选择性合成或 者通过拆分可以制备单一的对映异构体。例如,通过标准技术,例如通过与旋光性的酸如(-)-二对甲苯酰基-d-酒石酸和/或(+)-二对甲苯酰基-l-酒石酸形成盐来形成非对映异构体对,然后进行分步结晶和游离碱再生,可以将所述化合物拆分成它们的对映异构体成分。通过形成非对映的酯或酰胺,然后进行色谱纯化和除去手性助剂,也可以拆分所述化合物。或者,使用手性HPLC柱可以拆分所述化合物。In the case where the process for preparing the compounds of the invention produces a mixture of stereoisomers, these isomers can be separated by conventional techniques such as preparative chromatography. The compound can be prepared in a racemic form, or a single enantiomer can be prepared by enantioselective synthesis or by resolution. For example, diastereoisomers are formed by standard techniques, for example by formation of a salt with an optically active acid such as (-)-di-p-toluoyl-d-tartaric acid and/or (+)-di-p-toluoyl-l-tartaric acid. The compounds can be resolved into fractions and then subjected to fractional crystallization and free base regeneration to separate the compounds into their enantiomeric components. The compound can also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters or amides followed by chromatographic purification and removal of the chiral auxiliary. Alternatively, the compound can be resolved using a chiral HPLC column.
术语“互变异构体”或“互变异构体形式”是指可通过低能垒互相转化的能量不同的结构异构体。例如,质子互变异构体(也称为质子转移互变异构体)包括通过质子迁移互相转化,例如酮-烯醇和亚胺-烯胺异构化。价键互变异构体包括通过一些成键电子的重组互相转化。The term "tautomer" or "tautomeric form" refers to structural isomers that differ in energy that can be converted into each other by a low energy barrier. For example, proton tautomers (also known as proton transfer tautomers) include interconversion by proton transfer, such as keto-enol and imine-enamine isomerization. Valence bond tautomers include mutual transformation by recombination of some bonding electrons.
本发明涵盖通式(I)的化合物的所有可能的结晶形式或多晶型物,其可为单一多晶型物或多于一种多晶型物的任意比例的混合物。The invention encompasses all possible crystalline forms or polymorphs of the compounds of formula (I) which may be a single polymorph or a mixture of more than one polymorph in any ratio.
应当理解,本发明的某些化合物可以游离形式存在用于治疗,或适当时,以其药学可接受的衍生物形式存在。根据在本发明中,药学可接受的衍生物包括但不限于:药学可接受的盐、酯、溶剂合物、代谢物、N-氧化物以及化学保护的形式和前药,在将它们向有此需要的个体给药后,能够直接或间接提供本发明的化合物或者其代谢物或残余物。It will be understood that certain compounds of the invention may exist in free form for treatment or, where appropriate, in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives. According to the present invention, pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, solvates, metabolites, N-oxides, and chemically protected forms and prodrugs, Once the desired individual is administered, the compound of the invention or its metabolite or residue can be provided directly or indirectly.
因此,当在本文中提及“通式(I)的化合物”、“本发明的化合物”或“本发明的通式(I)的化合物”时,也意在涵盖所述通式(I)的化合物的溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、N-氧化物以及其化学保护的形式和前药。Therefore, when reference is made herein to "a compound of the formula (I)", "a compound of the invention" or "a compound of the formula (I) of the invention", it is also intended to encompass the formula (I) Solvates (e.g., hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolites, N-oxides, and chemically protected forms and prodrugs thereof.
术语“药学可接受的盐”用于本文中是指本发明的化合物的药学可接受的有机或无机盐。示例性的盐包括但不限于硫酸盐、乙酸盐、氯化物、碘化物、硝酸盐、硫酸氢盐、酸式磷酸盐、异烟酸盐、水杨酸盐、酸式柠檬酸盐、油酸盐、鞣酸盐、泛酸盐、酒石酸氢盐、抗坏血酸盐、龙胆酸盐、葡糖酸盐、葡糖醛酸盐、糖质酸盐、甲酸盐、苯甲酸盐、谷氨酸盐、和扑酸盐(即1,1’-亚甲基-双(2-羟基-3-萘甲酸盐))。药学可接受的盐可包括诸如乙酸根离子、琥珀酸根离子或其他反荷离子的另一种分子的包合。所述反荷离子可以是使母体化合物上的电荷稳定的任何有机或无机离子。此外,药学可接受的盐在其结构中可具有多于一个带电荷的原子。多个带电荷的原子为药学可接受的盐的部分的情况可具有多个反荷离子。因此,药学可接受的盐可具有一个或多个带电荷的原子和/或一个或多个反荷离子。The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" as used herein refers to a pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic salt of a compound of the invention. Exemplary salts include, but are not limited to, sulfates, acetates, chlorides, iodides, nitrates, hydrogen sulfates, acid phosphates, isonicotinic acid salts, salicylates, acid citrates, oils Acid salt, citrate, pantothenate, hydrogen tartrate, ascorbate, gentisate, gluconate, glucuronate, saccharide, formate, benzoate, glutamine Acid salt, and pamoate (i.e., 1,1 '-methylene-bis(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)). Pharmaceutically acceptable salts can include inclusion of another molecule such as an acetate ion, a succinate ion, or other counterion. The counter ion can be any organic or inorganic ion that stabilizes the charge on the parent compound. Furthermore, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may have more than one charged atom in its structure. Where a plurality of charged atoms are part of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, there may be multiple counterions. Thus, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt can have one or more charged atoms and/or one or more counter ions.
若本发明的化合物是碱,期望的药学可接受的盐可通过本领域中可利用的任何适合的方法制备,例如,用无机酸例如盐酸、氢溴酸、硫酸、硝酸、甲磺酸、磷酸等或者用有机酸例如乙酸、三氟乙酸、马来酸、琥珀酸、扁桃酸、富马酸、丙二酸、丙酮酸、草酸、乙醇酸、水杨酸、吡喃糖苷基酸例如葡糖醛酸或半乳糖醛酸、α-羟基酸例如柠檬酸或酒石酸、氨基酸例如天冬氨酸或谷氨酸、芳香酸例如苯甲酸或肉桂酸、磺酸例如对甲基苯磺酸或乙磺酸等处理游离的碱。If the compound of the present invention is a base, the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt can be prepared by any suitable method available in the art, for example, with a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, methanesulfonic acid, phosphoric acid. Or with an organic acid such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid, pyranoside acid such as glucose Aldehydic acid or galacturonic acid, α-hydroxy acid such as citric acid or tartaric acid, amino acid such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid, aromatic acid such as benzoic acid or cinnamic acid, sulfonic acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid or ethyl sulfonate The acid is treated with a free base.
若本发明的化合物是酸,期望的药学可接受的盐可通过任何适合的方法制备,例如,用无机碱或有机碱例如胺(伯胺、仲胺或叔胺)、碱金属氢氧化物或碱土金属氢氧化物等处理游离的酸。适合的盐的示例性实例包括但不限于,得自氨基酸例如甘氨酸和精氨酸、氨、伯胺、仲胺和叔胺以及环胺例如哌啶、吗啉和哌嗪的有机盐,以及得自钠、钙、钾、镁、锰、铁、铜、锌、铝和锂的无机盐。If the compound of the invention is an acid, the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt can be prepared by any suitable method, for example, with an inorganic or organic base such as an amine (primary, secondary or tertiary amine), an alkali metal hydroxide or The alkaline acid is treated with an alkaline earth metal hydroxide or the like. Illustrative examples of suitable salts include, but are not limited to, organic salts derived from amino acids such as glycine and arginine, ammonia, primary, secondary and tertiary amines, and cyclic amines such as piperidine, morpholine and piperazine, and Inorganic salts of sodium, calcium, potassium, magnesium, manganese, iron, copper, zinc, aluminum and lithium.
术语“药学可接受的”是指物质或组合物必须与构成制剂的其他组分和/或用其治疗的哺乳动物在化学和/或毒理学上相容。The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" means that the substance or composition must be chemically and/or toxicologically compatible with the other components that make up the formulation and/or the mammals treated therewith.
本文所使用的术语“酯”意指衍生自通式(I)化合物的酯,包括生理上可水解的酯,其可在生理条件下水解以释放游离酸或醇形式的本发明的通式(I)化合物。本发明的通式(I)化合物本身也可以是酯。The term "ester" as used herein, means an ester derived from a compound of formula (I), including a physiologically hydrolyzable ester which is hydrolyzable under physiological conditions to release the free form of the invention in the form of a free acid or alcohol ( I) Compound. The compounds of the formula (I) according to the invention may also be esters per se.
本发明的化合物可以溶剂化物(如水合物)的形式存在,其中本发明的化合物包含作为所述化合物晶格的结构要素的极性溶剂,特别是例如水、甲醇或乙醇。极性溶剂特别是水的量可以化学计量比或非化学计量比存在。The compounds of the invention may exist in the form of solvates (e.g., hydrates) wherein the compounds of the invention comprise a polar solvent which is a structural element of the crystal lattice of the compound, especially such as water, methanol or ethanol. The amount of polar solvent, particularly water, may be present in stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric ratios.
“代谢物”是特定的化合物或其盐通过体内代谢产生的产物。化合物的代谢物可利用本领域已知的常规技术进行鉴定并且可利用诸如本文中所述的那些试验测定它们的活性。这样的产物可由例如被给药的化合物的氧化、还原、水解、酰胺化、脱酰胺化、酯化、脱脂化、酶解等产生。因此,本发明包括本发明的化合物的代谢物,包括通过包括使本发明的通式(I)的化合物与哺乳动物接触足以产生其代谢产物的时间段的方法产生的化合物。A "metabolite" is a product produced by metabolism of a particular compound or salt thereof. Metabolites of the compounds can be identified using conventional techniques known in the art and their activity can be determined using assays such as those described herein. Such products may be produced, for example, by oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, deamidation, esterification, delipidization, enzymatic hydrolysis, and the like of the administered compound. Accordingly, the invention includes metabolites of the compounds of the invention, including compounds produced by a process comprising contacting a compound of formula (I) of the invention with a mammal for a period of time sufficient to produce a metabolic product thereof.
本领域技术人员会理解,由于氮需要可用的孤对电子来氧化成氧化物,因此并非所有的含氮杂环都能够形成N-氧化物;本领域技术人员会识别能够形成N-氧化物的含氮杂环。本领域技术人员还会认识到叔胺能够形成N-氧化物。用于制备杂环和叔胺的N-氧化物的合成方法是本领域技术人员熟知的,包括用过氧酸如过氧乙酸和间氯过氧苯甲酸(MCPBA)、过氧化氢、烷基过氧化氢如叔丁基过氧化氢、过硼酸钠和双环氧乙烷(dioxirane)如二甲基双环氧乙烷来氧化杂环和叔胺。这些用于制备 N-氧化物的方法已在文献中得到广泛描述和综述,参见例如:T.L.Gilchrist,Comprehensive Organic Synthesis,vol.7,pp 748-750;S.V.Ley,Ed.,Pergamon Press;M.Tisler和B.Stanovnik,Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry,vol.3,pp 18-20。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that not all nitrogen-containing heterocycles are capable of forming N-oxides because nitrogen requires the use of a lone pair of electrons to oxidize to oxides; those skilled in the art will recognize that N-oxides can be formed. Nitrogen-containing heterocycle. Those skilled in the art will also recognize that tertiary amines are capable of forming N-oxides. The synthesis of N-oxides for the preparation of heterocyclic and tertiary amines is well known to those skilled in the art and includes the use of peroxyacids such as peroxyacetic acid and m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (MCPBA), hydrogen peroxide, alkyl groups. Hydrogen peroxide such as t-butyl hydroperoxide, sodium perborate and dioxirane such as dimethyl dioxirane oxidize heterocyclic and tertiary amines. These methods for the preparation of N-oxides have been extensively described and reviewed in the literature, see for example: TLGilchrist, Comprehensive Organic Synthesis, vol. 7, pp 748-750; SVLey, Ed., Pergamon Press; Tisler and B. Stanovnik, Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry, vol. 3, pp 18-20.
在制备本发明的化合物的任何过程中,保护在任何有关分子上的敏感基团或反应基团可能是必需的和/或期望的,由此形成本发明的化合物的化学保护的形式。这可以通过常规的保护基实现,例如,在Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry,ed.J.F.W.McOmie,Plenum Press,1973;和T.W.Greene&P.G.M.Wuts,Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,John Wiley&Sons,1991中所述的那些保护基,这些参考文献通过援引加入本文。使用本领域已知的方法,在适当的后续阶段可以除去保护基。In any process for preparing a compound of the invention, it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect a sensitive group or reactive group on any of the molecules of interest, thereby forming a chemically protected form of the compound of the invention. This can be achieved by conventional protecting groups such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. JFW McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and TW Greene & P. GM Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991. Protecting groups, which are incorporated herein by reference. The protecting group can be removed at a suitable subsequent stage using methods known in the art.
本发明在其范围内进一步包括本发明的化合物的前药。通常这样的前药会是所述化合物的官能团衍生物,其易于在体内转化成期望的治疗活性化合物。因此,在这些情况中,用于本发明的治疗方法的术语“给药”应包括用所要求保护的化合物中的一种或多种的前药形式来治疗各种疾病或病症,但是在向个体给药后所述前药形式在体内转化成上述化合物。例如,在“Design of Prodrug”,ed.H.Bundgaard,Elsevier,1985中,描述了选择和制备适合的前药衍生物的常规方法。The invention further includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of the invention. Typically such prodrugs will be functional group derivatives of the compounds which are readily converted in vivo to the desired therapeutically active compound. Thus, in these instances, the term "administering" for use in the methods of treatment of the invention shall include the treatment of various diseases or conditions with a prodrug form of one or more of the claimed compounds, but The prodrug form is converted to the above compound in vivo after administration to the individual. For example, in "Design of Prodrug", ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985, a conventional method of selecting and preparing suitable prodrug derivatives is described.
本文中所示的任何通式或结构,包括通式(I)的化合物在内,还意在表示所述化合物的未标记形式和同位素标记的形式。同位素标记的化合物具有本文给出的分子式所示的结构,除了一个或多个原子被具有选定原子质量或质量数的原子替代。本发明的化合物中可包含的同位素的实例包括氢、碳、氮、氧、磷、氟和氯的同位素,例如,但不限于 2H(氘,D)、 3H(氚)、 11C、 13C、 14C、 15N、 18F、 31P、 32P、 35S、 36Cl和 125I。各种同位素标记的本发明的化合物,例如,其中包含诸如 3H、 13C和 14C的放射性同位素的那些。这样的同位素标记的化合物可用于代谢研究、反应动力学研究、检测或显像技术,例如正电子发射断层摄影术(PET)或单光子发射断层摄影术(SPECT),包括药物或底物组织分布测定,或者用于患者的放射性治疗。本发明的氘标记的或取代的治疗性化合物可具有改进的有关分布、代谢和排泄(ADME)的DMPK(药物代谢和药物动力学)性质。用较重的同位素例如氘取代可能由于较大的代谢稳定性而提供某些治疗优点,例如,体内半衰期增长,或者剂量要求减小。 18F标记的化合物可用于PET或SPECT研究。本发明的同位素标记的化合物及其前药一般可通过实施路线或实施例中公开的方法和下述制备方法,以易得的同位素标记的试剂替代非同位素标记的试剂进行制备。此外,用较重的同位素特别是氘(即 2H或D)取代可由于较大的代谢稳定性而提供某些治疗优点,例如,体内半衰期增长或者剂量要求减小或者治疗指数改进。应理解,在此情况中氘被视为式(I)的化合物中的取代基。可通过同位素富集系数定义这样的较重的同位素特别是氘的浓度。在本发明的化合物中,未明确指明为特定同位素的任何原子意在表示该原子的任何稳定的同位素。除非另外说明,当明确以“H”或“氢”标明某位置时,应理解为该位置具有其天然丰度同位素组成的氢。因此,在本发明的化合物中,明确标明氘(D)的任何原子意在表示氘。 Any formula or structure shown herein, including compounds of formula (I), is also intended to mean both unlabeled and isotopically labeled forms of the compounds. Isotopically labeled compounds have the structure shown by the formula given herein except that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having a selected atomic mass or mass number. Examples of isotopes which may be included in the compounds of the present invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, fluorine and chlorine, such as, but not limited to, 2 H (氘, D), 3 H (氚), 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 F, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 36 Cl and 125 I. Various isotopically-labeled compounds of the invention, for example, those containing radioisotopes such as 3 H, 13 C and 14 C are included. Such isotopically labeled compounds can be used in metabolic studies, reaction kinetic studies, detection or imaging techniques such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single photon emission tomography (SPECT), including drug or substrate tissue distribution. Determination, or for radiotherapy of a patient. The guanidine-labeled or substituted therapeutic compounds of the invention may have improved DMPK (drug metabolism and pharmacokinetic) properties related to distribution, metabolism, and excretion (ADME). Substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium may provide certain therapeutic advantages due to greater metabolic stability, for example, increased in vivo half-life, or reduced dosage requirements. 18 F-labeled compounds can be used in PET or SPECT studies. The isotopically-labeled compounds of the present invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent by the methods disclosed in the Schemes or Examples and the preparation methods described below. Furthermore, substitution with heavier isotopes, particularly deuterium (i.e., 2 H or D), may provide certain therapeutic advantages due to greater metabolic stability, such as increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements or improved therapeutic index. It will be understood that in this case hydrazine is considered to be a substituent in the compound of formula (I). The concentration of such heavier isotopes, particularly ruthenium, can be defined by isotopic enrichment factors. In the compounds of the invention, any atom not specifically designated as a particular isotope is intended to represent any stable isotope of the atom. Unless otherwise stated, when a position is explicitly indicated by "H" or "hydrogen", it is understood to mean hydrogen having a natural abundance isotopic composition at that position. Thus, in the compounds of the invention, any atom clearly indicating 氘(D) is intended to mean 氘.
本文使用的术语“药物组合物”包括包含治疗有效量的本发明的通式(I)的化合物的产品,以及直接地或间接地由本发明的通式(I)化合物的组合产生的任何产品。The term "pharmaceutical composition" as used herein includes a product comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) of the present invention, as well as any product produced directly or indirectly from a combination of compounds of formula (I) of the present invention.
化合物Compound
本发明提供通式(I)的化合物或其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、N-氧化物以及其化学保护的形式和前药。The present invention provides a compound of the formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer, polymorph, solvate thereof (e.g., hydrate), pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, metabolite, N-oxidation And the form and prodrug of its chemical protection.
通式(I)的化合物具有以下结构:The compound of the formula (I) has the following structure:
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000020
其中among them
R 1选自:氢、卤素、羟基、氨基、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、羟基C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、-C(O)NR 7(CHR 4) qCO 2R 5、-C(O)NR 7(CHR 4) qSO 3R 6、-E-R 5、-E-OR 5、-E-CN、-E-NR 5R 6、C 3-10环烷基-O-、-O-C 1-6烷基-OR 5、3至10元杂环烷基-O-、-E-C(O)OR 5、-E-C(O)R 5、-E-C(O)NR 5R 6、-E-C(O)NR 5SO 2R 5、-E-NR 5C(O)R 5、-E-SO p-R 5、-E-SO 3H、-E-SO 2-NR 5R 6、-E-SO 2-NR 6C(O)R 5、-E-NR 5-SO 2-R 6、-E-SO 2-3至10元杂环烷基,以及5、6或7元单环含氮杂芳基,其中所述烷基、环烷基、杂环烷基和杂芳基是未取代的或者被独立地选自卤素、CN、C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷基、羟基、氧代、C(O)OH、SO 3H、C 1-3烷基-O-和卤代C 1-3烷基-O-的1、2、3或4个取代基取代; R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O-, -C ( O) NR 7 (CHR 4 ) q CO 2 R 5 , -C(O)NR 7 (CHR 4 ) q SO 3 R 6 , -ER 5 , -E-OR 5 , -E-CN, -E-NR 5 R 6, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, -O -, - OC 1-6 alkyl group -OR 5, 3 to 10-membered heterocyclic group -O -, - EC (O) OR 5, -EC (O R 5 , -EC(O)NR 5 R 6 , -EC(O)NR 5 SO 2 R 5 , -E-NR 5 C(O)R 5 , -E-SO p -R 5 , -E- SO 3 H, -E-SO 2 -NR 5 R 6 , -E-SO 2 -NR 6 C(O)R 5 , -E-NR 5 -SO 2 -R 6 , -E-SO 2 -3 to a 10-membered heterocycloalkyl group, and a 5, 6 or 7 membered monocyclic nitrogen-containing heteroaryl group, wherein the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocycloalkyl group and heteroaryl group are unsubstituted or independently selected from Halogen, CN, C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, C(O)OH, SO 3 H, C 1-3 alkyl-O- and halogenated C 1- 1 , 2, 3 or 4 substituents of 3 alkyl-O-;
E是键、C 1-6烷基或C 3-8环烷基; E is a bond, a C 1-6 alkyl group or a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group;
R 4、R 6和R 7各自独立地选自氢、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基和C 3-6环烷基; R 4 , R 6 and R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl and C 3-6 cycloalkyl;
各个R 5独立地选自氢、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、C 3-8环烷基、-C 1-6烷基-C 3-8环烷基、3至8元杂环烷基、-C 1-6烷基-3至8元杂环烷基、5或6元杂芳基和芳基;其中所述烷基、环烷基、杂环烷基、芳基和杂芳基是未取代的或被选自卤素、CN、羟基、氧代、C(O)OH、C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷基、SO 3H、C 1-3烷基-O-、卤代C 1-3烷基-O-和-SO 2-C 1-3烷基的1、2、3或4个取代基取代; Each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, -C 1-6 alkyl-C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 3 To an 8-membered heterocycloalkyl group, a -C 1-6 alkyl-3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl group, a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group, and an aryl group; wherein the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocycloalkyl group , aryl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or selected from halogen, CN, hydroxy, oxo, C(O)OH, C 1-3 alkyl, halo C 1-3 alkyl, SO 3 H, 1 , 2 , 3 or 4 substituents of C 1-3 alkyl-O-, halo C 1-3 alkyl-O- and -SO 2 -C 1-3 alkyl;
p是0、1或2;p is 0, 1 or 2;
q是1、2、3、4、5或6;q is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B选自C 6-14芳基以及包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2、3、4或5个杂原子的5至14元单环或双环杂芳基,其中所述芳基或杂芳基是未取代的或者被独立地选自以下取代基的1、2或3个取代基取代:卤素、羟基、CN、氨基、C 1-6烷基(例如甲基、乙基、异丙基或叔丁基)、C 1-6烷基-O-、C 1-6烷基-O-C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基(例如CHF 2)、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、羟基C 1-6烷基、CN-C 1-6烷基、C 3-6环烷基以及包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2或3个杂原子的3至6元杂环烷基和C 1-6烷基-S(O) p-; B is selected from a C 6-14 aryl group and a 5 to 14 membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl group comprising 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said aryl The or heteroaryl group is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, CN, amino, C 1-6 alkyl (eg methyl, ethyl) , isopropyl or tert-butyl), C 1-6 alkyl-O-, C 1-6 alkyl-OC 1-6 alkyl-O-, halogenated C 1-6 alkyl (eg CHF 2 ) Halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-, hydroxy C 1-6 alkyl, CN-C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, and 1 independently selected from N, O and S a 2 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl group of 2 or 3 heteroatoms and a C 1-6 alkyl-S(O) p -;
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000021
是5至14元单环或双环杂芳基或者任选地被氧代取代的饱和或部分不饱和的3至10元杂环基;其中所述杂芳基或杂环基包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2或3个杂原子;并且
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000022
可通过C环原子或者在存在N环原子的情况下通过所述N环原子与B基团连接;
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000021
Is a 5 to 14 membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl group or a saturated or partially unsaturated 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group optionally substituted by oxo; wherein said heteroaryl or heterocyclic group comprises independently selected from 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms of N, O and S;
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000022
Linking to a B group through a C ring atom or in the presence of an N ring atom through the N ring atom;
X选自N和CRc’;X is selected from N and CRc';
各个R 2独立地选自氢、卤素、CN、羟基、氨基、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、羟基C 1- 6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、C 3-8环烷基和卤代C 3-8环烷基; Each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1 - 6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O- , -O- halogenated C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 3-8 cycloalkyl and C 3-8 cycloalkyl;
各个R 3独立地选自氢、卤素、CN、羟基、氨基、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、羟基C 1- 6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、C 3-8环烷基和卤代C 3-8环烷基; Each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1 - 6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O- a halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-, C 3-8 cycloalkyl group and a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group;
m、n各自独立地是0、1、2、3或4;m, n are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
D是:D is:
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000023
Z是:Z is:
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000024
或Rd;
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000024
Or Rd;
W选自N、N-O和CRc’;W is selected from N, N-O and CRc';
各个Ra独立地选自C 1-6烷基、C 3-8环烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基、卤代C 3-8环烷基和卤代C 1-6烷基-O-; Each Ra is independently selected from a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, a C 1-6 alkyl-O- group, a halogenated C 1-6 alkyl group, a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, and Halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-;
Rb、Rc和Rc’各自独立地选自氢、卤素、羟基、CN、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、C 3-8环烷基、卤代C 3-8环烷基、C 3-8环烷基-O-和卤代C 3-8环烷基-O-; Rb, Rc and Rc' are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, CN, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O-, halo C 1- 6 alkyl-O-, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl-O- and halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl-O-;
Rd选自C 3-10环烷基或者C 5-14桥环系统、稠环系统或螺环系统;其中所述环烷基、饱和桥环系统、饱和稠环系统或饱和螺环系统任选地被1、2或3个Re取代; Rd is selected from a C 3-10 cycloalkyl or C 5-14 bridged ring system, a fused ring system, or a spiro ring system; wherein the cycloalkyl, saturated bridged ring system, saturated fused ring system, or saturated spiro ring system is optional The ground is replaced by 1, 2 or 3 Re;
各个Re独立地选自氢、卤素、羟基、CN、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、C 3-8环烷基、卤代C 3-8环烷基以及C 6-10单环或双环芳基; Each Re is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, the CN, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, -O- C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl -O a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, and a C 6-10 monocyclic or bicyclic aryl group;
条件是:requirement is:
(1)与环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000025
相连的B基团不与
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000026
基团直接相邻;
(1) and ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000025
Connected B groups do not
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000026
The groups are directly adjacent;
(2)当环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000029
时,R 2不是羟基;并且
(2) When the ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000027
for
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000028
or
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000029
When R 2 is not a hydroxyl group;
(3)当X是N时,环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000030
不是
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000031
(3) When X is N, the ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000030
Not
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000031
其中从所述环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000032
的C或N环原子伸出的
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000033
表示所述C或N原子直接与B基团键合,从 所述环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000034
伸出的
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000035
表示环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000037
基团键合。
Wherein from the ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000032
C or N ring atom extended
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000033
Representing that the C or N atom is directly bonded to the B group from the ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000034
Outstretched
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000035
Ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000036
versus
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000037
Group bonding.
在一些实施方案中,R 1选自:-E-C(O)OR 5和-E-C(O)NR 5R 6;更优选地,R 1是-E-C(O)OR 5In some embodiments, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: -EC(O)OR 5 and -EC(O)NR 5 R 6 ; more preferably, R 1 is -EC(O)OR 5 .
在优选的实施方案中,E是键。In a preferred embodiment, E is a bond.
在一些实施方案中,R 4、R 6和R 7各自独立地选自氢、C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷基和环丙基;优选地,R 4、R 6和R 7各自独立地是氢。 In some embodiments, R 4 , R 6 and R 7 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-3 alkyl, halo C 1-3 alkyl, and cyclopropyl; preferably, R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is each independently hydrogen.
在一些实施方案中,各个R 5独立地选自氢和C 1-6烷基(例如C 1-4烷基,特别是C 1-3烷基);更优选地,R 5选自氢、甲基和乙基。 In some embodiments, each R 5 is independently selected from hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl (eg, C 1-4 alkyl, particularly C 1-3 alkyl); more preferably, R 5 is selected from hydrogen, Methyl and ethyl.
在本发明的一些实施方案中,q是1、2或3,优选是1。In some embodiments of the invention, q is 1, 2 or 3, preferably 1.
在优选的实施方案中,R 1是-E-C(O)OR 5,E为键,且R 5选自氢和C 1-6烷基(优选C 1-4烷基)。更优选地,R 1选自C(O)OH、C(O)OCH 3、C(O)OCH 2CH 3、C(O)O(CH 2) 2CH 3和C(O)OCH(CH 3) 2In a preferred embodiment, R 1 is -EC(O)OR 5 , E is a bond, and R 5 is selected from hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-4 alkyl). More preferably, R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C(O)OH, C(O)OCH 3 , C(O)OCH 2 CH 3 , C(O)O(CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 and C(O)OCH(CH) 3 ) 2 .
在本发明的化合物的实施方案中,B选自C 6-10单环或双环芳基以及包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2、3或4个杂原子的5或6元单环杂芳基;特别地,所述芳基选自苯基;所述杂芳基选自吡啶基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基、哒嗪基、噻唑基、噻吩基、噁唑基、呋喃基、吡咯基、吡唑基、三唑基、四唑基、异噁唑基、异噻唑基、咪唑基、三嗪基、噁二唑基、噻二唑基和呋咱基,更特别地,所述杂芳基选自吡啶基和吡唑基。所述芳基或杂芳基是未取代的或者被独立地选自以下取代基的1、2或3个取代基取代:C 1-6烷基,例如C 1-3烷基,优选甲基、乙基或异丙基;卤代C 1-6烷基,例如卤代C 1-3烷基,优选CHF 2;以及包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2或3个杂原子的3至6元杂环烷基,例如环氧乙烷基、氧杂环丁基、四氢呋喃基、四氢吡喃基、氮丙啶基、氮杂环丁基和吡咯烷基,特别是环氧乙烷基、氧杂环丁基、四氢呋喃基和四氢吡喃基,优选氧杂环丁基。 In an embodiment of the compounds of the invention, B is selected from C 6-10 monocyclic or bicyclic aryl and 5 or 6 members comprising 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S. Monocyclic heteroaryl; in particular, the aryl group is selected from phenyl; the heteroaryl group is selected from pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, furan , pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, triazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and furazolyl, more particularly The heteroaryl group is selected from the group consisting of pyridyl and pyrazolyl. The aryl or heteroaryl group is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, for example C 1-3 alkyl, preferably methyl , ethyl or isopropyl; halo C 1-6 alkyl, such as halo C 1-3 alkyl, preferably CHF 2 ; and comprising 1, 2 or 3, independently selected from N, O and S a 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl group of an atom, such as an oxiranyl group, an oxetanyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, an aziridine group, an azetidinyl group, and a pyrrolidinyl group, particularly Ethylene oxide, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl, preferably oxetanyl.
在本发明化合物的一类实施方案中,X是N,环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000038
是5至14元单环或双环杂芳基或者任选地被氧代取代的饱和或部分不饱和的3至10元杂环基,优选5或6元杂芳基或者任选地被氧代取代的饱和或部分不饱和的4、5或6元杂环基,其中所述杂芳基或杂环基包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2或3个杂原子;并且
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000039
可通过C环原子或者在存在N环原子的情况下通过所述N环原子与B基团连接。
In a class of embodiments of the compounds of the invention, X is N, a ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000038
Is a 5 to 14 membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl or a saturated or partially unsaturated 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group optionally substituted by oxo, preferably a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl or optionally oxo a substituted saturated or partially unsaturated 4, 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic group, wherein said heteroaryl or heterocyclic group comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S;
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000039
It may be attached to the B group through the C ring atom or in the presence of an N ring atom through the N ring atom.
在另一类实施方案中,X是CRc’(Rc’优选为H),环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000040
不是
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000041
或者
In another class of embodiments, X is CRc'(Rc' is preferably H), a ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000040
Not
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000041
or
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000042
是:
ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000042
Yes:
5至14元单环或双环杂芳基、任选地被氧代取代的部分不饱和3至10元杂环基、被氧代取代的饱和3至10元杂环基、或者未取代的饱和3或5至10元杂环基,优选5或6元杂芳基、任选地被氧代取代的部分不饱和的4、5或6元杂环基、被氧代取代的饱和4、5或6元杂环基、或者未取代的饱和5或6元杂环基,其中所述杂芳基或杂环基包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2或3个杂原子;或者未取代的饱和4元杂环基,其中所述杂环基包含独立地选自O和S的1、2或3个杂原子;并且5 to 14 membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, partially unsaturated 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group optionally substituted by oxo, saturated 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group substituted by oxo, or unsubstituted saturated a 3 or 5 to 10 membered heterocyclic group, preferably a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group, a partially unsaturated 4, 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic group optionally substituted by oxo, saturated with an oxo group, 4, 5 Or a 6-membered heterocyclic group, or an unsubstituted saturated 5 or 6-membered heterocyclic group, wherein the heteroaryl or heterocyclic group comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S; Or an unsubstituted saturated 4-membered heterocyclic group, wherein the heterocyclic group contains 1, 2 or 3 hetero atoms independently selected from O and S;
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000043
可通过C环原子或者在存在N环原子的情况下通过所述N环原子与B基团连接。
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000043
It may be attached to the B group through the C ring atom or in the presence of an N ring atom through the N ring atom.
优选地,
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000044
选自:
Preferably,
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000044
From:
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000045
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000045
更优选地,
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000046
选自:
More preferably,
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000046
From:
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000047
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000047
其中从所述环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000048
的C或N环原子伸出的
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000049
表示所述C或N原子直接与B基团键合,从所述环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000050
伸出的
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000051
表示环
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000052
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000053
基团键合。
Wherein from the ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000048
C or N ring atom extended
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000049
Representing that the C or N atom is directly bonded to the B group from the ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000050
Outstretched
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000051
Ring
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000052
versus
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000053
Group bonding.
在本发明的化合物的实施方案中,各个R 2独立地选自氢和C 1-6烷基(例如C 1-4烷基,特别是C 1-3烷基,例如甲基)。在本发明的化合物的实施方案中,各个R 3独立地选自氢、卤素(例如氟、氯、溴、碘)和卤代C 1-6烷基(例如卤代C 1-3烷基,例如CF 3)。 In an embodiment of the compounds of the invention, each R 2 is independently selected from hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl (eg, C 1-4 alkyl, especially C 1-3 alkyl, eg, methyl). In an embodiment of the compounds of the invention, each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen (eg, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo) and halo C 1-6 alkyl (eg, halo C 1-3 alkyl, For example CF 3 ).
在一些实施方案中,m、n各自独立地是0、1或2。In some embodiments, m, n are each independently 0, 1, or 2.
在一些实施方案中,
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000055
且R 2是氢。
In some embodiments,
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000054
Yes
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000055
And R 2 is hydrogen.
在一些实施方案中,X是N,且
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000056
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000057
In some embodiments, X is N, and
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000056
Yes
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000057
在一些实施方案中,
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000058
是未取代的
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000059
并且
In some embodiments,
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000058
Is unsubstituted
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000059
and
B选自:未取代的或者被独立地选自C 1-6烷基(优选C 1-4烷基,例如甲基、乙基、丙基和异丙基)的1、2或3个取代基取代的苯基、吡啶基和吡唑基; B is selected from: 1, 2 or 3 substituted unsubstituted or independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-4 alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, propyl and isopropyl) Substituted phenyl, pyridyl and pyrazolyl;
更优选地,B选自:未取代的苯基;未取代的吡啶基;以及More preferably, B is selected from the group consisting of: an unsubstituted phenyl group; an unsubstituted pyridyl group;
被1、2或3个甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基取代的吡唑基,例如
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000060
Pyrazolyl substituted with 1, 2 or 3 methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl groups, for example
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000060
在本发明的化合物的实施方案中,D是:In an embodiment of the compounds of the invention, D is:
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000061
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000061
在本发明的化合物的实施方案中,各个Ra独立地选自C 3-6环烷基,例如环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基,优选环丙基。 In an embodiment of the compounds of the invention, each Ra is independently selected from C3-6 cycloalkyl, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, preferably cyclopropyl.
在本发明化合物的一些实施方案中,Z是
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000062
优选地,Rb和Rc各自独立地选自氢、卤素(例如F或Cl)、卤代C 1-6烷基(例如CF 3或CHF 2)和卤代C 1-6烷基-O-(例如卤代C 1-3烷基-O-,如氟甲氧基、二氟甲氧基、三氟甲氧基)。优选地,W是CRc’。优选地,Rc’是氢。
In some embodiments of the compounds of the invention, Z is
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000062
Preferably, Rb and Rc are each independently selected from hydrogen, halo (e.g. F or Cl), halo-C 1-6 alkyl (e.g. CF 3 or CHF 2), and halogenated C 1-6 alkyl -O- ( For example, halo C 1-3 alkyl-O-, such as fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy). Preferably, W is CRc'. Preferably, Rc' is hydrogen.
在本发明的化合物的实施方案中,Z是Rd。在一些实施方案中,Rd选自任选地被1、2或3个Re取代的C 3-6环烷基或者C 5-11饱和桥环系统、饱和稠环系统或饱和螺环系统。在另一些实施方案中,Rd选自任选地被1、2或3个Re取代的双环[3.1.0]己基、螺[2.3]己基、双环[3.1.1]庚基、螺[2.5]辛基、双环[4.1.0]庚基、环丙基、环己基和环戊基。在一些实施方案中,各个Re独立地选自氢、卤素、羟基、CN、C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷基、C 1-3烷基-O-、卤代C 1-3烷基-O-、C 3-6环烷基、卤代C 3-6环烷基以及苯基。在另一些实施方案中,Re独立地选自氢、C 1-3烷基、C 3-6环烷基(如环丙基)以及苯基。 In an embodiment of the compounds of the invention, Z is Rd. In some embodiments, Rd is selected from a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group or a C 5-11 saturated bridged ring system, a saturated fused ring system, or a saturated spiro ring system, optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 Re. In other embodiments, Rd is selected from bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl, spiro[2.3]hexyl, bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl, spiro[2.5] optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 Re. Octyl, bicyclo[4.1.0]heptyl, cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl and cyclopentyl. In some embodiments, each Re is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, CN, C 1-3 alkyl, halo C 1-3 alkyl, C 1-3 alkyl-O-, halo C 1 -3 alkyl-O-, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, halogenated C 3-6 cycloalkyl, and phenyl. In other embodiments, Re is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl (such as cyclopropyl), and phenyl.
在本发明的化合物的实施方案中,所述卤素选自F、Cl、Br和I,优选是F或Cl。In an embodiment of the compounds of the invention, the halogen is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br and I, preferably F or Cl.
在本发明的化合物的实施方案中,所述通式(I)的化合物是以下通式(Ia)、(Ib)、(Ic)或(Id)的化合物:In an embodiment of the compound of the invention, the compound of formula (I) is a compound of the following formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic) or (Id):
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000063
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000063
其中R 1、B、R 2、n、X、R 3、m和D如上文所定义。 Wherein R 1 , B, R 2 , n, X, R 3 , m and D are as defined above.
优选地,本发明的通式(I)的化合物选自:Preferably, the compound of formula (I) of the invention is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000064
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000064
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000065
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000065
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000066
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000066
本发明的通式(I)的化合物可包含不对称中心或手性中心,因而可以不同的立体异构体形式存在。本发明化合物的所有立体异构体形式,包括但不限于其非对映异构体、对映异构体和阻转异构体以及它们的混合物例如外消旋混合物,意在构成本发明的一部分。The compounds of the formula (I) according to the invention may comprise asymmetric centers or chiral centers and may therefore exist in different stereoisomeric forms. All stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the invention, including but not limited to, their diastereomers, enantiomers and atropisomers, as well as mixtures thereof, such as racemic mixtures, are intended to constitute the present invention. portion.
此外,本发明涵盖所有的非对映异构体,包括顺-反(几何)异构体和构象异构体。例如,若通式(I)的化合物包含双键或稠合环,则顺式和反式形式以及其混合物被涵盖在本发明的范围内。在本文所示的结构中,若未指明任何具体手性原子的立体化学,则所有的立体异构体被视为并被包含为本发明的化合物。若以表示具体构型的楔形实线或虚线指明立体化学,则如此指明和定义该立体异构体。Furthermore, the invention encompasses all diastereomers, including cis-trans (geometric) isomers and conformational isomers. For example, if the compound of formula (I) comprises a double bond or a fused ring, the cis and trans forms, as well as mixtures thereof, are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the invention. In the structures shown herein, all stereoisomers are considered and included as a compound of the invention if the stereochemistry of any particular chiral atom is not indicated. If stereochemistry is indicated by a solid or dashed line indicating a particular configuration, the stereoisomer is thus indicated and defined.
本发明的化合物可以非溶剂化的形式、以及用药学可接受的溶剂例如水、乙醇等溶剂化的形式存在,并且本发明意在涵盖溶剂化的和非溶剂化的形式。The compounds of the invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like, and the invention is intended to encompass both solvated and unsolvated forms.
本发明的化合物还可以不同的互变异构体形式存在,并且所有这样的形式都被涵盖在本发明的范围内。The compounds of the invention may also exist in different tautomeric forms, and all such forms are embraced within the scope of the invention.
还应理解,实施方案中的任意两个或更多个实施方案的组合也包括在本发明的范围内。It is also to be understood that combinations of any two or more of the embodiments are also included within the scope of the invention.
药物组合物Pharmaceutical composition
本发明另一方面提供药物组合物,其包含至少一种如上所述的本发明的通式(I)的化合物、其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、N-氧化物、其化学保护的形式或前药,以及一种或多种药学可接受的载体。在一些实施方案中,所述药物组合物还可包含一种或多种其他治疗剂,例如适于预防或治疗由FXR介导的疾病或病症的其他治疗剂。According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one of the compounds of the formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates thereof of the invention as described above ( For example, a hydrate, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, an ester, a metabolite, an N-oxide, a chemically protected form or prodrug thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition may further comprise one or more additional therapeutic agents, such as other therapeutic agents suitable for preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR.
本发明中“药学可接受的载体”是指与活性成分一同给药的稀释剂、辅剂、赋形剂或媒介物,并且其在合理的医学判断的范围内适于接触人类和/或其他动物的组织而没有过度的毒性、刺激、过敏反应或与合理的益处/风险比相应的其他问题或并发症。"Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" in the context of the present invention means a diluent, adjuvant, excipient or vehicle with which the active ingredient is administered, and which is suitable for contacting humans and/or others within the scope of sound medical judgment. Animal tissue without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic reactions, or other problems or complications that correspond to a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
在本发明的药物组合物中可使用的药学可接受的载体包括但不限于无菌液体,例如水和油,包括那些石油、动物、植物或合成来源的油,例如花生油、大豆油、矿物油、芝麻油等。当所述药物组合物通过静脉内给药时,水是示例性载体。还可以使用生理盐水和葡萄糖及甘油水溶液作为液体载体,特别是用于注射液。适合的药物赋形剂包括淀粉、葡萄糖、乳糖、蔗糖、明胶、麦芽糖、白垩、硅胶、硬脂酸钠、单硬脂酸甘油酯、滑石、氯化钠、脱脂奶粉、甘油、丙二醇、水、乙醇等。所述组合物还可以视需要包含少量的湿润剂、乳化剂或pH缓冲剂。口服制剂可以包含标准载体,如药物级的甘露醇、乳糖、淀粉、硬脂酸镁、糖精钠、纤维素、碳酸镁等。适合的药学可接受的载体的实例如在Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences(1990)中所述。Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that can be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, sterile liquids such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil. , sesame oil, etc. Water is an exemplary carrier when the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravenously. It is also possible to use physiological saline and an aqueous solution of glucose and glycerin as a liquid carrier, particularly for injection. Suitable pharmaceutical excipients include starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, maltose, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glyceryl monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, skimmed milk powder, glycerin, propylene glycol, water, Ethanol and the like. The composition may also contain minor amounts of wetting agents, emulsifying agents or pH buffering agents as needed. Oral formulations may contain standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, and the like. Examples of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are as described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (1990).
本发明的药物组合物可以系统地作用和/或局部地作用。为此目的,它们可以适合的途径给药,例如通过注射、静脉内、动脉内、皮下、腹膜内、肌内或经皮给药;或通过口服、含服、经鼻、透粘膜、局部、以眼用制剂的形式或通过吸入给药。The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may act systemically and/or locally. For this purpose, they may be administered in a suitable route, for example by injection, intravenous, intraarterial, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular or transdermal administration; or by oral, buccal, nasal, transmucosal, topical, It is administered in the form of an ophthalmic preparation or by inhalation.
对于这些给药途径,可以适合的剂型给药本发明的药物组合物。For these routes of administration, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be administered in a suitable dosage form.
所述剂型包括但不限于片剂、胶囊剂、锭剂、硬糖剂、散剂、喷雾剂、乳膏剂、软膏剂、栓剂、凝胶剂、糊剂、洗剂、软膏剂、水性混悬剂、可注射溶液剂、酏剂、糖浆剂。The dosage forms include, but are not limited to, tablets, capsules, troches, hard candy, powders, sprays, creams, ointments, suppositories, gels, pastes, lotions, ointments, aqueous suspensions. Injectable solutions, elixirs, syrups.
治疗用途Use for treatment
本发明的另一方面提供所述化合物和药物组合物的治疗用途。Another aspect of the invention provides the therapeutic use of the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions.
因此,在一些实施方案中,本发明涉及预防或治疗由FXR介导的疾病或病症的方法,所述方法包括向有此需要的个体给药治疗有效量的至少一种本发明的通式(I)的化合物、其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、N-氧化物、其化学保护的形式或前药,或者给药本发明的药物组合物。Accordingly, in some embodiments, the invention relates to a method of preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of at least one formula of the invention ( Compounds of I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates (e.g., hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, metabolites, N-oxides, chemically protected thereof Form or prodrug, or administration of a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
在另一些实施方案中,本发明涉及至少一种本发明的通式(I)的化合物、其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、N-氧化物、其化学保护的形式或前药、或者本发明的药物组合物在制备用于预防或治疗由FXR介导的疾病或病症的药物中的用途。In other embodiments, the invention relates to at least one compound of the formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates (eg, hydrates thereof), pharmacy of the invention An acceptable salt, ester, metabolite, N-oxide, chemically protected form or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition of the invention, in the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention or treatment of a disease or condition mediated by FXR use.
所述由FXR介导的疾病或病症包括但不限于:The FXR mediated disease or condition includes, but is not limited to:
慢性肝内或某些形式的肝外胆汁淤积性病症;肝纤维化;肝的梗阻性或慢性炎性病症;肝硬化;脂肪肝及并发症;与酒精引发的肝硬化或与病毒传染性形式的肝炎相关的胆汁淤积性和纤维变性效果;在部分肝切除术后的肝衰竭或肝缺血;化疗相关的脂肪性肝炎(CASH);急性肝衰竭;Chronic intrahepatic or some form of extrahepatic cholestasis; liver fibrosis; obstructive or chronic inflammatory conditions of the liver; cirrhosis; fatty liver and complications; and cirrhosis or viral infectious forms caused by alcohol Hepatic-related cholestatic and fibrotic effects; liver failure or hepatic ischemia after partial hepatectomy; chemotherapy-related steatohepatitis (CASH); acute liver failure;
炎性肠道疾病、血脂异常、动脉粥样硬化、糖尿病和相关疾病;脂质和脂蛋白病症;II型糖尿病以及I型和II型糖尿病的临床并发症,包括糖尿病性肾病、糖尿病性神经病变、糖尿病性视网膜病、及临床上明显的长期糖尿病的其他观察到的效果;由于强迫的脂质、特别是甘油三酯蓄积以及随后的促纤维化途径激活而导致的慢性脂肪性和纤维性变性引起的病症和疾病,例如非酒精性脂肪肝病(NAFLD)或非酒精性脂肪性肝炎(NASH);肥胖或代谢综合征(血脂障碍、糖尿病和体重指数异常高的合并病症);Inflammatory bowel disease, dyslipidemia, atherosclerosis, diabetes and related diseases; lipid and lipoprotein disorders; clinical complications of type 2 diabetes and type I and type II diabetes, including diabetic nephropathy, diabetic neuropathy Other observed effects of diabetic retinopathy, and clinically significant long-term diabetes; chronic fatty and fibrotic degeneration due to forced lipids, particularly triglyceride accumulation and subsequent activation of the pro-fibrotic pathway Caused diseases and diseases, such as nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD) or nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH); obesity or metabolic syndrome (dyslipidemia, diabetes, and a combination of abnormally high body mass index);
急性心肌梗塞、急性中风或作为慢性梗阻性动脉粥样硬化终点发生的血栓形成;非恶性过度增殖性病症和恶性过度增殖性病症,特别是肝细胞癌、结肠腺瘤和息肉病、结肠腺癌、乳腺癌、胰腺癌、巴特氏食管癌和胃肠道和肝脏的其他形式的肿瘤性疾病。Acute myocardial infarction, acute stroke, or thrombosis as a terminal endpoint of chronic obstructive atherosclerosis; non-malignant hyperproliferative disorders and malignant hyperproliferative disorders, particularly hepatocellular carcinoma, colon adenoma and polyposis, colon adenocarcinoma , breast cancer, pancreatic cancer, Bart's esophageal cancer, and other forms of neoplastic disease of the gastrointestinal tract and liver.
除非另外说明,本文中所使用的术语“治疗”意指逆转、减轻、抑制所指示的疾病或病症或者这样的疾病或病症的一或多种症状的进展,或预防这样的疾病或病症或者这样的疾病或病症的一或多种症状。The term "treating" as used herein, unless otherwise indicated, means reversing, alleviating, inhibiting the progression of a disease or condition indicated or one or more symptoms of such a disease or condition, or preventing such disease or condition or such One or more symptoms of a disease or condition.
如本文所使用的“个体”包括人或非人动物。示例性人个体包括患有疾病(例如本文所述的疾病)的人个体(称为患者)或正常个体。本发明中“非人动物”包括所有脊椎动物,例如非哺乳动物(例如鸟类、两栖动物、爬行动物)和哺乳动物,例如非人灵长类、家畜和/或驯化动物(例如绵羊、犬、猫、奶牛、猪等)。"Individual" as used herein includes human or non-human animals. Exemplary human individuals include a human individual (referred to as a patient) or a normal individual having a disease, such as the disease described herein. "Non-human animals" in the present invention include all vertebrates, such as non-mammals (eg, birds, amphibians, reptiles) and mammals, such as non-human primates, domestic animals, and/or domesticated animals (eg, sheep, dogs). , cats, cows, pigs, etc.).
如本文中所使用的术语“治疗有效量”指被给药后会实现上述治疗效力的化合物的量。The term "therapeutically effective amount" as used herein refers to the amount of a compound that will achieve the therapeutic efficacy described above after administration.
可调整给药方案以提供最期望的应答。例如,可给药单次推注,可随时间给药数个分剂量,或可如治疗情况的急需所表明而按比例减少或增加剂量。要注意,剂量值可随要减轻的病况的类型及严重性而变化,且可包括单次或多次剂量。要进一步理解,对于任何特定个体,具体的给药方案应根据个体需要及给药组合物或监督组合物的给药的人员的专业判断来随时间调整。The dosage regimen can be adjusted to provide the most desirable response. For example, a single bolus may be administered, several divided doses may be administered over time, or the dose may be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the urgent need for treatment. It is noted that the dose value can vary with the type and severity of the condition to be alleviated and can include single or multiple doses. It is to be further understood that for any particular individual, the particular dosage regimen will be adjusted over time according to the individual needs and the professional judgment of the person administering the composition or the composition of the supervised composition.
所给药的本发明的化合物的量会取决于所治疗的个体、病症或病况的严重性、给药的速率、化合物的处置及处方医师的判断。一般而言,有效剂量在每日每kg体重约0.0001至约50mg,例如约0.01至约10mg/kg/日(单次或分次给药)。对70kg的人而言,这会合计为约0.007mg/日至约3500mg/日,例如约0.7mg/日至约700mg/日。在一些情况下,不高于前述范围的下限的剂量水平可以是足够的,而在其他情况下,仍可在不引起任何有害副作用的情况下采用较大剂量,条件是首先将所述较大剂量分成数个较小剂量以在一整天中给药。The amount of the compound of the invention administered will depend on the severity of the individual, condition or condition being treated, the rate of administration, the handling of the compound, and the judgment of the prescribing physician. Generally, an effective dose will be from about 0.0001 to about 50 mg per kg body weight per day, for example from about 0.01 to about 10 mg/kg/day (single or divided doses). For a 70 kg person, this would add up to about 0.007 mg/day to about 3500 mg/day, such as from about 0.7 mg/day to about 700 mg/day. In some cases, a dose level that is not higher than the lower limit of the aforementioned range may be sufficient, while in other cases, a larger dose may still be employed without causing any harmful side effects, provided that the larger The dose is divided into several smaller doses to be administered throughout the day.
本发明的化合物在所述药物组合物中的含量或用量可以是约0.01mg至约1000mg,适合地是0.1-500mg,优选0.5-300mg,更优选1-150mg,特别优选1-50mg,例如1.5mg、2mg、4mg、10mg、25mg等。The amount of the compound of the present invention in the pharmaceutical composition may be from about 0.01 mg to about 1000 mg, suitably from 0.1 to 500 mg, preferably from 0.5 to 300 mg, more preferably from 1 to 150 mg, particularly preferably from 1 to 50 mg, for example 1.5. Mg, 2 mg, 4 mg, 10 mg, 25 mg, and the like.
组合治疗Combination therapy
通式(I)的化合物可单独使用,或者与适于预防或治疗由FXR介导的疾病或病症的一种或多种其他治疗剂组合使用。在一些实施方案中,在所述药物组合物或者作为组合治疗的给药方案中,将通式(I)的化合物与例如具有抗过度增殖效力的其他治疗剂组合。所述其他治疗剂可以是例如化疗剂。所述药物组合物或给药方案的其他治疗剂优选地具有与通式(I)的化合物互补的活性,从而它们不会不利地相互影响。这样的化合物适合地以对预期目的有效的量组合存在。The compounds of formula (I) may be used alone or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents suitable for the prevention or treatment of a disease or condition mediated by FXR. In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) is combined with, for example, other therapeutic agents having anti-hyperproliferative efficacy in the pharmaceutical composition or as a combination therapy. The additional therapeutic agent can be, for example, a chemotherapeutic agent. The pharmaceutical compositions or other therapeutic agents of the dosing regimen preferably have complementary activities to the compounds of formula (I) such that they do not adversely affect each other. Such compounds are suitably present in combination in amounts effective for the intended purpose.
组合治疗可以同时或依次给药的方案施用。当依次施用时,该组合可以在两次或多次给药中施用。组合给药包括使用分开的药物组合物或者包含通式(I)的化合物和其他治疗剂的单一药物组合物同时给药,以及以任意顺序相继地给药,其中优选存在两种(或所有)活性剂同时发挥它们的生物活性的时间段。Combination therapies can be administered in a regimen of simultaneous or sequential administration. When administered sequentially, the combination can be administered in two or more administrations. Combination administration includes simultaneous administration using separate pharmaceutical compositions or a single pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) and other therapeutic agents, and sequential administration in any order, wherein preferably two (or all) are present The period of time during which the active agents simultaneously exert their biological activity.
上述同时给药的药剂中的任一种的适合的剂量是当前使用的那些,并且由于新鉴定的药物与其他治疗剂或治疗的组合(协同)作用,可以降低。Suitable dosages for any of the above concurrently administered agents are those currently used, and may be reduced due to the combined (synergy) action of the newly identified drug with other therapeutic agents or treatments.
组合治疗可提供“协同作用”并证明是“协同的”,即,活性成分在一起使用时所达到的效果大于分开使用所述化合物时所产生的效果之和。当所述活性成分:(1)在组合的单位剂量制剂中共同配制并同时给药或者递送时;(2)作为分开的制剂交替或平行地递送时;或者(3)通过一些其他方案时,可达到协同效果。当在交替疗法中递送时,当所述化合物例如通过在分开的注射器中分别注射、通过分开的丸剂或胶囊剂、或通过分开的输注依次给药或递送时,可达到协同效果。通常在交替疗法中,相继地,即连续地,给药有效剂量的各活性成分,而在组合治疗中,一起给药有效剂量的两种或多种活性成分。Combination therapies provide "synergistic effects" and prove to be "synergistic", i.e., the effect achieved when the active ingredients are used together is greater than the sum of the effects produced when the compounds are used separately. When the active ingredient: (1) is co-formulated in a combined unit dose formulation and administered or delivered simultaneously; (2) when delivered as separate formulations, alternately or in parallel; or (3) by some other regimen, A synergistic effect can be achieved. When delivered in alternation therapy, a synergistic effect can be achieved when the compounds are administered or delivered sequentially, for example, by separate injections in separate syringes, by separate pills or capsules, or by separate infusions. Typically, in alternation therapy, an effective amount of each active ingredient is administered sequentially, i.e., continuously, and in combination therapy, an effective amount of two or more active ingredients are administered together.
在治疗的一个具体的实施方案中,通式(I)的化合物、其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、N-氧化物、其化学保护的形式或前药可以与例如本文所述的那些其他治疗剂组合,还可与外科治疗和放疗组合。因此,本发明的组合治疗包括给药至少一种通式(I)的化合物、其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、N-氧化物、其化学保护的形式或前药,以及使用至少一种其他治疗方法。为了达到期望的组合治疗效果,选择通式(I)的化合物和其他治疗剂的量以及给药的相对时机。In a particular embodiment of the treatment, the compound of formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates (e.g., hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters The metabolite, N-oxide, its chemically protected form or prodrug may be combined with other therapeutic agents such as those described herein, and may also be combined with surgical treatment and radiation therapy. Thus, the combination therapies of the invention comprise the administration of at least one compound of the general formula (I), stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates thereof (e.g. hydrates), pharmaceutically acceptable Salts, esters, metabolites, N-oxides, chemically protected forms or prodrugs thereof, and the use of at least one other method of treatment. In order to achieve the desired combined therapeutic effect, the amount of the compound of formula (I) and other therapeutic agents and the relative timing of administration are selected.
通式(I)的化合物的代谢物Metabolite of a compound of formula (I)
本文所述的通式(I)的化合物的体内代谢产物也在本发明的范围内。这样的产物可由例如被给药的化合物的氧化、还原、水解、酰胺化、脱酰胺化、酯化、脱脂化、酶解等产生。因此,本发明包括通式(I)的化合物的代谢物,包括通过使本发明的化合物与哺乳动物接触足以产生其代谢产物的时间的方法制得的化合物。In vivo metabolites of the compounds of formula (I) described herein are also within the scope of the invention. Such products may be produced, for example, by oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, deamidation, esterification, delipidization, enzymatic hydrolysis, and the like of the administered compound. Accordingly, the invention includes metabolites of the compounds of formula (I), including those prepared by contacting a compound of the invention with a mammal for a time sufficient to produce its metabolites.
代谢产物通常通过制备本发明的放射性同位素(例如 14C或 3H)标记的化合物,将其以可检测的剂量(例如大于约0.5mg/kg)向动物例如大鼠、小鼠、天竺鼠、猴或人肠胃外给药,代谢足够的时间(通常约30秒至30小时),然后从尿、血液或其他生物样品分离其转化产物进行鉴定。这些产物易于分离,因为它们是标记的(其他的通过使用能够结合代谢物中存余的表位的抗体进行分离)。代谢物结构以常规方法测定,例如通过MS、LC/MS或NMR分析。通过以与本领域技术人员公知的常规药物代谢研究相同的方式进行代谢物的分析。代谢产物,只要未在体内发现它们,可用于诊断测定中,以治疗性给药本发明的化合物。 Metabolites are typically prepared by the preparation of a radioisotope (e.g., 14 C or 3 H) labeled compound of the invention at a detectable dose (e.g., greater than about 0.5 mg/kg) to an animal such as a rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey. Or parenteral administration, metabolizing for a sufficient period of time (usually about 30 seconds to 30 hours), and then separating the transformed product from urine, blood or other biological samples for identification. These products are easy to isolate because they are labeled (others are isolated by the use of antibodies that bind to the remaining epitopes in the metabolite). The metabolite structure is determined by conventional methods, for example by MS, LC/MS or NMR. Analysis of the metabolites was performed in the same manner as conventional drug metabolism studies well known to those skilled in the art. Metabolites, as long as they are not found in vivo, can be used in diagnostic assays to therapeutically administer the compounds of the invention.
药盒Pill box
在本发明的另一些实施方案中,提供包含用于治疗上述疾病或病症的材料的“药盒”。所述药盒包括容器,所述容器包含作为第一治疗剂的通式(I)的化合物、其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、N-氧化物、或者其化学保护的形式或前药,或者包含作为第一药物组合物的本发明的药物组合物。在一些实施方案中,所述药盒还可包括在所述容器上或伴随所述容器的标签或包装说明书。术语“包装说明书”是指治疗产品的商业包装中通常包含的说明书,其包含使用该治疗产品相关的适应征、用法、剂量、给药、禁忌和/或警示的信息。适合的容器包括,例如,瓶、小瓶、注射器、泡罩包装等。所述容器可以由各种材料例如玻璃和塑料制成。所述容器可容纳对治疗病症有效的通式(I)的化合物或其制剂,并且可具有无菌入口(例如,所述容器可以是静脉内溶液剂袋或者具有可被皮下注射针刺穿的瓶塞的小瓶)。标签或包装说明书指明所述组合物用于治疗所选的病症例如癌症。此外,标签或包装说明书可指明要治疗的患者是患有诸如肝硬化、过度增殖性病症、动脉粥样硬化、I型糖尿病之类疾病或病症的患者标签或包装说明书还可指明所述组合物可用来治疗其他病症。在另一些实施方案中,所述药盒还包括第二容器, 其包含作为第二治疗剂的适于预防或治疗由FXR介导的疾病或病症的至少一种其他治疗剂,或者作为第二药物组合物的包含所述其他治疗剂的药物组合物。因此,在一些实施方案中,所述药盒可包括给药所述第一治疗剂或第一药物组合物和所述第二治疗剂或第二药物组合物(若存在)的说明书。例如,若所述药盒包括含有通式(I)的化合物的第一组合物和包含其他治疗剂的第二药物组合物,则该药盒还可包括向有此需要的个体同时、相继或分开地给药所述第一药物组合物和第二药物组合物的说明书。替代地或者额外的,所述药盒还可包括第三容器,其包含药学可接受的缓冲剂例如抑菌的注射用水(BWFI)、磷酸盐缓冲盐水、林格氏液和葡萄糖溶液。所述药盒还可包括就商业和用户而言令人期望的其他材料,包括其他缓冲剂、稀释剂、填料、注射针和注射器。In other embodiments of the invention, a "kit" comprising a material for treating the above mentioned diseases or conditions is provided. The kit includes a container comprising a compound of the formula (I), a stereoisomer, a tautomer, a polymorph, a solvate (such as a hydrate), as a first therapeutic agent, A pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, metabolite, N-oxide, or chemically protected form or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition of the invention as a first pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the kit may also include a label or package insert on or associated with the container. The term "package insert" refers to instructions typically included in commercial packages of therapeutic products that contain information on the indications, usage, dosage, administration, contraindications, and/or warnings associated with the use of the therapeutic product. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, blister packs, and the like. The container can be made of various materials such as glass and plastic. The container may contain a compound of formula (I) or a formulation thereof effective for treating a condition, and may have a sterile inlet (eg, the container may be an intravenous solution bag or have a piercable needle that can be pierced by a hypodermic needle) Cork of the cork). The label or package insert indicates that the composition is used to treat a condition of choice, such as cancer. In addition, the label or package insert may indicate that the patient to be treated is a patient label or package insert having a disease or condition such as cirrhosis, hyperproliferative disorder, atherosclerosis, type I diabetes or may also indicate the composition It can be used to treat other conditions. In other embodiments, the kit further comprises a second container comprising, as a second therapeutic agent, at least one additional therapeutic agent suitable for preventing or treating a disease or condition mediated by FXR, or as a second A pharmaceutical composition comprising the other therapeutic agent of a pharmaceutical composition. Thus, in some embodiments, the kit can include instructions for administering the first therapeutic agent or first pharmaceutical composition and the second therapeutic agent or second pharmaceutical composition, if any. For example, if the kit comprises a first composition comprising a compound of formula (I) and a second pharmaceutical composition comprising another therapeutic agent, the kit may further comprise simultaneous, sequential or sequential to the individual in need thereof Instructions for the first pharmaceutical composition and the second pharmaceutical composition are administered separately. Alternatively or additionally, the kit may further comprise a third container comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable buffer such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. The kit may also include other materials that are desirable for both the commercial and the user, including other buffers, diluents, fillers, injection needles, and syringes.
在另一些实施方案中,所述药盒适合于递送通式(I)的化合物的固体口服形式例如片剂或胶囊剂。这样的药盒优选地包括多个单位剂量。这样的药盒可包括具有以它们的预期用途定位的剂量的卡片。这样的药盒的一个实例是“泡罩包装”。泡罩包装在包装工业中是公知的并且广泛用于包装药学单位剂量形式。若期望,可以例如指定在治疗时间表中可给药之日的数字、字母或其他标记或者日历插页的形式提供记忆辅助工具。In other embodiments, the kit is suitable for delivery of a solid oral form of a compound of formula (I), such as a tablet or capsule. Such a kit preferably comprises a plurality of unit doses. Such kits can include cards having doses that are positioned for their intended use. An example of such a kit is a "blister pack." Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are widely used to package pharmaceutical unit dosage forms. If desired, a memory aid can be provided, for example, in the form of a number, letter or other indicia or calendar insert specifying the date on which the treatment schedule can be administered.
化合物的制备方法Method for preparing a compound
本发明的又一目的是提供制备以下通式(Ia)、(Ib)、(Ic)或(Id)的化合物的方法,A further object of the present invention is to provide a process for the preparation of a compound of the following formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic) or (Id),
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000067
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000067
其中R 1、B、R 2、n、X、R 3、m和D如上文所定义; Wherein R 1 , B, R 2 , n, X, R 3 , m and D are as defined above;
(i)制备通式(Ia)的方法包括:(i) A method of preparing the formula (Ia) includes:
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000068
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000068
其中,X’为离去基团(例如Cl、Br、I、OMs或OTs);R 1’表示具有可去除的保护基而且可通过去除所述保护基而提供R 1的基团。在一些实施方案中,R 1’为R”-OC(O)-,其中R”选自C 1-6烷基和苄基,优选C 1-4烷基,特别是甲基,其任选地被独立地选自卤素(例如F、Cl、Br或I)和硝基的一个或多个(例如1、2、3或4个)取代基取代;优选地,R 1’为CH 3-OC(O)-。在所述实施方案中,R 1为-E-C(O)OR 5,E是键且R 5是氢。 Wherein X' is a leaving group (for example, Cl, Br, I, OMs or OTs); R 1 ' represents a group having a removable protecting group and which can provide R 1 by removing the protecting group. In some embodiments, R 1 'is R "-OC (O) -, wherein R" is selected from C 1-6 alkyl and benzyl, preferably C 1-4 alkyl, especially methyl, optionally The ground is substituted with one or more (eg 1, 2, 3 or 4) substituents independently selected from halogen (eg F, Cl, Br or I) and nitro; preferably, R 1 'is CH 3 - OC(O)-. In the embodiment, R 1 is -EC(O)OR 5 , E is a bond and R 5 is hydrogen.
(1)使化合物IN-1与化合物IN-2反应以得到化合物IN-3:(1) reacting compound IN-1 with compound IN-2 to obtain compound IN-3:
所述反应优选在适合的有机溶剂中进行。所述有机溶剂可选自二甲基甲酰胺、二甲基乙酰胺、四氢呋喃、醚类(例如乙醚、乙二醇二甲醚等)、N-甲基吡咯烷酮、二噁烷、二甲基亚砜及其任意组合,优选二甲基甲酰胺。所述反应优选在适合的碱的存在下进行。所述碱可以是有机碱或无机碱,优选碱性无机盐或有机盐,特别是碱金属碳酸盐、碳酸氢盐或乙酸盐,例如碳酸锂、碳酸钠、碳酸氢钠、碳酸钾、碳酸氢钾、碳酸铯和乙酸钠,优选碳酸钾。所述反应优选在适合的温度(优选约40至80℃,例如约60℃)下进行。所述反应优选进行合适的时间(例如8至24小时,如10至20小时或12至18小时),直至反应完全。The reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent. The organic solvent may be selected from the group consisting of dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, tetrahydrofuran, ethers (such as diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc.), N-methylpyrrolidone, dioxane, and dimethylene. Sulfone and any combination thereof, preferably dimethylformamide. The reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable base. The base may be an organic base or an inorganic base, preferably a basic inorganic or organic salt, especially an alkali metal carbonate, hydrogencarbonate or acetate, such as lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium carbonate, Potassium hydrogencarbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium acetate, preferably potassium carbonate. The reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature, preferably about 40 to 80 ° C, for example about 60 ° C. The reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 8 to 24 hours, such as 10 to 20 hours or 12 to 18 hours) until the reaction is complete.
(2)使化合物IN-3发生维悌希反应(Wittig reaction)以得到化合物IN-4:(2) The Wittig reaction of the compound IN-3 is carried out to obtain the compound IN-4:
在强有机碱(例如碱金属的烃基(例如C 1-4烷基,如丁基,或苯基)衍生物,优选正丁基锂)的存在下,使化合物IN-3与膦盐(例如MePh 3P +X” -,其中X”为卤素,优选Br或I)发生维悌希反应,以得到化合物IN-4。所述反应优选在适合的有机溶剂中进行。所述有机溶剂可选自四氢呋喃、醚类(例如乙醚、乙二醇二甲醚等)、N-甲基吡咯烷酮、二甲基甲酰胺、二甲基乙酰胺、二噁烷、二甲基亚砜及其任意组合,优选四氢呋喃。所述反应优选在适合的温度下进行。所述温度优选为室温(20至30℃)。所述反应优选进行合适的时间(例如1-3h,例如2或2.5h),直至反应完全。 Compound IN-3 and a phosphonium salt are present in the presence of a strong organic base such as an alkali metal hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a C 1-4 alkyl group such as butyl or phenyl) derivative, preferably n-butyl lithium (e.g., MePh 3 P + X" - , wherein X" is a halogen, preferably Br or I), undergoes a Wittig reaction to give compound IN-4. The reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent. The organic solvent may be selected from the group consisting of tetrahydrofuran, ethers (such as diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc.), N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, dioxane, and dimethylene. Sulfone and any combination thereof, preferably tetrahydrofuran. The reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature. The temperature is preferably room temperature (20 to 30 ° C). The reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 1-3 h, for example 2 or 2.5 h) until the reaction is complete.
(3)使化合物IN-5反应以得到化合物IN-6:(3) reacting compound IN-5 to give compound IN-6:
使化合物IN-5与例如盐酸羟胺反应以得到化合物IN-6。所述反应优选在适合的碱的存在下进行。所述碱可以是有机碱或无机碱,优选碱性无机盐或有机盐,特别是碱金属碳酸盐、碳酸氢盐或乙酸盐,例如碳酸锂、碳酸钠、碳酸氢钠、碳酸钾、碳酸氢钾、碳酸铯和乙酸钠,优选乙酸钠。所述反应优选在适合的有机溶剂(优选醇,例如甲醇、乙醇或其任意组合)中进行。所述反应优选在适合的温度(例如室温)下进行。所述反应优选进行合适的时间,直至反应完全。Compound IN-5 is reacted with, for example, hydroxylamine hydrochloride to give compound IN-6. The reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable base. The base may be an organic base or an inorganic base, preferably a basic inorganic or organic salt, especially an alkali metal carbonate, hydrogencarbonate or acetate, such as lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium carbonate, Potassium hydrogencarbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium acetate, preferably sodium acetate. The reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent, preferably an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or any combination thereof. The reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature (for example room temperature). The reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time until the reaction is complete.
(4)使化合物IN-6反应以得到化合物IN-7:(4) reacting compound IN-6 to give compound IN-7:
使化合物IN-6与适合的氯化剂(如N-氯代丁二酰亚胺)反应以得到化合物IN-7。所述反应优选在适合的有机溶剂中进行。所述有机溶剂可选自二甲基甲酰胺、二甲基乙酰胺、四氢呋喃、醚类(例如乙醚、乙二醇二甲醚等)、N-甲基吡咯烷酮、二噁烷、二甲基亚砜及其任意组合,优选二甲基甲酰胺。所述反应优选在适合的温度(例如室温)下进行。所述反应优选进行合适的时间(例如8至18小时或10至12小时),直至反应完全。Compound IN-6 is reacted with a suitable chlorinating agent such as N-chlorosuccinimide to give compound IN-7. The reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent. The organic solvent may be selected from the group consisting of dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, tetrahydrofuran, ethers (such as diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc.), N-methylpyrrolidone, dioxane, and dimethylene. Sulfone and any combination thereof, preferably dimethylformamide. The reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature (for example room temperature). The reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 8 to 18 hours or 10 to 12 hours) until the reaction is complete.
(5)使化合物IN-7与化合物IN-4进行合环反应以得到化合物IN-8:(5) A compound IN-7 is compounded with compound IN-4 to give a compound IN-8:
所述合环反应优选在适合的碱的存在下进行。优选地,所述碱是有机碱,例如有机胺类如三乙胺、N,N-二异丙基乙胺,或者N-甲基吗啉或吡啶,优选三乙胺。所述反应优选在适合的温度(例如0℃或室温)下进行。所述反应优选进行合适的时间(例如8至18小时或10至12小时),直至反应完全。The ring-closing reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable base. Preferably, the base is an organic base such as an organic amine such as triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, or N-methylmorpholine or pyridine, preferably triethylamine. The reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature (for example 0 ° C or room temperature). The reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 8 to 18 hours or 10 to 12 hours) until the reaction is complete.
和(6)使化合物IN-8反应以得到所述通式(Ia)的化合物:And (6) reacting the compound IN-8 to give the compound of the formula (Ia):
在能够去除R 1’所具有的可去除的保护基以提供R 1的条件下,使化合物IN-8反应,以得到所述通式(Ia)的化合物。例如,当R 1’为R”-OC(O)-且R”如上文所定义(在此情况下,R 1为-E-C(O)OR 5,E是键且R 5是氢)时,该反应可以通过在酸性条件下水解或者在碱性条件下醇解来进行。优选地,所述反应可在醇和碱的存在下通过酯的醇解反应来进行。所述醇可以是例如甲醇、乙醇或二者的任意组合。所述碱可以选自碱金属氢氧化物,例如氢氧化锂、氢氧化钠或氢氧化钾。所述反应优选在适合的有机溶剂中进行。所述有机溶剂可选自四氢呋喃、醚类(例如乙醚、乙二醇单甲醚等)、N-甲基吡咯烷酮、二甲基甲酰胺、二甲基乙酰胺、二噁烷、二甲基亚砜及其任意组合,优选四氢呋喃。所述反应优选在适合的温度(例如室温至80℃,如40至60℃)下进行。所述反应优选进行合适的时间(例如2至6小时,如3、4或5小时),直至反应完全。 The compound IN-8 is reacted to obtain the compound of the formula (Ia) under conditions capable of removing the removable protecting group possessed by R 1 ' to provide R 1 . For example, when R 1 'is R"-OC(O)- and R" is as defined above (in this case, R 1 is -EC(O)OR 5 , E is a bond and R 5 is hydrogen), This reaction can be carried out by hydrolysis under acidic conditions or by alcoholysis under basic conditions. Preferably, the reaction can be carried out by an alcoholysis reaction of an ester in the presence of an alcohol and a base. The alcohol can be, for example, methanol, ethanol or any combination of the two. The base may be selected from alkali metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide. The reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent. The organic solvent may be selected from the group consisting of tetrahydrofuran, ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, etc.), N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, dioxane, dimethyl Sulfone and any combination thereof, preferably tetrahydrofuran. The reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature (for example, room temperature to 80 ° C, such as 40 to 60 ° C). The reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 2 to 6 hours, such as 3, 4 or 5 hours) until the reaction is complete.
(ii)制备通式(Ib)的方法包括:(ii) A method of preparing the general formula (Ib) includes:
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000069
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000069
其中,X’和R 1’如上文方法(i)中所定义;PG为适合的羟基保护基,例如C 1-6烷基、苄基或硅烷基(例如三甲基硅烷基(TMS)、三乙基硅烷基(TES)、叔丁基二甲基硅烷基(TBS)、三异丙基硅烷基(TIPS)或叔丁基二苯基硅烷基(TBDPS)),特别是C 1-4烷基; Wherein X' and R 1 ' are as defined in the above method (i); PG is a suitable hydroxy protecting group such as a C 1-6 alkyl group, a benzyl group or a silane group (for example, trimethylsilyl (TMS), Triethylsilyl (TES), tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), triisopropylsilyl (TIPS) or tert-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), especially C 1-4 alkyl;
(1)使化合物IN-9与化合物IN-10反应以得到化合物IN-11:(1) The compound IN-9 is reacted with the compound IN-10 to give the compound IN-11:
使式IN-9的叠氮化物与式IN-10的炔通过环加成反应生成式IN-11的1,2,3-三唑化合物。优选地,所述反应在铜催化剂的存在下进行。所述铜催化剂可以是Cu(I)盐,如碘化亚铜;或者由Cu(II)盐和还原剂的体系或由Cu(0)和氧化剂的体系原位生成。例如,所述Cu(II)盐可以是五水硫酸铜、乙酸铜,所述还原剂包括但不限于抗坏血酸盐(如抗坏血酸钠、抗坏血酸钾)、水合肼和Cu(0)。优选地,所述反应在水和亲水性有机溶剂的体系中进行,所述亲水性有机溶剂包括但不限于乙腈、醇(例如正丁醇、叔丁醇、乙醇和异丙醇)、二甲基亚砜、四氢呋喃、二甲基甲酰胺、二甲基乙酰胺、丙酮及其任意组合。优选地,所述反应在适合温度(例如室温)下进行。所述反应优选进行合适的时间(例如1-3小时,例如2或2.5小时),直至反应完全。The azide of formula IN-9 is reacted with an alkyne of formula IN-10 by cycloaddition to form a 1,2,3-triazole compound of formula IN-11. Preferably, the reaction is carried out in the presence of a copper catalyst. The copper catalyst may be a Cu(I) salt, such as cuprous iodide; or may be formed in situ from a system of Cu(II) salts and a reducing agent or from a system of Cu(0) and an oxidizing agent. For example, the Cu(II) salt may be copper sulfate pentahydrate, copper acetate, and the reducing agent includes, but is not limited to, ascorbate (such as sodium ascorbate, potassium ascorbate), hydrazine hydrate, and Cu(0). Preferably, the reaction is carried out in a system of water and a hydrophilic organic solvent including, but not limited to, acetonitrile, alcohols (eg, n-butanol, tert-butanol, ethanol, and isopropanol), Dimethyl sulfoxide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, acetone, and any combination thereof. Preferably, the reaction is carried out at a suitable temperature, such as room temperature. The reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 1-3 hours, for example 2 or 2.5 hours) until the reaction is complete.
(2)使化合物IN-11脱去保护基PG以得到化合物IN-12:(2) The compound IN-11 is deprotected to give the compound IN-12:
在脱去羟基保护基PG的条件下,使化合物IN-11转化成化合物IN-12。例如,使化合物IN-11与三溴化硼反应,以脱去PG,得到化合物IN-12。所述反应优选在适合的有机溶剂中进行,所述有机溶剂可选自苯、甲苯和二甲苯及其任意组合,例如是甲苯。所述反应可以在适合温度(例如室温)下进行。所述反应优选进行合适的时间(例如1-3小时,例如2或2.5小时),直至反应完全。Compound IN-11 was converted to compound IN-12 under conditions in which the hydroxy protecting group PG was removed. For example, compound IN-11 is reacted with boron tribromide to remove PG to give compound IN-12. The reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent, which may be selected from the group consisting of benzene, toluene and xylene, and any combination thereof, such as toluene. The reaction can be carried out at a suitable temperature (for example, room temperature). The reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 1-3 hours, for example 2 or 2.5 hours) until the reaction is complete.
(3)使化合物IN-12与化合物IN-2反应以得到化合物IN-13:(3) reacting compound IN-12 with compound IN-2 to give compound IN-13:
所述反应优选在适合的有机溶剂中进行。所述有机溶剂可选自二甲基甲酰胺、二甲基乙酰胺、四氢呋喃、醚类(例如乙醚、乙二醇二甲醚等)、N-甲基吡咯烷酮、二噁烷、二甲基亚砜及其任意组合,优选二甲基甲酰胺。所述反应优选在适合的碱的存在下进行。所述碱可以是有机碱或无机碱,优选碱性无机盐或有机盐,特别是碱金属碳酸盐、碳酸氢盐或乙酸盐,例如碳酸锂、碳酸钠、碳酸氢钠、碳酸钾、碳酸氢钾、碳酸铯和乙酸钠,优选碳酸钾。所述反应优选在适合的温度(优选约40至80℃,例如约60℃)下进行。所述反应优选进行合适的时间(例如2至6小时,如3、4或5小时),直至反应完全。The reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent. The organic solvent may be selected from the group consisting of dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, tetrahydrofuran, ethers (such as diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, etc.), N-methylpyrrolidone, dioxane, and dimethylene. Sulfone and any combination thereof, preferably dimethylformamide. The reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable base. The base may be an organic base or an inorganic base, preferably a basic inorganic or organic salt, especially an alkali metal carbonate, hydrogencarbonate or acetate, such as lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium carbonate, Potassium hydrogencarbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium acetate, preferably potassium carbonate. The reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature, preferably about 40 to 80 ° C, for example about 60 ° C. The reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 2 to 6 hours, such as 3, 4 or 5 hours) until the reaction is complete.
和(4)使化合物IN-13反应以得到所述通式(Ib)的化合物;And (4) reacting the compound IN-13 to obtain the compound of the formula (Ib);
除了以化合物IN-13代替化合物IN-8,根据上文的方法(i)的步骤(6)所述进行反应,得到所述通式(Ib)的化合物。The compound of the formula (Ib) is obtained by carrying out the reaction as described in the step (6) of the above method (i), except that the compound IN-8 is replaced by the compound IN-13.
(iii)制备通式(Ic)的方法包括:(iii) A method of preparing the formula (Ic) includes:
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000070
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000070
其中X’和R 1’如上文方法(i)中所定义; Wherein X' and R 1 ' are as defined in method (i) above;
(1)使化合物IN-14发生肼解反应以得到化合物IN-15:(1) The compound IN-14 is subjected to a hydrazino reaction to obtain a compound IN-15:
例如,使化合物IN-14与水合肼在适合的有机溶剂中反应以得到化合物IN-15。所述有机溶剂可以是醇,例如甲醇、乙醇或其任意组合。优选地,所述反应在适合温度(例如80至120℃,如90至110℃)下进行。所述反应优选进行合适的时间(例如1-3小时,例如2或2.5小时),直至反应完全。For example, compound IN-14 is reacted with hydrazine hydrate in a suitable organic solvent to give compound IN-15. The organic solvent can be an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol or any combination thereof. Preferably, the reaction is carried out at a suitable temperature (e.g., 80 to 120 ° C, such as 90 to 110 ° C). The reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 1-3 hours, for example 2 or 2.5 hours) until the reaction is complete.
(2)使化合物IN-15与化合物IN-16发生酰基化反应以得到化合物IN-17:(2) An acylation reaction of compound IN-15 with compound IN-16 to give compound IN-17:
所述反应优选在适合的有机溶剂中进行。所述有机溶剂可选自卤代烃类(例如,二氯甲烷、氯仿、氯乙烷、二氯乙烷、三氯乙烷)、二甲基甲酰胺、二甲基乙酰胺及其任意组合,优选二氯甲烷。所述反应优选在适合的碱的存在下进行。优选地,所述碱是有机碱,例如有机胺类如三乙胺、N,N-二异丙基乙胺,或者N-甲基吗啉或吡啶,优选N,N-二异丙基乙胺。所述反应优选在适合的温度(例如室温)下进行。所述反应优选进行合适的时间(例如10至24小时或12至20小时),直至反应完全。The reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent. The organic solvent may be selected from halogenated hydrocarbons (for example, dichloromethane, chloroform, ethyl chloride, dichloroethane, trichloroethane), dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, and any combination thereof. Preferably, dichloromethane is used. The reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable base. Preferably, the base is an organic base such as an organic amine such as triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, or N-methylmorpholine or pyridine, preferably N,N-diisopropyl B. amine. The reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature (for example room temperature). The reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 10 to 24 hours or 12 to 20 hours) until the reaction is complete.
(3)使化合物IN-17发生合环反应以得到化合物IN-18:(3) The compound IN-17 is subjected to a ring-closing reaction to obtain a compound IN-18:
使化合物IN-17与适合的脱水剂(例如三氯氧磷)进行合环反应以得到化合物IN-18。所述反应优选在适合的有机溶剂中进行。所述有机溶剂可选自乙腈、醇(例如正丁醇、叔丁醇、乙醇和异丙醇)、二甲基亚砜、四氢呋喃、二甲基甲酰胺、二甲基乙酰胺、丙酮及其任意组合。所述反应优选在适合的温度下进行。所述反应优选进行合适的时间(例如2至6小时,如3、4或5小时),直至反应完全。Compound IN-17 is subjected to a ring-closing reaction with a suitable dehydrating agent such as phosphorus oxychloride to give compound IN-18. The reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable organic solvent. The organic solvent may be selected from the group consisting of acetonitrile, alcohols (eg, n-butanol, tert-butanol, ethanol, and isopropanol), dimethyl sulfoxide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, acetone, and random combination. The reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature. The reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 2 to 6 hours, such as 3, 4 or 5 hours) until the reaction is complete.
(4)使化合物IN-18与化合物IN-2反应以得到化合物IN-19:(4) reacting compound IN-18 with compound IN-2 to give compound IN-19:
除了以化合物IN-18代替化合物IN-12,根据上文的方法(ii)的步骤(3)所述进行反应,得到化合物IN-19。The reaction was carried out in accordance with the step (3) of the above method (ii) to give the compound IN-19, except that the compound IN-12 was used instead of the compound IN-12.
和(5)使化合物IN-19反应以得到所述通式(Ic)的化合物:And (5) reacting the compound IN-19 to give the compound of the formula (Ic):
除了以化合物IN-19代替化合物IN-8,根据上文的方法(i)的步骤(6)所述进行反应,得到所述通式(Ic)的化合物。The compound of the formula (Ic) is obtained by carrying out the reaction as described in the step (6) of the above method (i), except that the compound IN-9 is used instead of the compound IN-8.
(iv)制备通式(Id)的方法包括:(iv) A method of preparing the formula (Id) includes:
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000071
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000071
其中,R 1’和X’如上文方法(i)中所定义且PG如上文方法(ii)中所定义; Wherein R 1 'and X' are as defined in method (i) above and PG is as defined in method (ii) above;
(1)使化合物IN-7与化合物IN-10发生合环反应以得到化合物IN-20:(1) A compound IN-7 is compounded with compound IN-10 to give a compound IN-20:
所述合环反应优选在适合的碱的存在下进行。优选地,所述碱是有机碱,例如有机胺类如三乙胺、N,N-二异丙基乙胺,或者N-甲基吗啉或吡啶,优选三乙胺。所述反应优选在适合的温度(例如0℃或室温)下进行。所述反应优选进行合适的时间(例如8至18小时或10至12小时),直至反应完全。The ring-closing reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable base. Preferably, the base is an organic base such as an organic amine such as triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, or N-methylmorpholine or pyridine, preferably triethylamine. The reaction is preferably carried out at a suitable temperature (for example 0 ° C or room temperature). The reaction is preferably carried out for a suitable period of time (for example 8 to 18 hours or 10 to 12 hours) until the reaction is complete.
在某些情况下,所述保护基PG(例如,硅烷基)会在所述合环反应的过程中被脱去。In some cases, the protecting group PG (eg, a silane group) will be removed during the ring-closing reaction.
(2)使化合物IN-20与化合物IN-2反应以得到化合物IN-21:(2) reacting compound IN-20 with compound IN-2 to give compound IN-21:
除了以化合物IN-20代替化合物IN-12,根据上文的方法(ii)的步骤(3)所述进行反应,得到化合物IN-21。The reaction was carried out in accordance with the step (3) of the above method (ii), except that the compound IN-20 was used instead of the compound IN-12 to give the compound IN-21.
和(3)使化合物IN-21反应以得到所述通式(Id)的化合物。And (3) reacting the compound IN-21 to give the compound of the formula (Id).
除了以化合物IN-21代替化合物IN-8,根据上文的方法(i)的步骤(6)所述进行反应,得到所述通式(Id)的化合物。The compound of the formula (Id) is obtained by carrying out the reaction as described in the step (6) of the above method (i), except that the compound IN-21 is used instead of the compound IN-8.
本文所用的术语“适合的”意指对具体化合物或条件的选择会取决于所要进行的特定合成操作以及所要转化的一个或多个分子的特性,但该选择在本领域技术人员的能力范围内。本文所述的所有工艺/方法的步骤均在足以提供所示产物的条件下进行。本领域技术人员会理解,可以改变所有反应条件(包括例如反应溶剂、反应时间、反应温度以及反应是否应在无水或惰性气氛下进行,等等)以优化期望的产物的收率,且这些变化在本领域技术人员的能力范围内。The term "suitable" as used herein means that the choice of a particular compound or condition will depend on the particular synthetic operation being performed and the characteristics of the molecule or molecules to be transformed, but such selection is within the skill of the art. . All of the processes/methods described herein are carried out under conditions sufficient to provide the product shown. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that all reaction conditions (including, for example, reaction solvent, reaction time, reaction temperature, and whether the reaction should be carried out under anhydrous or inert atmosphere, etc.) can be varied to optimize the yield of the desired product, and these Variations are within the abilities of those skilled in the art.
实施例提供制备通式(I)的化合物的示例性方法。本领域技术人员会理解,其他合成路线可用 来合成通式(I)的化合物。虽然在实施例中描述和讨论了具体的原料和试剂,但是可替换成其他原料和试剂以提供各种衍生物和/或反应条件。此外,还可参考本公开,利用本领域技术人员公知的常规化学对通过所述方法制得的许多实施例化合物进一步进行修饰。The examples provide exemplary methods of preparing compounds of formula (I). Those skilled in the art will appreciate that other synthetic routes can be used to synthesize the compounds of formula (I). While specific materials and reagents are described and discussed in the Examples, other starting materials and reagents can be substituted to provide various derivatives and/or reaction conditions. In addition, many of the example compounds prepared by the methods can be further modified with reference to the present disclosure using conventional chemistry well known to those skilled in the art.
在制备通式(I)的化合物时,可能需要保护中间体的远端官能团(例如羧基或氨基)。对这种保护的需要可随着远端官能团的性质以及制备方法的条件而改变。本领域技术人员容易地确定这样保护的必要性。关于保护基的概述及它们的用途,参见T.W.Greene,Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,John Wiley&Sons,New York,1991。In the preparation of compounds of formula (I), it may be desirable to protect the distal functional groups of the intermediate (e.g., carboxyl or amino groups). The need for such protection can vary with the nature of the remote functional groups and the conditions of the method of preparation. Those skilled in the art will readily determine the need for such protection. For an overview of protecting groups and their use, see T. W. Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991.
实施例Example
以下结合实施例进一步描述本发明,但提供这些实施例并非意在限制本发明的范围。The invention is further described in the following examples, but these examples are not intended to limit the scope of the invention.
化合物的结构是通过核磁共振( 1H-NMR)或质谱(MS)来确定的。 1H-NMR位移(δ)以百万分之一(ppm)的单位给出。化学位移是以10 -6(ppm)作为单位给出。 The structure of the compound is determined by nuclear magnetic resonance ( 1 H-NMR) or mass spectrometry (MS). The 1 H-NMR shift (δ) is given in parts per million (ppm). Chemical shifts are given in units of 10 -6 (ppm).
MS的测定是使用Agilent(ESI)质谱仪。The MS was determined using an Agilent (ESI) mass spectrometer.
制备高效液相使用岛津制备高效液相色谱仪。Preparation of high performance liquid phase using Shimadzu preparative high performance liquid chromatography.
薄层色谱硅胶板(TLC)使用Merck产的铝板(20×20cm),薄层层析分离纯化采用的是GF 254(0.4~0.5mm)。Thin layer chromatography silica gel plates (TLC) were prepared using an aluminum plate (20 x 20 cm) manufactured by Merck, and separated by thin layer chromatography using GF 254 (0.4 to 0.5 mm).
反应的监测采用薄层色谱法(TLC)或LC-MS,使用的展开剂体系有:二氯甲烷和甲醇体系,正己烷和乙酸乙酯体系,石油醚和乙酸乙酯体系,溶剂的体积比根据化合物的极性不同而进行调节或者加入三乙胺等进行调节。The reaction was monitored by thin layer chromatography (TLC) or LC-MS. The developing solvent system used was: dichloromethane and methanol system, n-hexane and ethyl acetate system, petroleum ether and ethyl acetate system, solvent volume ratio. The adjustment is carried out depending on the polarity of the compound or by adding triethylamine or the like.
微波反应使用
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000072
Initiator+(400W,RT~300℃)微波反应器。
Microwave reaction
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000072
Initiator + (400 W, RT ~ 300 ° C) microwave reactor.
柱层析一般使用200~300目硅胶为载体。洗脱剂的体系包括:二氯甲烷和甲醇体系,正己烷和乙酸乙酯体系,溶剂的体积比根据化合物的极性不同而进行调节,也可以加入少量的三乙胺进行调节。Column chromatography generally uses 200 to 300 mesh silica gel as a carrier. The system of the eluent includes: dichloromethane and methanol systems, n-hexane and ethyl acetate systems, and the volume ratio of the solvent is adjusted depending on the polarity of the compound, and may also be adjusted by adding a small amount of triethylamine.
除非特别指出,实施例的反应温度为室温(20℃~30℃)。The reaction temperature of the examples is room temperature (20 ° C to 30 ° C) unless otherwise specified.
本发明所使用的试剂购自Acros Organics、Aldrich Chemical Company、上海特伯化学科技有限公司等。The reagents used in the present invention were purchased from Acros Organics, Aldrich Chemical Company, Shanghai Tebo Chemical Technology Co., Ltd., and the like.
在常规的合成法以及实施例和中间体合成例中,各缩写具有以下含义。In the conventional synthesis method and the synthesis examples of the examples and the intermediates, each abbreviation has the following meaning.
缩写      含义Abbreviation
DIPEA     N,N-二异丙基乙胺DIPEA N,N-diisopropylethylamine
TLC       薄层色谱TLC thin layer chromatography
DMF       N,N-二甲基甲酰胺DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
NCS       N-氯代丁二酰亚胺NCS N-chlorosuccinimide
RT(或rt)  室温RT (or rt) room temperature
中间体的制备Preparation of intermediates
中间体制备例1:4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 1: Preparation of 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazole
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000073
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000073
第一步:2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯甲醛的制备First step: Preparation of 2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
将2-氯-4-羟基苯甲醛(2.5g,15.9mmol)和4-(氯甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑(4.8g,15.9mmol)溶于DMF(50mL)中,加入碳酸钾(6.6g,47.7mmol)并在60℃下加热过夜。然后,将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(6g,收率:89.3%)。2-Chloro-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (2.5 g, 15.9 mmol) and 4-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (4.8 g , 15.9 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 mL). EtOAc (EtOAc,EtOAc. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc (EtOAc m.
第二步:4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑的制备Second step: Preparation of 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazole
将甲基三苯基溴化鏻(7.7g,23.8mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(150mL)中,在-78℃下滴入正丁基锂(9.5mL,23.8mmol)并在该温度下搅拌1小时。然后,加入第一步所得的化合物(4.58g,10.8mmol)的四氢呋喃(50mL)溶液,在室温下搅拌2小时后加水终止反应。将反应液用乙酸乙酯萃取,浓缩有机相,将残留物用硅胶柱层析色谱纯化得到标题化合物(4.2g,收率:92.4%)。Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (7.7 g, 23.8 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (150 mL), n-butyllithium (9.5 mL, 23.8 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. . Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the first step (4.58 g, 10.8 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
中间体制备例2:4-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)苯甲酸甲酯的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 2: Preparation of methyl 4-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)benzoate
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000074
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000074
第一步:4-((羟基亚氨基)甲基)苯甲酸甲酯的制备First step: Preparation of methyl 4-((hydroxyimino)methyl)benzoate
将4-甲酰基苯甲酸甲酯(10g,59.2mmol)、盐酸羟胺(6.5g,94.7mmol)和醋酸钠(9.7g,118.4mmol)加入甲醇(100mL)中并在室温下搅拌过夜。将反应液倒入水中,过滤,得到本步的标题化合物(10g,收率:94.4%)。Methyl 4-formylbenzoate (10 g, 59.2 mmol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (6.5 g, 94.7 mmol) and sodium acetate (9.7 g, 118.4 mmol) were added to methanol (100 mL) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction solution was poured into water and filtered to give the title compound (10 g, yield: 94.4%).
第二步:4-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)苯甲酸甲酯的制备Second step: Preparation of methyl 4-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)benzoate
将第一步所得的化合物(3g,16.8mmol)溶于DMF(20mL)中,加入NCS(2.3g,16.8mmol)并在室温下搅拌过夜。然后,将反应液倒入水中,过滤,得到标题化合物(2.9g,收率:81%)。The compound obtained in the first step (3 g, 16.8 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL). Then, the reaction liquid was poured into water and filtered to give the title compound (2.9 g, yield: 81%).
中间体制备例3:3-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)苯甲酸甲酯的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 3: Preparation of methyl 3-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)benzoate
用3-甲酰基苯甲酸甲酯(10g,59.2mmol)代替4-甲酰基苯甲酸甲酯,根据中间体制备例2所述的方法,得到标题化合物(3.1g,收率:86.3%)。Substituting methyl 3-formylbenzoate (10 g, 59.2 mmol) for methyl 4-formylbenzoate, the title compound (3.1 g, yield: 86.3%).
中间体制备例4:6-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)烟酸甲酯的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 4: Preparation of 6-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)nicotinic acid methyl ester
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000076
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000076
以6-甲酰基烟酸甲酯(2g,12.1mmol)代替4-甲酰基苯甲酸甲酯,以类似中间体制备例2的方法,制备得到标题化合物(95mg,收率:78.6%)。The title compound (95 mg, yield: 78.6%) was obtained from the title compound (yield: 78.6%).
中间体制备例5:2-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)异烟酸甲酯的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 5: Preparation of 2-(Chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)isonicotinate
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000077
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000077
以2-甲酰基异烟酸甲酯(2g,12.1mmol)代替4-甲酰基苯甲酸甲酯,以类似中间体制备例2的方法,制得标题化合物(95mg,收率:78.6%)。The title compound (95 mg, yield: 78.6%) was obtained from the title compound (yield: 78.6%).
中间体制备例6:5-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)烟酸甲酯的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 6 Preparation of 5-(Chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)nicotinate
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000078
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000078
以5-甲酰基烟酸甲酯(500mg,3.03mmol)代替4-甲酰基苯甲酸甲酯,以类似中间体制备例2的方法,制得标题化合物(573mg,收率:86.9%)。The title compound (573 mg, yield: 86.9%) was obtained from the title compound (yield: 86.9%).
中间体制备例7:5-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)烟酸甲酯的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 7: Preparation of 5-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)nicotinic acid methyl ester
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000079
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000079
以5-甲酰基吡啶-2-甲酸甲酯(1g,6.06mmol)代替4-甲酰基苯甲酸甲酯,以类似中间体制备例2的方法,制得标题化合物(810mg,收率:62.3%)。The methyl 4-formylpyridine-2-carboxylate (1 g, 6.06 mmol) was used instead of methyl 4-formylbenzoate to give the title compound (810 mg, yield: 62.3%). ).
中间体制备例8:5-(氯(羟胺)甲基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 8 Preparation of 5-(Chloro(hydroxylamine)methyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000080
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000080
第一步:1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3,5-二甲酸甲酯的制备First step: Preparation of methyl 1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylate
将1H-吡唑-3,5-二甲酸甲酯(10.0g,54.3mmol)溶于DMF(50mL)中,0℃下分批加入氢化钠(3.6g,90mmol)后在0℃下搅拌30分钟。然后,加入异丙基溴(10.5g,85.2mmol)的DMF溶液(20mL),在室温下搅拌过夜。将反应液倒入饱和的氯化铵水溶液中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用饱和食盐水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(7.4g,收率:60.2%)。Methyl 1H-pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylate (10.0 g, 54.3 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 mL), and sodium hydride (3.6 g, 90 mmol) was added portionwise at 0 ° C and stirred at 0 ° C 30 minute. Then, isopropyl bromide (10.5 g, 85.2 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of EtOAc. EtOAc (EtOAc)
第二步:1-异丙基-3-甲酸甲酯-1H-吡唑-5-羧酸的制备Second step: Preparation of 1-isopropyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
将第一步所得化合物(5.8g,25.6mmol)溶于甲醇(50mL)中,在0℃下滴入饱和氢氧化钾的甲醇溶液(25mL),保持0℃反应4小时。然后,用2N的盐酸将反应液的pH调节至4后终止。将反应液用二氯甲烷萃取,饱和食盐水洗涤,干燥,浓缩后得到本步的标题化合物(3.8g,收率:70.4%)。The compound obtained in the first step (5.8 g, 25.6 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (50 mL), and a saturated aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (25 mL) was added dropwise at 0 ° C, and the mixture was reacted at 0 ° C for 4 hours. Then, the pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 4 with 2N hydrochloric acid and then quenched. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (EtOAc m.
第三步:1-异丙基-3-甲酸甲酯-1H-吡唑-5-甲醇的制备The third step: preparation of 1-isopropyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1H-pyrazole-5-methanol
将第二步所得化合物(1.7g,8.0mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(30mL)中,分批加入硼烷二甲硫醚(20mL),在室温下反应过夜。然后加入甲醇(10mL)终止反应,用二氯甲烷进行萃取,用饱和食盐水洗涤,干燥,浓缩后得到本步的标题化合物(1.3g,收率:81.8%)。The compound obtained in the second step (1.7 g, 8.0 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL). The reaction was quenched with EtOAc (3 mL).
第四步:1-异丙基-3-甲酸甲酯-1H-吡唑-5-甲醛的制备The fourth step: preparation of 1-isopropyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1H-pyrazole-5-formaldehyde
将第三步所得化合物(3.9g,19.7mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(50mL)中,加入活化二氧化锰(17.1g,197mmol),在60℃下反应过夜。将反应液过滤,收集滤液,浓缩,将残留物用硅胶柱层析色谱纯化得到本步的标题化合物(1.6g,收率:41.0%)。The compound obtained in the third step (3.9 g, 19.7 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL), and activated manganese dioxide (17.1 g, 197 mmol) was added and reacted at 60 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated.
第五步:5-(羟胺甲基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯的制备Step 5: Preparation of methyl 5-(hydroxylaminemethyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate
将第四步所得化合物(800mg,4.08mmol)溶于无水乙醇(20mL)中,加入醋酸钠(463.5mg,5.65mmol)和盐酸羟胺(565.6mg,8.14mmol)并在室温下过夜。然后,将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(860mg,收率:99.8%)。The compound obtained in the fourth step (800 mg, 4.08 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous ethanol (20 mL), and sodium acetate (463.5 mg, 5.65 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (565.6 mg, 8.14 mmol) were added and allowed to stand overnight at room temperature. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into water, EtOAc (EtOAc)
第六步:5-(氯(羟胺)甲基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯的制备Step 6: Preparation of 5-(chloro(hydroxylamine)methyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester
将第五步所得化合物(300mg,1.42mmol)溶于DMF(10mL)中,在0℃下滴入NCS(208mg,1.55mmol)并在室温下搅拌6小时后加水终止反应。将反应液用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(320mg,收率:91.7%)。The compound obtained in the fifth step (300 mg, 1.42 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
中间体制备例9:5-(氯(羟胺)甲基)-1-甲基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯的制备Intermediate Preparation 9: Preparation of 5-(Chloro(hydroxylamine)methyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000081
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000081
第一步:1-甲基-1H-吡唑-3,5-二甲酸甲酯的制备First step: Preparation of methyl 1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylate
将1H-吡唑-3,5-二甲酸甲酯(3.0g,16.3mmol)溶于DMF(50mL)中,0℃下分批加入氢化钠(1.1g,27.7mmol)后在0℃下搅拌30分钟。然后,加入碘甲烷(2.3g,16.3mmol)的DMF溶液(20mL),在室温下搅拌过夜。将反应液倒入饱和的氯化铵水溶液中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用饱和食盐水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(1.6g,收率:50.0%)。Methyl 1H-pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylate (3.0 g, 16.3 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 mL), and sodium hydride (1.1 g, 27.7 mmol) was added portionwise at 0 ° C and then stirred at 0 ° C 30 minutes. Then, methyl iodide (2.3 g, 16.3 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of EtOAc. EtOAc (EtOAc)
第二步:1-甲基-3-甲酸甲酯-1H-吡唑-5-羧酸的制备The second step: preparation of methyl 1-methyl-3-carboxylate-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
将第一步所得化合物(1.8g,9.1mmol)溶于甲醇(50mL)中,在0℃下滴入饱和氢氧化钾的甲醇溶液(25mL),保持0℃反应4小时。然后,用2N的盐酸将反应液的pH调节至4后终止。将反应液用二氯甲烷萃取,用饱和食盐水洗涤,干燥,浓缩后得到本步的标题化合物(1.2g,收率:70.6%)。The compound obtained in the first step (1.8 g, 9.1 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (50 mL), and a saturated aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (25 mL) was added dropwise at 0 ° C, and the mixture was reacted at 0 ° C for 4 hours. Then, the pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 4 with 2N hydrochloric acid and then quenched. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (EtOAc m.
第三步:1-甲基-3-甲酸甲酯-1H-吡唑-5-甲醇的制备The third step: preparation of methyl 1-methyl-3-carboxylate-1H-pyrazole-5-methanol
将第二步所得化合物(1.7g,9.2mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(30mL)中,分批加入硼烷二甲硫醚(20mL),在室温下反应过夜。然后加入甲醇(10mL)终止反应,用二氯甲烷进行萃取,用饱和食盐水洗涤,干燥,浓缩后得到本步的标题化合物(177mg,收率:11.1%)。The compound obtained in the second step (1.7 g, 9.2 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL). The reaction was then quenched with EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc.
第四步:1-甲基-3-甲酸甲酯-1H-吡唑-5-甲醛的制备The fourth step: preparation of methyl 1-methyl-3-carboxylate-1H-pyrazole-5-formaldehyde
将第三步所得化合物(100mg,0.59mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(50mL)中,加入活化二氧化锰(510.8mg,5.9mmol),在60℃下反应过夜。将反应液过滤,收集滤液,浓缩,将残留物用硅胶柱层析色谱纯化得到本步的标题化合物(70mg,收率:70.7%)。The compound obtained in the third step (100 mg, 0.59 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL), and activated manganese dioxide (510.8 mg, 5.9 mmol) was added and reacted at 60 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated.
第五步:5-((羟胺)甲基)-1-甲基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯的制备Step 5: Preparation of methyl 5-((hydroxylamine)methyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate
将第四步所得化合物(800mg,4.76mmol)溶于无水乙醇(20mL)中,加入醋酸钠(463.0mg,5.64mmol)和盐酸羟胺(566.0mg,8.14mmol)并在室温下过夜。然后,将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(860mg,收率:98.6%)。The compound obtained in the fourth step (800 mg, 4.76 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous ethanol (20 mL), and sodium acetate (463.0 mg, 5.64 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (566.0 mg, 8.14 mmol) were added and allowed to stand overnight at room temperature. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into water, EtOAc (EtOAc)
第六步:5-(氯(羟胺)甲基)-1-甲基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯的制备Step 6: Preparation of 5-(chloro(hydroxylamine)methyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester
将第五步所得化合物(300mg,1.64mmol)溶于DMF(10mL)中,在0℃下滴入NCS(207.0mg,1.55mmol)并在室温下搅拌6小时后加水终止反应。将反应液用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到标题化合物(290mg,收率:81.2%)。The compound obtained in the fifth step (300 mg, 1.64 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C, NCS (207.0 mg, 1.55 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc.
中间体制备例10:5-(氯(羟胺)甲基)-1-乙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 10: Preparation of 5-(Chloro(hydroxylamine)methyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000082
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000082
第一步:1-乙基-1H-吡唑-3,5-二甲酸甲酯的制备First step: Preparation of methyl 1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylate
将1H-吡唑-3,5-二甲酸甲酯(4.0g,21.7mmol)溶于DMF(50mL)中,0℃下分批加入氢化钠(2.5g,62.5mmol)后在0℃下搅拌30分钟。然后,加入溴乙烷(2.6g,24.3mmol)的DMF溶液(20mL),在室温下搅拌过夜。将反应液倒入饱和的氯化铵水溶液中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用饱和食盐水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(1.1g,收率:23.9%)。The 1H-pyrazole-3,5-dicarboxylic acid methyl ester (4.0 g, 21.7 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 mL), and sodium hydride (2.5 g, 62.5 mmol) was added portionwise at 0 ° C and then stirred at 0 ° C 30 minutes. Then, a solution of bromoethane (2.6 g, 24.3 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of EtOAc. EtOAc (EtOAc)
第二步:1-乙基-3-甲酸甲酯-1H-吡唑-5-羧酸的制备Step 2: Preparation of 1-ethyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
将第一步所得化合物(1.8g,8.5mmol)溶于甲醇(50mL)中,在0℃下滴入饱和氢氧化钾的甲醇溶液(25mL),保持0℃反应4小时。然后,用2N的盐酸将反应液的pH调节至4后终止。将反应液用二氯甲烷萃取,用饱和食盐水洗涤,干燥,浓缩后得到本步的标题化合物(1.2g,收率:71.4%)。The compound obtained in the first step (1.8 g, 8.5 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (50 mL), and a saturated aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (25 mL) was added dropwise at 0 ° C, and the mixture was reacted at 0 ° C for 4 hours. Then, the pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 4 with 2N hydrochloric acid and then quenched. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (EtOAc m.
第三步:1-乙基-3-甲酸甲酯-1H-吡唑-5-甲醇的制备The third step: preparation of methyl 1-ethyl-3-carboxylate-1H-pyrazole-5-methanol
将第二步所得化合物(1.7g,8.6mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(30mL)中,分批加入硼烷二甲硫醚(20mL),在室温下反应过夜。然后加入甲醇(10mL)终止反应,用二氯甲烷进行萃取,用饱和食盐水洗涤,干燥,浓缩后得到本步的标题化合物(179mg,收率:11.3%)。The compound obtained in the second step (1.7 g, 8.6 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL). Then, the reaction was quenched with MeOH (10 mL).
第四步:1-乙基-3-甲酸甲酯-1H-吡唑-5-甲醛的制备The fourth step: preparation of 1-ethyl-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1H-pyrazole-5-formaldehyde
将第三步所得化合物(0.1g,0.54mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(50mL)中,加入活化二氧化锰(443.0mg,5.4mmol),在60℃下反应过夜。将反应液过滤,收集滤液,浓缩,将残留物用硅胶柱层析色谱纯化得到本步的标题化合物(70mg,收率:70.8%)。The compound obtained in the third step (0.1 g, 0.54 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL), and activated manganese dioxide (443.0 mg, 5.4 mmol) was added and reacted at 60 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated.
第五步:5-((羟胺)甲基)-1-乙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯的制备Step 5: Preparation of 5-((hydroxylamine)methyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester
将第四步所得化合物(800mg,4.39mmol)溶于无水乙醇(20mL)中,加入醋酸钠(463mg,5.65mmol)和盐酸羟胺(566mg,8.14mmol)并在室温下过夜。然后,将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(860mg,收率:99.3%)。The compound obtained in the fourth step (800 mg, 4.39 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous ethanol (20 mL), and sodium acetate (463 mg, 5.65 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (566 mg, 8.14 mmol) were added and allowed to stand overnight at room temperature. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into water, EtOAc (EtOAc)
第六步:5-(氯(羟胺)甲基)-1-乙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯的制备Step 6: Preparation of 5-(chloro(hydroxylamine)methyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester
将第五步所得化合物(300mg,1.52mmol)溶于DMF(10mL)中,在0℃下滴入NCS(207mg,1.55mmol)并在室温下搅拌6小时后加水终止反应。将反应液用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到标题化合物(320mg,收率:90.9%)。The compound obtained in the fifth step (300 mg, 1.52 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C, NCS (207 mg, 1.55 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc.
中间体制备例11:2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)氯化苯甲醛肟的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 11: 2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde hydrazide preparation
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000083
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000083
第一步:2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯甲醛肟的制备First step: Preparation of 2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde oxime
将2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯甲醛(200mg,0.47mmol)溶于无水乙醇(10mL)中,加入醋酸钠(50.9mg,0.62mmol)和盐酸羟胺(66.0mg,0.95mmol)并在室温下过夜。然后,将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(200mg,收率:97.1%)。2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde (200 mg, 0.47 mmol) was dissolved in Sodium acetate (50.9 mg, 0.62 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (66.0 mg, 0.95 mmol) were added to water ethanol (10 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc (EtOAc m.
第二步:2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)氯化苯甲醛肟的制备Second step: Preparation of 2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)chlorobenzaldehyde oxime
将第一步所得化合物(200mg,0.46mmol)溶于DMF(10mL)中,在0℃下滴入NCS(80mg,0.60mmol)并在室温下搅拌6小时后加水终止反应。将反应液用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到标题化合物(200mg,收率:92.2%)。The compound obtained in the first step (200 mg, 0.46 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL), and NCS (80 mg, 0.60 mmol) was added dropwise at 0 ° C and stirred at room temperature for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
中间体制备例12:4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 12: Preparation of 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazole
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000084
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000084
第一步:2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氟苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯甲醛的制备First step: Preparation of 2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
将2-氯-4-羟基苯甲醛(2g,12.8mmol)和4-(氯甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氟苯基)异噁唑(3.5g,12.8mmol)溶于DMF(50mL)中,加入碳酸钾(3.1g,22.3mmol)并在60℃下加热过夜。然后,将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(2.5g,收率:50.0%)。2-Chloro-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (2 g, 12.8 mmol) and 4-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)isoxazole (3.5 g, 12.8 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 mL). EtOAc (EtOAc,EtOAc. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc (EtOAc m.
第二步:4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氟苯基)异噁唑的制备Second step: Preparation of 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)isoxazole
将甲基三苯基溴化鏻(4.2g,11.8mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(25mL)中,在-78℃下滴入正丁基锂(5.9mL,11.8mmol)并在该温度下搅拌1小时。然后,加入第一步所得的化合物(2.5g,6.4mmol)的四氢呋喃(50mL)溶液,在室温下搅拌2小时后加水终止反应。将反应液用乙酸乙酯萃取,浓缩有机相,将残留物用硅胶柱层析色谱纯化得到标题化合物(2.1g,收率:84.0%)。Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.2 g, 11.8 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL), n-butyllithium (5.9 mL, 11.8 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. . Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the first step (2.5 g, 6.4 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
中间体制备例13:4-((3-氯-4-(丙-1-烯-2-基)苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 13: 4-((3-Chloro-4-(prop-1-en-2-yl)phenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichloro Preparation of phenyl)isoxazole
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000085
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000085
第一步:1-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氟苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)乙酮的制备First step: 1-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)ethanone Preparation
将2-氯-4-羟基苯乙酮(1g,5.9mmol)和4-(氯甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氟苯基)异噁唑(1.8g,5.9mmol)溶于DMF(50mL)中,加入碳酸钾(2.4g,17.6mmol)并在60℃下加热过夜。然后,将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(2.1g,收率:80.8%)。2-Chloro-4-hydroxyacetophenone (1 g, 5.9 mmol) and 4-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)isoxazole (1.8 g 5.9 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 mL). Then, the reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc (EtOAc m.
第二步:4-((3-氯-4-(丙-1-烯-2-基)苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑的制备Second step: 4-((3-chloro-4-(prop-1-en-2-yl)phenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl Preparation of isoxazole
将甲基三苯基溴化鏻(4.3g,12.0mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(60mL)中,在-78℃下滴入正丁基锂(6.0mL,12.0mmol)并在该温度下搅拌1小时。然后,加入第一步所得的化合物(2.6g,5.9mmol)的四氢呋喃(25mL)溶液,在室温下搅拌2小时后加水终止反应。将反应液用乙酸乙酯萃取,浓缩有机相,将残留物用硅胶柱层析色谱纯化得到标题化合物(2.1g,收率:80.8%)。Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.3 g, 12.0 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (60 mL), n-butyllithium (6.0 mL, 12.0 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. . Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the first step (2.6 g, 5.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
中间体制备例14:5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)-4-(((6-(三氟甲基)-5-乙烯基吡啶-2-基)氧基)甲基)异噁唑的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 14: 5-Cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)-4-(((6-(trifluoromethyl)-5-vinylpyridin-2-yl)oxy) Preparation of methyl)isoxazole
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000086
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000086
第一步:6-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)-2-(三氟甲基)烟酸乙酯的制备First step: 6-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinic acid Preparation of ester
将6-羟基-2-三氟甲基烟酸乙酯(1g,4.3mmol)和4-(氯甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑(1.3g,4.3mmol)溶于DMF(50mL)中,加入碳酸钾(3.1g,22.3mmol)并在60℃下加热过夜。然后,将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(1.1g,收率:50.0%)。Ethyl 6-hydroxy-2-trifluoromethylnicotinate (1 g, 4.3 mmol) and 4-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl) isomer The azole (1.3 g, 4.3 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 mL). Then, the reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc (EtOAc m.
第二步:(6-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)-2-(三氟甲基)吡啶-3-基)甲醇的制备Second step: (6-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine- Preparation of 3-base)methanol
将氢化铝锂(90.0mg,2.7mmol)溶于无水四氢呋喃(10mL)中,在0℃下搅拌15分钟。然后,加入第一步所得的化合物(1.1g,2.2mmol)的无水四氢呋喃(10mL)溶液,在室温下搅拌2小时后加甲醇终止反应。将反应液用乙酸乙酯萃取,浓缩有机相,将残留物用硅胶柱层析色谱纯化得到本步的标题化合物(1.0g,收率:100%)。Lithium aluminum hydride (90.0 mg, 2.7 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) and stirred at 0 ° C for 15 min. Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the first step (1.1 g, 2.2 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was stirred and stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc. EtOAc m.
第三步:6-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)-2-(三氟甲基)烟醛的制备Third step: 6-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)-2-(trifluoromethyl)nitroal preparation
将第二步所得的化合物(1.1g,2.4mmol)加入无水四氢呋喃(20mL)中,加入活化二氧化锰(2.0g,23.0mmol)后在60℃下搅拌8小时后过滤,收集滤液,浓缩滤液后得到本步的标题化合物(1.0g,收率:99.0%)。The compound obtained in the second step (1.1 g, 2.4 mmol) was added to anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), and activated manganese dioxide (2.0 g, 23.0 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 8 hours, then filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. The title compound (1.0 g, yield: 99.0%) of this step was obtained.
第四步:5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)-4-(((6-(三氟甲基)-5-乙烯基吡啶-2-基)氧基)甲基)异噁唑的制备Fourth step: 5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)-4-(((6-(trifluoromethyl)-5-vinylpyridin-2-yl)oxy) Preparation of methyl)isoxazole
将甲基三苯基溴化鏻(0.86g,2.4mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(16mL)中,在-78℃下滴入正丁基锂(1.2mL,2.4mmol)并在该温度下搅拌1小时。然后,加入第三步所得的化合物(1.0g,2.2mmol)的四氢呋喃(4mL)溶液,在室温下搅拌2小时后加水终止反应。将反应液用乙酸乙酯萃取,浓缩有机相,将残留物用硅胶柱层析色谱纯化得到标题化合物(0.6g,收率:60.0%)。Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (0.86 g, 2.4 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (16 mL), n-butyllithium (1.2 mL, 2.4 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. . Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the third step (1.0 g, 2.2 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
中间体制备例15:4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲基)苯基)异噁唑的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 15: 4-((3-Chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)isoxazole preparation
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000087
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000087
第一步:2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯甲醛的制备First step: Preparation of 2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
将2-氯-4-羟基苯甲醛(0.5g,3.2mmol)和4-(氯甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲基)苯基)异噁唑(1.0g,3.2mmol)溶于DMF(50mL)中,加入碳酸钾(3.1g,22.3mmol)并在60℃下加热过夜。然后,将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(1.4g,收率:100%)。2-Chloro-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (0.5 g, 3.2 mmol) and 4-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)isoxazole ( 1.0 g, 3.2 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 mL) EtOAc. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into water, EtOAc (EtOAc)
第二步:4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲基)苯基)异噁唑的制备Second step: Preparation of 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)isoxazole
将甲基三苯基溴化鏻(4.2g,11.8mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(25mL)中,在-78℃下滴入正丁基锂(5.9mL,11.8mmol)并在该温度下搅拌1小时。然后,加入第一步所得的化合物(2.5g,5.9mmol)的四氢呋喃(50 mL)溶液,在室温下搅拌2小时后加水终止反应。将反应液用乙酸乙酯萃取,浓缩有机相,将残留物用硅胶柱层析色谱纯化得到标题化合物(2.1g,收率:84%)。Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.2 g, 11.8 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL), n-butyllithium (5.9 mL, 11.8 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. . Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the first step (2.5 g, 5.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
中间体制备例16:4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 16: 4-((3-Chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazole Preparation
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000088
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000088
第一步:2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯甲醛的制备First step: Preparation of 2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
将2-氯-4-羟基苯甲醛(0.5g,3.2mmol)和4-(氯甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑(1.0g,3.2mmol)溶于DMF(50mL)中,加入碳酸钾(3.1g,22.3mmol)并在60℃下加热过夜。然后,将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(1.2g,收率:85.7%)。2-Chloro-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (0.5 g, 3.2 mmol) and 4-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazole (1.0 g, 3.2 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 mL)EtOAc. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc (EtOAc m.
第二步:4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑的制备Second step: Preparation of 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazole
将甲基三苯基溴化鏻(4.2g,11.8mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(25mL)中,在-78℃下滴入正丁基锂(5.9mL,11.8mmol)并在该温度下搅拌1小时。然后,加入第一步所得的化合物(2.5g,5.7mmol)的四氢呋喃(50mL)溶液,在室温下搅拌2小时后加水终止反应。将反应液用乙酸乙酯萃取,浓缩有机相,将残留物用硅胶柱层析色谱纯化得到标题化合物(2.1g,收率:84.0%)。Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.2 g, 11.8 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL), n-butyllithium (5.9 mL, 11.8 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. . Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the first step (2.5 g, 5.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
中间体制备例17:4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(二氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑的制备Intermediate Preparation Example 17: 4-((3-Chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazole Preparation
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000089
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000089
第一步:2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(二氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯甲醛的制备First step: Preparation of 2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
将2-氯-4-羟基苯甲醛(0.5g,3.2mmol)和4-(氯甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(二氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑(1.0g,3.2mmol)溶于DMF(50mL)中,加入碳酸钾(3.1g,22.3mmol)并在60℃下加热过夜。然后,将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(1.2g,收率:92.3%)。2-Chloro-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (0.5 g, 3.2 mmol) and 4-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazole (1.0 g, 3.2 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (50 mL)EtOAc. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc (EtOAc m.
第二步:4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(二氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑的制备Second step: Preparation of 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazole
将甲基三苯基溴化鏻(4.2g,11.8mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(25mL)中,在-78℃下滴入正丁基锂(5.9mL,11.8mmol)并在该温度下搅拌1小时。然后,加入第一步所得的化合物(2.5g,5.9mmol)的四氢呋喃(50mL)溶液,在室温下搅拌2小时后加水终止反应。将反应液用乙酸乙酯萃取,浓缩有机相,将残留物用硅胶柱层析色谱纯化得到标题化合物(2.1g,收率:84.0%)。Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.2 g, 11.8 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL), n-butyllithium (5.9 mL, 11.8 mmol) was added dropwise at -78 ° C and stirred at this temperature for 1 hour. . Then, a solution of the compound obtained in the first step (2.5 g, 5.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc EtOAc.
本发明化合物的制备Preparation of the compounds of the invention
实施例1:4-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物1)的制备Example 1: 4-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of -4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 1)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000090
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000090
第一步:4-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸甲酯(化合物29)的制备First step: 4-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoate (Compound 29)
将中间体制备例2所得的化合物(300.0mg,1.40mmol)和中间体制备例1所得的化合物(589.0mg,1.40mmol)加入到三乙胺(5mL)中并在室温下反应12小时。然后,将反应液倒入水(60mL)中,用二氯甲烷萃取(40mL x 4)。将有机相用饱和盐水溶液洗涤(40mL x 2),用无水硫酸钠干燥,真空减压浓缩后得到本步的标题化合物(400mg,收率:47.9%)。The compound obtained in Intermediate Preparation Example 2 (300.0 mg, 1.40 mmol) and the compound obtained in Intermediate Preparation Example 1 (589.0 mg, 1.40 mmol) were added to triethylamine (5 mL) and allowed to react at room temperature for 12 hours. Then, the reaction solution was poured into water (60 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (40 mL, 4). The organic phase was washed with aq. EtOAc (EtOAc m.
MS m/z(ESI):597.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 597.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:8.12(d,J=8.4Hz,2H),7.77(d,J=8.4Hz,2H),7.40-7.29(m,4H),6.84(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),6.73-6.70(m,1H),6.02-5.98(m,1H),4.79(s,2H),3.92-3.86(m,4H),3.22-3.16(m,1H),2.16-2.11(m,1H),1.30-1.25(m,2H),1.17-1.12(m,2H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 8.12 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.29 (m, 4H), 6.84 (d, J) =2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.73-6.70 (m, 1H), 6.02-5.98 (m, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 3.92-3.86 (m, 4H), 3.22-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.11 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.7-1.12 (m, 2H).
第二步:4-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物1)的制备Second step: 4-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of -4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 1)
将第一步所得的化合物(100.0mg,0.17mmol)溶解于四氢呋喃(4mL)和甲醇(2mL)的混合体系中,加入饱和氢氧化钾水溶液(1mL),于40℃下反应2小时。然后,去除有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取,浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(60mg,收率:58.8%)。The compound obtained in the first step (100.0 mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) and methanol (2 mL), and a saturated aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (1 mL) was added and reacted at 40 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N aqueous hydrochloric acid, and then ethyl acetate was evaporated. ).
MS m/z(ESI):583.2[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 583.2 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:8.12(d,J=8.4Hz,2H),7.77(d,J=8.4Hz,2H),7.40-7.29(m,4H),6.84(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),6.73-6.70(m,1H),6.02-5.98(m,1H),4.79(s,2H),3.92-3.86(m,1H),3.22-3.16(m,1H),2.16-2.11(m,1H),1.30-1.25(m,2H),1.17-1.12(m,2H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 8.12 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.40-7.29 (m, 4H), 6.84 (d, J) =2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.73-6.70 (m, 1H), 6.02-5.98 (m, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 3.92-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.11 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.7-1.12 (m, 2H).
实施例2:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物2)的制备Example 2: 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of -4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 2)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000091
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000091
第一步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸甲酯(化合物30)的制备First step: 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoate (Compound 30)
将中间体制备例3所得的化合物(300.0mg,1.40mmol)和中间体制备例1所得的化合物(589.0mg,1.40mmol)加入到三乙胺(5mL)中,在室温下反应12小时。然后,将反应液倒入水(60mL)中,用二氯甲烷萃取(40mL x 4),将有机相用饱和盐水溶液洗涤(40mL x 2),然后用无水硫酸钠干燥,真空减压浓缩后得到本步的标题化合物(500mg,收率:60%)。The compound obtained in Intermediate Preparation Example 3 (300.0 mg, 1.40 mmol) and the compound obtained in Intermediate Preparation Example 1 (589.0 mg, 1.40 mmol) were added to triethylamine (5 mL), and reacted at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water (60 mL), EtOAc (EtOAc) The title compound (500 mg, yield: 60%) of this step was obtained.
MS m/z(ESI):597.2[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 597.2 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:8.28-8.27(m,1H),8.16-8.13(m,1H),8.04-8.02(m,1H),7.55-7.51(m,1H),7.40-7.29(m,4H),6.84(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),6.73-6.70(m,1H),6.02-5.97(m,1H),4.79(s,2H),3.95-3.88(m,4H),3.25-3.19(m,1H),2.18-2.11(m,1H),1.30-1.21(m,2H),1.17-1.12(m,2H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3) δ: 8.28-8.27 (m, 1H), 8.16-8.13 (m, 1H), 8.04-8.02 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.40- 7.29 (m, 4H), 6.84 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.73-6.70 (m, 1H), 6.02-5.97 (m, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 3.95-3.88 (m, 4H), 3.25-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.11 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.21 (m, 2H), 1.17-1.12 (m, 2H).
第二步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物2)的制备Second step: 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of -4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 2)
将第一步所得的化合物(100.0mg,0.17mmol)溶解于四氢呋喃(4mL)和甲醇(2mL)的混合体系中,加入饱和氢氧化钾水溶液(1mL),于40℃下反应2小时。然后,除去有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,用乙酸乙酯萃取,浓缩有机相并通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(60mg,收率:58.8%)。The compound obtained in the first step (100.0 mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) and methanol (2 mL), and a saturated aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (1 mL) was added and reacted at 40 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH with EtOAc (EtOAc) (EtOAc) .
MS m/z(ESI):583.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 583.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:8.28-8.27(m,1H),8.16-8.13(m,1H),8.04-8.02(m,1H),7.55-7.51(m,1H),7.40-7.29(m,4H),6.84(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),6.73-6.70(m,1H),6.02-5.97(m,1H),4.79(s,2H),3.95-3.88(m,1H),3.25-3.19(m,1H),2.18-2.11(m,1H),1.30-1.21(m,2H),1.17-1.12(m,2H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3) δ: 8.28-8.27 (m, 1H), 8.16-8.13 (m, 1H), 8.04-8.02 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.40- 7.29 (m, 4H), 6.84 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.73-6.70 (m, 1H), 6.02-5.97 (m, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 3.95-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.11 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.21 (m, 2H), 1.17-1.12 (m, 2H).
实施例3:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物3)的制备Example 3: 5-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 3)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000092
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000092
第一步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(化合物31)的制备First step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (Compound 31)
将5-(氯(羟胺)甲基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(300.0mg,1.22mmol)、4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑(515.0mg,1.22mmol)加入到三乙胺(5mL)中,于室温下反应12小时。然后,将反应液倒入水(60mL)中,用二氯甲烷萃取(40mL x4),将有机相用饱和盐水溶液洗涤(40mL x 2),用无水硫酸钠干燥,真空减压浓缩后得到本步的标题化合物(400mg,收率:44.7%)。Methyl 5-(chloro(hydroxylamine)methyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (300.0 mg, 1.22 mmol), 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy) Methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (515.0 mg, 1.22 mmol) was added to triethylamine (5 mL) and allowed to react at room temperature for 12 hours. . Then, the reaction mixture was poured into water (60 mL), EtOAc (EtOAc m. The title compound of this step (400 mg, yield: 44.7%).
MS m/z(ESI):629.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 629.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.62(d,J=1.6Hz,1H),7.60(s,1H),7.55-7.51(m,1H),7.32(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),7.04(s,1H),6.99(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),6.82-6.79(m,1H),5.88-5.83(m,1H),5.35-5.29(m,1H),4.92(s,2H),3.89(s,3H),3.41-3.23(m,1H),2.48-2.42(m,1H),1.43(d,J=6.4Hz,6H),1.23-1.10(m,5H), 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 7.62 (d, J = 1.6Hz, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.55-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.82-6.79 (m, 1H), 5.88-5.83 (m, 1H), 5.35-5.29 (m, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.41-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.42 (m, 1H), 1.43 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 6H), 1.23-1.10 (m, 5H) ),
第二步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物3)的制备Second step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 3)
将第一步所得的化合物(100.0mg,0.16mmol)溶解于四氢呋喃(4mL)和甲醇(2mL)的混合体系中,加入饱和氢氧化钾水溶液(1mL),于40℃下反应2小时。然后,将反应液倒入水(20mL)中,用二氯甲烷萃取(40mL x5),将有机相用饱和盐水溶液洗涤(40mL x 2),用无水硫酸钠干燥,真空减压浓缩后得到标题化合物(60mg,收率:61.2%)。The compound obtained in the first step (100.0 mg, 0.16 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) and methanol (2 mL), and a saturated aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (1 mL) was added and reacted at 40 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into water (20 mL), EtOAc (EtOAc m. The title compound (60 mg, yield: 61.2%).
MS m/z(ESI):615.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 615.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.62(d,J=1.6Hz,1H),7.60(s,1H),7.55-7.51(m,1H),7.32(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),7.04(s,1H),6.99(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),6.82-6.79(m,1H),5.88-5.83(m,1H),5.35-5.29(m,1H),4.92(s,2H),3.41-3.23(m,1H),2.48-2.42(m,1H),1.43(d,J=6.4Hz,6H),1.23-1.10(m,5H), 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 7.62 (d, J = 1.6Hz, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.55-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.82-6.79 (m, 1H), 5.88-5.83 (m, 1H), 5.35-5.29 (m, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 3.41-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.42 (m, 1H), 1.43 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 6H), 1.23-1.10 (m, 5H),
实施例4:3-(4-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-1H-1,2,3-三唑-1-基)苯甲酸(化合物4)的制备Example 4: 3-(4-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of -1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 4)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000093
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000093
第一步:4-(2-氯-4-甲氧基苯基)-2-甲基丁-3-炔-2-醇的制备First step: Preparation of 4-(2-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-2-methylbut-3-yn-2-ol
将二(氰基苯)二氯化钯(150mg,0.39mmol)和碘化亚铜(51.6mg,0.27mmol)加入到反应器中,加入二氧六环(20mL),于氮气保护下加入三叔丁基膦(0.2mL,0.85mmol)和二异丙胺(2.1mL,14.9mmol),再加入化合物1-溴-2-氯-4-甲氧基苯(3g,13.6mmol)和2-甲基丁-3-炔-2-醇(1.56mL,16.1mmol)。将混合物在室温下搅拌2小时。向混合物加入水和乙酸乙酯,将乙酸乙酯层用水洗涤,然后干燥、浓缩,将残余物通过硅胶柱层析色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(2.5g,收率:83.3%)。Add bis(cyanobenzene)palladium dichloride (150 mg, 0.39 mmol) and cuprous iodide (51.6 mg, 0.27 mmol) to the reactor, add dioxane (20 mL), and add three under nitrogen. tert-Butylphosphine (0.2 mL, 0.85 mmol) and diisopropylamine (2.1 mL, 14.9 mmol) followed by the compound 1-bromo-2-chloro-4-methoxybenzene (3 g, 13.6 mmol) and 2- Chitin-3-yn-2-ol (1.56 mL, 16.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc.
第二步:2-氯-1-乙炔基-4-甲氧基苯的制备The second step: preparation of 2-chloro-1-ethynyl-4-methoxybenzene
将第一步所得的化合物(2.0g,8.92mmol)溶于甲苯(40mL),加入氢氧化钠(360mg,9.0mmol),在氮气保护下加热回流3小时。向混合物加入水和乙酸乙酯,将乙酸乙酯层用水洗涤,然后干燥、浓缩,将残余物通过硅胶柱层析色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(1.2g,收率:81.1%)。The compound obtained in the first step (2.0 g, 8.92 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (40 mL), and sodium hydroxide (360 mg, 9.0 mmol) was added and heated under reflux for 3 hours under nitrogen atmosphere. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc.
第三步:3-叠氮基苯甲酸甲酯的制备The third step: preparation of methyl 3-azidobenzoate
将3-氨基苯甲酸甲酯(2.0g,13.23mmol)溶于水(27mL),加入浓盐酸(4.5mL),然后加入亚硝酸钠(910mg,13.10mmol)的水溶液(5mL),将混合物搅拌10分钟,再加入叠氮化钠(0.95g,14.55mmol)的水溶液(5mL)。将混合物在0℃下搅拌至TLC显示原料反应完全。加入乙酸乙酯,将乙酸乙酯层用水洗,然后干燥、浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(2g,收率:98.0%)。Methyl 3-aminobenzoate (2.0 g, 13.23 mmol) was dissolved in water (27 mL), and concentrated hydrochloric acid (4.5 mL) was added, then sodium nitrite (910 mg, 13.10 mmol) aqueous solution (5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred. An aqueous solution (5 mL) of sodium azide (0.95 g, 14.55 mmol) was added over 10 min. The mixture was stirred at 0 ° C until TLC showed the starting material was completely. Ethyl acetate was added, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with water, then dried and evaporated to give the title compound (2 g, yield: 98.0%).
第四步:3-(4-(2-氯-4-甲氧基苯基)-1H-1,2,3-三唑-1-基)苯甲酸甲酯的制备Fourth step: Preparation of methyl 3-(4-(2-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoate
将第三步所得的化合物(319.8mg,1.8mmol)、2-氯-1-乙炔基-4-甲氧基苯(300mg,1.8mmol)和五水硫酸铜(28.7mg,0.18mmol)溶于水(8mL)和乙腈(4mL)中,然后加入水合肼(87.5μL,1.8mmol),在室温下搅拌反应2小时。将固体过滤,用水洗涤,干燥,得到本步的标题化合物(100mg,收率:0.16%)。The compound obtained in the third step (319.8 mg, 1.8 mmol), 2-chloro-1-ethynyl-4-methoxybenzene (300 mg, 1.8 mmol) and copper sulfate pentahydrate (28.7 mg, 0.18 mmol) were dissolved. Water (8 mL) and acetonitrile (4 mL) were added to hydrazine hydrate (87.5 μL, 1.8 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solid was filtered, washed with water and dried then evaporated
第五步:3-(4-(2-氯-4-羟基苯基)-1H-1,2,3-三唑-1-基)苯甲酸甲酯的制备Step 5: Preparation of methyl 3-(4-(2-chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoate
将第四步所得的化合物(100mg,0.29mmol)溶于甲苯(2mL)中,在冰浴上滴加三溴化硼(145mg,0.58mmol)。将混合物在室温下搅拌反应2小时。向混合物加入水和乙酸乙酯,将乙酸乙酯层用水洗涤,然后干燥、浓缩,将残余物通过制备薄层色谱板纯化得到本步的标题化合物(50mg,收率:83.3%)。The compound obtained in the fourth step (100 mg, 0.29 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (2 mL), and boron tribromide (145 mg, 0.58 mmol) was added dropwise on an ice bath. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc.
第六步:3-(4-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-1H-1,2,3-三唑-1-基)苯甲酸甲酯(化合物32)的制备Step 6: 3-(4-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoate (Compound 32)
将第五步所得的化合物(50mg,0.15mmol)溶于DMF(2mL),加入碳酸钾(61.8mg,0.45mmol),然后加入4-(氯甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑(45mg,0.15mmol)。将混合物在60℃下搅拌4小时。冷却后,向混合物加入水和乙酸乙酯,将乙酸乙酯层用水洗涤,然后干燥、浓缩,将残余物通过制备薄层色谱板纯化得到本步的标题化合物(70mg,收率:78.3%)。The compound obtained in the fifth step (50 mg, 0.15 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL), potassium carbonate (61.8 mg, 0.45 mmol), then 4-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3- ( 2,6-Dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (45 mg, 0.15 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 4 hours. After cooling, water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc. .
MS m/z(ESI):595.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 595.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:8.58(s,1H),8.46(s,1H),8.20-8.14(m,3H),7.71-7.67(m,1H),7.43-7.41(m,2H),7.36-7.32(m,1H),6.93(m,1H),6.88-6.85(m,1H),4.86(s,2H),3.91(s,3H),1.33-1.15(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3) δ: 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.20-8.14 (m, 3H), 7.71-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.32 (m, 1H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.85 (m, 1H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 1.33-1.15 (m, 5H) .
第七步:3-(4-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-1H-1,2,3-三唑-1-基)苯甲酸(化合物4)的制备Step 7: 3-(4-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of -1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 4)
将第六步所得的化合物(70mg,0.12mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(2mL)和甲醇(1mL),然后加入氢氧化钾(33mg,0.59mmol)。将混合物在60℃下搅拌4小时。冷却后,向混合物加入水和乙酸乙酯,将乙酸乙酯层用水洗涤,然后干燥、浓缩,将残余物通过制备薄层色谱板纯化得到标题化合物(30mg,收率:43.0%)。The compound obtained in the sixth step (70 mg, 0.12 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (2mL) and methanol (1mL), then potassium hydroxide (33mg, 0.59mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 4 hours. After cooling, water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc.
MS m/z(ESI):581.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 581.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:8.58(s,1H),8.46(s,1H),8.20-8.14(m,3H),7.71-7.67(m,1H),7.43-7.41(m,2H),7.36-7.32(m,1H),6.93(m,1H),6.88-6.85(m,1H),4.86(s,2H),1.33-1.15(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.20-8.14 (m, 3H), 7.71-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.32 (m, 1H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.85 (m, 1H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 1.33-1.15 (m, 5H).
实施例5:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物5)的制备Example 5: 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of isoxazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 5)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000094
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000094
第一步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-羟基苯基)异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸甲酯的制备First step: Preparation of methyl 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)benzoate
将(3-氯-4-乙炔基苯氧基)叔丁基二甲基硅烷(200mg,0.75mmol)和3-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)苯甲酸甲酯(256mg,1.2mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(20mL)中,加入三乙胺(303mg,3mmol),于室温下搅拌4小时。然后,蒸干反应液,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(224mg,收率:90.7%)。(3-Chloro-4-ethynylphenoxy)tert-butyldimethylsilane (200 mg, 0.75 mmol) and methyl 3-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)benzoate (256 mg, 1.2 mmol) Dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL), added triethylamine (303 mg, 3 mmol). Then, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness crystals crystals
第二步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸甲酯(化合物33)的制备Second step: 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl isoxazol-3-yl)benzoate (compound 33)
将第一步所得的化合物(224mg,0.68mmol)和4-(氯甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑(206mg,0.68mmol)溶于DMF(20mL)中,加入碳酸钾(282mg,2.04mmol),于60℃加热过夜。将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,将有机相用水洗涤,然后干燥、浓缩,之后通过制备薄层色谱板纯化得到本步的标题化合物(95mg,收率:23.5%)。The compound obtained in the first step (224 mg, 0.68 mmol) and 4-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (206 mg, 0.68 mmol) were dissolved. Potassium carbonate (282 mg, 2.04 mmol) was added to DMF (20 mL). The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the mixture was evaporated, evaporated, evaporated, evaporated
MS m/z(ESI):595.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 595.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:8.47(s,1H),8.15-8.07(m,2H),7.83(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),7.65-7.53(m,5H),7.17(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),7.00-6.97(m,1H),5.04(s,2H),3.88(s,3H),2.55-2.52(m,1H),1.23-1.15(m,4H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.15-8.07 (m, 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.8Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.17 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.97 (m, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.55-2.52 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.15 (m, 4H).
第三步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物5)的制备The third step: 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of isoxazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 5)
将第二步所得的化合物(95mg,0.16mmol)溶于甲醇(10mL)中,加入饱和氢氧化钾水溶液(1mL),于40℃下反应2小时。然后,除去有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,用乙酸乙酯萃取,浓缩有机相并通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(44mg,收率:50%)。The compound obtained in the second step (95 mg, 0.16 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL), and a saturated aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (1 mL) was added and reacted at 40 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the aqueous layer was adjusted to EtOAc (EtOAc) (EtOAc) .
MS m/z(ESI):581.2[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 581.2 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:8 .47(s,1H),8.15-8.07(m,2H),7.83(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),7.65-7.53(m,5H),7.17(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),7.00-6.97(m,1H),5.04(s,2H),2.55-2.52(m,1H),1.23-1.15(m,4H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ:. 8 47 (s, 1H), 8.15-8.07 (m, 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 8.8Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.53 (m, 5H ), 7.17 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.97 (m, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 2.55 - 2.52 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.15 (m, 4H).
实施例6:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑-2-基)苯甲酸(化合物6)的制备Example 6: 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 6)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000095
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000095
第一步:2-氯-4-羟基苯甲酰肼的制备First step: Preparation of 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzoyl hydrazide
将2-氯-4-羟基苯甲酸甲酯(2g,10.8mmol)溶于甲醇(15mL),然后加入水合肼(5mL)。将混合物在90℃下搅拌2小时。浓缩后,得到本步的标题化合物(2g,收率:100.0%)。Methyl 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzoate (2 g, 10.8 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (15 mL) then EtOAc (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 90 ° C for 2 hours. After concentration, the title compound (2 g, yield: 100.0%) was obtained.
第二步:3-(2-(2-氯-4-羟基苯甲酰基)肼羰基)苯甲酸甲酯的制备Second step: Preparation of methyl 3-(2-(2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzoyl)hydrazinecarbonyl)benzoate
将第一步所得的化合物(200mg,1.1mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(4mL),加入DIPEA(283.8mg,2.2mmol),然后滴加3-(氯羰基)苯甲酸甲酯(200mg,1.1mmol)的二氯甲烷(2mL)溶液。将混合物在室温下搅拌过夜。向混合物加入水和二氯甲烷,将二氯甲烷层用水洗涤,然后干燥、浓缩,将残余物通过制备薄层色谱板纯化得到本步的标题化合物(300mg,收率:78.5%)。The compound obtained in the first step (200 mg, 1.1 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (4mL), then DIPEA (283.8mg, 2.2mmol), then 3-(chlorocarbonyl)benzoic acid methyl ester (200mg, 1.1mmol) A solution of dichloromethane (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Water and methylene chloride were added to the mixture, and the methylene chloride layer was washed with EtOAc.
第三步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-羟基苯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯的制备The third step: preparation of methyl 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)benzoate
将第二步所得的化合物(50mg,0.14mmol)溶于乙腈(3mL),然后加入三氯氧磷(1mL)。将混合物加热回流4小时。向混合物加入水和乙酸乙酯,将乙酸乙酯层用水洗涤,然后干燥、浓缩,将残余物通过制备薄层色谱板纯化得到本步的标题化合物(10mg,收率:22%)。The compound obtained in the second step (50 mg, 0.14 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (3 mL) and then EtOAc (1 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux for 4 hours. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc.
第四步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(化合物34)的制备Step 4: 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)benzoate (compound 34)
将第三步所得的化合物(10mg,0.03mmol)溶于DMF(2mL),加入碳酸钾(8.16mg,0.06mmol),然后加入4-(氯甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑(9.5mg,0.03mmol)。将混合物在60℃下搅拌4小时。冷却后,向混合物加入水和乙酸乙酯,将乙酸乙酯层用水洗涤,然后干燥、浓缩,将残余物通过制备薄层色谱板纯化得到本步的标题化合物(15mg,收率:84%)。The compound obtained in the third step (10 mg, 0.03 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL), potassium carbonate (8.16 mg, 0.06 mmol), and then 4-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3- ( 2,6-Dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (9.5 mg, 0.03 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 4 hours. After cooling, water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc. .
MS m/z(ESI):596.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 596.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ:8.82(s,1H),8.41-8.39(m,1H),8.30-8.28(m,1H),8.01-7.98(m,1H),7.69-7.66(m,1H),7.43-7.41(m,2H),7.37-7.33(m,1H),6.99(m,1H),6.88-6.84(m,1H),4.90(s,2H),3.90(s,3H),1.33-1.18(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl3 ) δ: 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.41-8.39 (m, 1H), 8.30-8.28 (m, 1H), 8.01-7.98 (m, 1H), 7.69-7.66 (m , 1H), 7.43-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.33 (m, 1H), 6.99 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.84 (m, 1H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H) ), 1.33-1.18 (m, 5H).
第五步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑-2-基)苯甲酸(化合物6)的制备Step 5: 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 6)
将第四步所得的化合物(15mg,0.025mmol)溶于四氢呋喃(2mL)和甲醇(1mL),然后加入氢氧化钾(4.8mg,0.086mmol)。将混合物在60℃下搅拌4小时。冷却后,向混合物加入水和乙酸乙酯,将乙酸乙酯层用水洗涤,然后干燥、浓缩,将残余物通过制备薄层色谱板纯化得到标题化合物(10mg,收率:43.0%)。The compound obtained in the fourth step (15 mg, 0.025 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (2mL) and methanol (1mL), then potassium hydroxide (4.8mg, 0.086mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 4 hours. After cooling, water and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture, and the ethyl acetate layer was washed with EtOAc.
MS m/z(ESI):582.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 582.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl3)δ:8.82(s,1H),8.41-8.39(m,1H),8.30-8.28(m,1H),8.01-7.98(m,1H),7.69-7.66(m,1H),7.43-7.41(m,2H),7.37-7.33(m,1H),6.99(m,1H),6.88-6.84(m,1H),4.90(s,2H),1.33-1.18(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl3 ) δ: 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.41-8.39 (m, 1H), 8.30-8.28 (m, 1H), 8.01-7.98 (m, 1H), 7.69-7.66 (m , 1H), 7.43-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.33 (m, 1H), 6.99 (m, 1H), 6.88-6.84 (m, 1H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 1.33-1.18 (m , 5H).
实施例7:6-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-3-基)烟酸(化合物7)的制备Example 7: 6-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of isoxazolyl-3-yl)nicotinic acid (compound 7)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000096
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000096
第一步:6-(5-(2-氯-4-羟基苯基)异噁唑-3-基)烟酸甲酯的制备First step: Preparation of 6-(5-(2-chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)isoxazol-3-yl)methyl nicotinate
将(3-氯-4-乙炔基苯氧基)叔丁基二甲基硅烷(66mg,0.41mmol)和中间体制备例4所得的化合物(166mg,0.81mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(5mL)中,加入三乙胺(124mg,1.23mmol),于室温下搅拌过夜。然后蒸干反应液,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(60mg,收率:43.9%)。(3-Chloro-4-ethynylphenoxy)-tert-butyldimethylsilane (66 mg, 0.41 mmol) and the compound obtained in Intermediate Preparation 4 (166 mg, 0.81 mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (5mL) Triethylamine (124 mg, 1.23 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. Then, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness crystals crystals crystals
第二步:6-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-3-基)烟酸甲酯(化合物35)的制备Second step: 6-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of isoxazolyl-3-yl)methylnicotinate (Compound 35)
将第一步所得的化合物(60mg,0.18mmol)和4-(氯甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑(67mg,0.22mmol)溶于DMF(5mL)中,加入碳酸钾(50mg,0.36mmol),于60℃加热过夜。将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,将有机相用水洗涤,然后干燥、浓缩,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化得到本步的标题化合物(27mg,收率:27.8%)。The compound obtained in the first step (60 mg, 0.18 mmol) and 4-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (67 mg, 0.22 mmol) were dissolved. Potassium carbonate (50 mg, 0.36 mmol) was added to DMF (5 mL). The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the mixture was evaporated.
MS m/z(ESI):596.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 596.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:9.21(m,1H),8.46-8.44(m,1H),8.22(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),7.87(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),7.65-7.49(m,4H),7.19(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),7.01-6.98(m,1H),5.04(s,2H),3.87(s,3H),2.53-2.51(m,1H),1.23-1.13(m,4H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 9.21 (m, 1H), 8.46-8.44 (m, 1H), 8.22 (d, J = 8.0Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d, J = 8.8Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.19 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.01-6.98 (m, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.53-2.51 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.13 (m, 4H).
第三步:6-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-3-基)烟酸(化合物7)的制备The third step: 6-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of isoxazolyl-3-yl)nicotinic acid (compound 7)
将第二步所得的化合物(27mg,0.05mmol)溶于甲醇(5mL)中,加入饱和氢氧化钾水溶液(0.5mL),于40℃下反应2小时。然后,除去有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,用乙酸乙酯萃取,将有机相浓缩,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(19mg,收率:60%)。The compound obtained in the second step (27 mg, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL). Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N aqueous hydrochloric acid, and ethyl acetate was evaporated. ).
MS m/z(ESI):582.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 582.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:13.61(s,1H),9.21(m,1H),8.46-8.44(m,1H),8.22(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),7.87(d,J=8.8Hz,1H),7.65-7.49(m,4H),7.19(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),7.01-6.98(m,1H),5.04(s,2H),2.53-2.51(m,1H),1.23-1.13(m,4H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 13.61 (s, 1H), 9.21 (m, 1H), 8.46-8.44 (m, 1H), 8.22 (d, J = 8.0Hz, 1H), 7.87 ( d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.65-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.19 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.01-6.98 (m, 1H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 2.53-2.51 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.13 (m, 4H).
实施例8:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)烟酸(化合物8)的制备Example 8: 5-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of -4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)nicotinic acid (Compound 8)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000097
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000097
第一步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)烟酸甲酯(化合物36)的制备First step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)nicotinate (compound 36)
将中间体制备例6所得的化合物(50mg,0.23mmol)和中间体制备例1所得的化合物(63mg,0.15mmol)加入三乙胺(5mL)中,在室温下反应12小时。减压浓缩反应液,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化得到本步的标题化合物(96mg,收率:71.1%)。The compound obtained in Intermediate Preparation Example 6 (50 mg, 0.23 mmol) and the compound obtained in Intermediate Preparation Example 1 (63 mg, 0.15 mmol) were added to triethylamine (5 mL), and reacted at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.
MS m/z(ESI):598.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 598.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:8.81(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),8.32(s,1H),7.87-7.86(m,1H),7.61-7.51(m,3H),7.33(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),7.00(d,J=4.0Hz,1H),6.82-6.79(m,1H),6.00-5.95(m,1H),4.93(s,2H),4.02-3.95(m,1H),3.89(s,3H),3.38-3.32(m,1H),2.48-2.44(m,1H),1.21-1.10(m,4H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3) δ: 8.81 (d, J = 8.0Hz, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.87-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.61-7.51 (m, 3H), 7.33 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.82-6.79 (m, 1H), 6.00-5.95 (m, 1H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 4.02- 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.38-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.44 (m, 1H), 1.21-1.10 (m, 4H).
第二步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)烟酸(化合物8)的制备Second step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of -4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)nicotinic acid (Compound 8)
将第一步所得的化合物(96mg,0.16mmol)溶解于甲醇(4mL)和四氢呋喃(2mL)的混合溶剂中,加入饱和氢氧化钠水溶液(1mL),于60℃下反应2小时。然后,蒸去有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N 的盐酸调节pH至酸性,用乙酸乙酯萃取,浓缩有机相并通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(73mg,收率:77.8%)。The compound obtained in the first step (96 mg, 0.16 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of methanol (4 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (2 mL), and a saturated aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (1 mL) was added, and the mixture was reacted at 60 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was evaporated, and the obtained aqueous layer was evaporated to ethyl acetate (yield: EtOAc) ).
MS m/z(ESI):584.2[M+H] + MS m / z (ESI): 584.2 [M + H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:14.00(s,1H),8.81(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),8.32(s,1H),7.87-7.86(m,1H),7.61-7.51(m,3H),7.33(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),7.00(d,J=4.0Hz,1H),6.82-6.79(m,1H),6.00-5.95(m,1H),4.93(s,2H),4.02-3.95(m,1H),3.38-3.32(m,1H),2.48-2.44(m,1H),1.21-1.10(m,4H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 14.00 (s, 1H), 8.81 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.87-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.61-7.51 (m, 3H), 7.33 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.82-6.79 (m, 1H), 6.00-5.95 (m, 1H), 4.93 ( s, 2H), 4.02-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.44 (m, 1H), 1.21-1.10 (m, 4H).
实施例9:2-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)异烟酸(化合物9)的制备Example 9: 2-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)isonicotinic acid (Compound 9)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000098
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000098
第一步:2-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)异烟酸甲酯(化合物37)的制备First step: 2-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)isonicotinate (Compound 37)
将中间体制备例5所得的化合物(50mg,0.23mmol)和中间体制备例1所得的化合物(63mg,0.15mmol)加入三乙胺(5mL)中,在室温下反应12小时。然后,减压浓缩反应液,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化得到本步的标题化合物(54mg,收率:23.7%)。The compound obtained in Intermediate Preparation Example 5 (50 mg, 0.23 mmol) and the compound obtained in Intermediate Preparation Example 1 (63 mg, 0.15 mmol) were added to triethylamine (5 mL) and allowed to react at room temperature for 12 hours. Then, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.
MS m/z(ESI):598.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 598.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:9.04(s,1H),8.87(s,1H),8.43(s,1H),7.61-7.51(m,3H),7.34(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),7.03-7.01(m,1H),6.82-6.79(m,1H),5.95-5.90(m,1H),4.92(s,2H),4.02-3.95(m,1H),3.89(s,3H),3.44-3.38(m,1H),2.50-2.44(m,1H),1.25-1.10(m,4H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3) δ: 9.04 (s, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.61-7.51 (m, 3H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.0Hz , 1H), 7.03-7.01 (m, 1H), 6.82-6.79 (m, 1H), 5.95-5.90 (m, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 4.02-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s , 3H), 3.44 - 3.38 (m, 1H), 2.50 - 2.44 (m, 1H), 1.25-1.10 (m, 4H).
第二步:2-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)异烟酸(化合物9)的制备Second step: 2-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)isonicotinic acid (Compound 9)
将第一步所得的化合物(54mg,0.09mmol)溶解于甲醇(2mL)和四氢呋喃(1mL)的混合溶剂中,加入饱和氢氧化钠水溶液(0.5mL),于60℃下反应2小时。然后,蒸去有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,用乙酸乙酯萃取,浓缩有机相并通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(37mg,收率:66.7%)。The compound obtained by the first step (54 mg, 0.09 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of methanol (2 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (1 mL), and a saturated aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.5 mL) was added and the mixture was reacted at 60 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was evaporated, and the aqueous layer was evaporated to ethyl acetate. EtOAcjjjjjjjjjjjj ).
MS m/z(ESI):584.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 584.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:9.04(s,1H),8.87(s,1H),8.43(s,1H),7.61-7.51(m,3H),7.34(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),7.01-7.03(m,1H),6.82-6.79(m,1H),5.95-5.90(m,1H),4.92(s,2H),4.02-3.95(m,1H),3.44-3.38(m,1H),2.50-2.44(m,1H),1.25-1.10(m,4H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3) δ: 9.04 (s, 1H), 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.61-7.51 (m, 3H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.0Hz , 1H), 7.01-7.03 (m, 1H), 6.82-6.79 (m, 1H), 5.95-5.90 (m, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 4.02-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.38 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.44 (m, 1H), 1.25-1.10 (m, 4H).
实施例10:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(二氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物10)的制备Example 10: 5-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 10)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000099
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000099
第一步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(二氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(化合物56)的制备First step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of methyl phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (Compound 56)
将4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(二氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑(108mg,0.26mmol)和5-(氯(羟胺)甲基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(100mg,0.40mmol)溶于二氯甲烷(3mL)中,加入三乙胺(3mL),在室温下反应12小时。然后,将反应液倒入水(60mL)中,用二氯甲烷萃取(40mL x 4),将有机相用饱和盐水溶液洗涤(40mL x 2),然后用无水硫酸钠干燥,真空减压浓缩后得到本步的标题化合物(30mg,收率:12.5%)。4-((3-Chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazole (108 mg, 0.26 mmol) And 5-(chloro(hydroxylamine)methyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (100 mg, 0.40 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3 mL). 3 mL), reacted at room temperature for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water (60 mL), EtOAc (EtOAc) The title compound (30 mg, yield: 12.5%) of this step was obtained.
MS m/z(ESI):627.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 627.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:7.52-7.46(m,2H),7.36-7.26(m,3H),6.91(s,1H),6.86(d,J=4.0Hz,1H),6.75-6.73(m,1H),6.62-6.26(m,1H),5.95-5.90(m,1H),5.55-5.48(m,1H),4.88(s,2H),3.90-3.83(m,1H),3.80(s,3H),3.21-3.15(m,1H),2.16-2.09(m,1H),1.57(s,3H),1.55(s,3H),1.26-1.22(m,2H),1.15-1.10(m,2H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3) δ: 7.52-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.26 (m, 3H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 6.86 (d, J = 4.0Hz, 1H), 6.75 -6.73(m,1H),6.62-6.26(m,1H),5.95-5.90(m,1H),5.55-5.48(m,1H),4.88(s,2H),3.90-3.83(m,1H) , 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.21-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.57 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 3H), 1.26-1.22 (m, 2H), 1.15 -1.10 (m, 2H).
第二步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(二氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物10)的制备Second step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 10)
将第一步所得的化合物(30mg,0.05mmol)溶解于甲醇(5mL)中,加入饱和氢氧化钠水溶液(1mL),于60℃下反应2小时。然后,蒸去有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,用乙酸乙酯萃取,浓缩有机相并通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(7mg,收率:20%)。The compound obtained in the first step (30 mg, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL), and a saturated aqueous sodium hydroxide (1 mL) was added and the mixture was reacted at 60 ° C for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was evaporated, and the aqueous layer was evaporated to ethyl acetate (yield: 20%). ).
MS m/z(ESI):613.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 613.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:7.52-7.46(m,2H),7.36-7.26(m,3H),6.91(s,1H),6.86(d,J=4.0Hz,1H),6.75-6.73(m,1H),6.62-6.26(m,1H),5.95-5.90(m,1H),5.55-5.48(m,1H),4.88(s,2H),3.90-3.83(m,1H),3.21-3.15(m,1H),2.16-2.09(m,1H),1.57(s,3H),1.55(s,3H),1.26-1.22(m,2H),1.15-1.10(m,2H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3) δ: 7.52-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.26 (m, 3H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 6.86 (d, J = 4.0Hz, 1H), 6.75 -6.73(m,1H),6.62-6.26(m,1H),5.95-5.90(m,1H),5.55-5.48(m,1H),4.88(s,2H),3.90-3.83(m,1H) , 3.21-3.15(m,1H), 2.16-2.09(m,1H), 1.57(s,3H),1.55(s,3H),1.26-1.22(m,2H),1.15-1.10(m,2H) .
实施例11:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-1,2,4-噁二唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物57)的制备Example 11: 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 57)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000100
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000100
第一步:3-(N-羟基甲脒基)苯甲酸甲酯的制备First step: Preparation of methyl 3-(N-hydroxymethylindenyl)benzoate
将3-氰基苯甲酸甲酯(3g,18.6mmol)和盐酸羟胺(1.5g,22.3mmol)溶于乙醇(50mL),加入氢氧化钾(1.2g,22.3mmol),于90℃反应2小时。趁热过滤,蒸干滤液,通过制备高效液相色谱纯化得到本步的标题化合物(2.8g,收率:77.8%)。Methyl 3-cyanobenzoate (3 g, 18.6 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.5 g, 22.3 mmol) were dissolved in ethanol (50 mL), and potassium hydroxide (1.2 g, 22.3 mmol) was added and reacted at 90 ° C for 2 hours. . The title compound (2.8 g, yield: 77.8%) was obtained.
第二步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-羟基苯基)-1,2,4-噁二唑-3-基)苯甲酸甲酯的制备Second step: Preparation of methyl 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)benzoate
将第一步所得的化合物(113mg,0.58mmol)和2-氯-4-羟基苯甲酰氯(222mg,1.16mmol)溶于吡啶(5mL),于90℃加热过夜。反应液冷却后用乙酸乙酯稀释,用稀盐酸洗涤。浓缩有机相,将残余物用制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(90mg,收率:46.6%)。The compound obtained in the first step (113 mg, 0.58 mmol) and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzoyl chloride (222 mg, 1.16 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine (5 mL) The reaction solution was cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with diluted hydrochloric. The organic phase was concentrated, and the residue was crystallijjjjjj
第三步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-1,2,4-噁二唑-3-基)苯甲酸甲酯(化合物65)的制备The third step: 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)benzoate (Compound 65)
将第二步所得的化合物(90mg,0.27mmol)、4-(氯甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑(97mg,0.32mmol)和碳酸钾(75mg,0.54mmol)加入DMF(5mL)中,于60℃加热过夜。将反应液以水和乙酸乙酯萃取,有机相用水洗涤后浓缩,蒸去溶剂,将得到的残余物经制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(140mg,收率:87%)。The compound obtained in the second step (90 mg, 0.27 mmol), 4-(chloromethyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (97 mg, 0.32 mmol) Potassium carbonate (75 mg, 0.54 mmol) was added to DMF (5 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with water and ethyl acetate. EtOAc was evaporated. .
MS m/z(ESI):596.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 596.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:8.62(s,1H),8.24-8.11(m,3H),7.70-7.54(m,4H),7.24(s,1H),7.05-7.02(m,1H),5.09(s,2H),3.89(s,3H),2.53-2.51(m,1H),1.24-1.16(m,4H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 8.62 (s, 1H), 8.24-8.11 (m, 3H), 7.70-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.05-7.02 (m , 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.53-2.51 (m, 1H), 1.24-1.16 (m, 4H).
第四步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-1,2,4-噁二唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物57)的制备Step 4: 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 57)
将第三步所得的化合物(140mg,0.23mmol)溶于甲醇(4mL)和四氢呋喃(2mL),加入氢氧化钠(18mg,0.46mmol)的水溶液并在室温下反应2小时。然后,去除有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取。浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(80mg,收率:59.7%)。The compound obtained in the third step (140 mg, 0.23 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (4 mL) and THF (2 mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (18 mg, 0.46 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography chromatography
MS m/z(ESI):582.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 582.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:12.02(s,1H),8.62(s,1H),8.24-8.11(m,3H),7.70-7.54(m,4H),7.24(s,1H),7.05-7.02(m,1H),5.09(s,2H),2.53-2.51(m,1H),1.24-1.16(m,4H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 12.02 (s, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 8.24-8.11 (m, 3H), 7.70-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.24 (s, 1H ), 7.05-7.02 (m, 1H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 2.53-2.51 (m, 1H), 1.24-1.16 (m, 4H).
实施例12:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-甲基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物20)的制备Example 12: 5-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 20)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000101
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000101
第一步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-甲基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(化合物47)的制备First step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (Compound 47)
将5-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)-1-甲基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(0.7g,3.2mmol)和4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑(1.1g,2.6mmol)加入到三乙胺(5mL)中并在室温下反应12小时。然后,加水,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次。合并有机相并用饱和盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤和浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(0.5g,收率:32.1%)。Methyl 5-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (0.7 g, 3.2 mmol) and 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylbenzene) Oxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (1.1 g, 2.6 mmol) was added to triethylamine (5 mL) and reacted at room temperature 12 hour. Then, water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine sat. The residue was purified to silicagel elut elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):601.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 601.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.61-7.30(m,4H),6.98(s,1H),6.81-6.78(m,2H),5.87-5.82(m,1H),5.55-5.48(m,1H),5.33-5.31(m,1H),4.92(s,2H),4.06(s,3H),3.89(s,3H),2.03-1.96(m,1H),1.19-1.03(m,4H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 7.61-7.30 (m, 4H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 6.81-6.78 (m, 2H), 5.87-5.82 (m, 1H), 5.55-5.48 (m, 1H), 5.33-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.03-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.19-1.03 (m , 4H).
第二步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-甲基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物20)的制备Second step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 20)
将第一步所得的化合物(0.3g,0.5mmol)溶于甲醇(2mL)和四氢呋喃(4mL),加入氢氧化钠水溶液(40mg,1mmol)并在室温下反应2小时。然后,去除有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取。浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(58mg,收率:19.7%)。The compound obtained in the first step (0.3 g, 0.5 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (2 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (4 mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (40 mg, 1 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by EtOAcqqqqqq
MS m/z(ESI):587.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 587.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:12.01(s,1H),7.61-7.30(m,4H),6.98(s,1H),6.81-6.78(m,2H),5.87-5.82(m,1H),5.55-5.48(m,1H),5.33-5.31(m,1H),4.92(s,2H),4.06(s,3H),2.03-1.96(m,1H),1.19-1.03(m,4H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 12.01 (s, 1H), 7.61-7.30 (m, 4H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 6.81-6.78 (m, 2H), 5.87-5.82 (m , 1H), 5.55-5.48 (m, 1H), 5.33-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 2.03-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.19-1.03 (m , 4H).
实施例13:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基))甲氧基)苯基)4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-吡啶甲酸(化合物21)制备Example 13: 5-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)) methoxy)benzene Preparation of 4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-picolinic acid (Compound 21)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000102
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000102
第一步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-吡啶甲酸甲酯(化合物48)的制备First step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)-picolinate (Compound 48)
将5-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)吡啶甲酸甲酯(200mg,0.93mmol)和4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑(310mg,0.74mmol)加入到三乙胺(15mL)中并在室温下反应12小时。然后,加水,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次。合并有机相并用饱和盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤和浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(200mg,收率:45.1%)。Methyl 5-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)pyridinecarboxylate (200 mg, 0.93 mmol) and 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl- 3-(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (310 mg, 0.74 mmol) was added to triethylamine (15 mL) and was allowed to react at room temperature for 12 hours. Then, water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine sat. The residue was purified to silicagel elut elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):598.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 598.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:8.77(s,1H),8.01-6.99(m,7H),6.82-6.79(m,1H),5.56-5.53(m,1H),4.92(s,2H),3.87(s,3H),3.44-3.38(m,1H),3.38-3.08(m,1H),1.26-1.10(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.01-6.99 (m, 7H), 6.82-6.79 (m, 1H), 5.56-5.53 (m, 1H), 4.92 (s , 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.44-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.08 (m, 1H), 1.26-1.10 (m, 5H).
第二步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-吡啶甲酸(化合物21)的制备Second step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-picolinic acid (Compound 21)
将第一步所得的化合物(200mg,0.33mmol)溶于甲醇(2mL)和四氢呋喃(4mL),加入氢氧化钠水溶液(32.0mg,0.80mmol)并在室温下反应2小时。然后,去除有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取。浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(170mg,收率:88.1%)。The compound obtained in the first step (200 mg, 0.33 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (2mL) and THF (4mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (32.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by EtOAc (EtOAc)
MS m/z(ESI):584.2[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 584.2 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:8.77(s,1H),8.01-6.99(m,7H),6.82-6.79(m,1H),5.56-5.53(m,1H),4.92(s,2H),3.44-3.38(m,1H),3.38-3.08(m,1H),1.26-1.10(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.01-6.99 (m, 7H), 6.82-6.79 (m, 1H), 5.56-5.53 (m, 1H), 4.92 (s , 2H), 3.44 - 3.38 (m, 1H), 3.38 - 3.08 (m, 1H), 1.26-1.10 (m, 5H).
实施例14:3-(3-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基))甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-5-基)苯甲酸(化合物22)制备Example 14: 3-(3-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)) methoxy)benzene Preparation of 4,5-dihydroisoxazole-5-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 22)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000103
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000103
将3-乙烯基苯甲酸(100mg,0.67mmol)和2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)-N-氯化苯甲肟(300mg,0.64mmol)加入到三乙胺(10mL)中并在室温下反应12小时。然后,加水,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次。合并有机相并用饱和盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤和浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱色谱纯化,得到标题化合物(50mg,收率:13.4%)。3-vinylbenzoic acid (100 mg, 0.67 mmol) and 2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy Base-N-benzyl benzamidine chloride (300 mg, 0.64 mmol) was added to triethylamine (10 mL) and allowed to react at room temperature for 12 hours. Then, water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine sat. The residue was purified to silicagel elut elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):583.2[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 583.2 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.97-7.89(m,2H),7.63-7.48(m,6H),7.04(s,1H),6.87-6.84(m,1H),5.82-5.78(m,1H),4.98(s,2H),3.95-3.88(m,1H),3.43-3.36(m,1H),1.29-1.12(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 7.97-7.89 (m, 2H), 7.63-7.48 (m, 6H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.87-6.84 (m, 1H), 5.82-5.78 (m, 1H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 3.95-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.36 (m, 1H), 1.29-1.12 (m, 5H).
实施例15:3-(5-(6-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)-2-(三氟甲基)吡啶-3-基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物24)制备Example 15: 3-(5-(6-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)-2-(trifluoro) Preparation of methyl)pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 24)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000104
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000104
第一步:3-(5-(6-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)-2-(三氟甲基)吡啶-3-基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸甲酯(化合物51)的制备First step: 3-(5-(6-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)-2-(trifluoro) Preparation of methyl methyl)pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoate (Compound 51)
将3-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)苯甲酸甲酯(150mg,0.70mmol)和5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)-4-(((6-(三氟甲基)-5-乙烯基吡啶-2-基)氧基)甲基)异噁唑(300mg,0.66mmol)加入到三乙胺(10mL)中并在室温下反应12小时。然后,加水,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次。合并有机相并用饱和盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤和浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(300mg,收率:71.9%)。Methyl 3-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)benzoate (150 mg, 0.70 mmol) and 5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)-4-((6-(6-) (Trifluoromethyl)-5-vinylpyridin-2-yl)oxy)methyl)isoxazole (300 mg, 0.66 mmol) was added to triethylamine (10 mL) and allowed to react at room temperature for 12 hours. Then, water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine sat. The residue was purified to silicagel elut elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):632.4[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 632.4 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:8.24(s,1H),8.01-7.36(m,7H),6.95-6.93(m,1H),5.94(t,J=9.2Hz,1H),5.30(s,2H),4.01-3.94(m,1H),3.89(s,3H),3.41-3.35(m,1H),1.36-1.07(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.01-7.36 (m, 7H), 6.95-6.93 (m, 1H), 5.94 (t, J = 9.2Hz, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 4.01-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.41-3.35 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.07 (m, 5H).
第二步:3-(5-(6-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)-2-(三氟甲基)吡啶-3-基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物24)的制备Second step: 3-(5-(6-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)-2-(trifluoro) Preparation of methyl)pyridin-3-yl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 24)
将第一步所得的化合物(300mg,0.47mmol)溶于甲醇(3mL)和四氢呋喃(6mL),加入氢氧化钠(32.0mg,0.80mmol)的水溶液并在室温下反应2小时。然后,去除有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取。浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(200mg,收率:68.8%)。The compound obtained in the first step (300 mg, 0.47 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 mL) and THF (6 mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (32.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography.
MS m/z(ESI):618.4[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 618.4 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:12.02(s,1H),8.24(s,1H),8.01-7.36(m,7H),6.95-6.93(m,1H),5.94(t,J=9.2Hz,1H),5.30(s,2H),4.01-3.94(m,1H),3.41-3.35(m,1H),1.36-1.07(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 12.02 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.01-7.36 (m, 7H), 6.95-6.93 (m, 1H), 5.94 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 4.01-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.35 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.07 (m, 5H).
实施例16:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(二氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物25)制备Example 16: 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 25)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000105
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000105
第一步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(二氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸甲酯(化合物52)的制备First step: 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of methyl phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoate (Compound 52)
将3-(氯(羟胺)甲基)苯甲酸甲酯(52mg,0.24mmol)和4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(二氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑(100mg,0.24mmol)加入到三乙胺(5mL)中并在室温下反应12小时。然后,加水,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次。合并有机相并用饱和盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤和浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(130mg,收率:91%)。Methyl 3-(chloro(hydroxylamine)methyl)benzoate (52 mg, 0.24 mmol) and 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3- (2-(Difluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazole (100 mg, 0.24 mmol) was added to triethylamine (5 mL) and was allowed to react at room temperature for 12 hours. Then, water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine sat. The residue was purified to silicagel elut elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):595.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 595.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:8.15(s,1H),7.93-7.91(m,1H),7.62-6.82(m,10H),5.90-5.85(m,1H),4.96(s,2H),3.98-3.91(m,1H),3.87(s,3H),3.32-3.26(m,1H),1.17-1.06(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.93-7.91 (m, 1H), 7.62-6.82 (m, 10H), 5.90-5.85 (m, 1H), 4.96 (s , 2H), 3.98-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.32-3.26 (m, 1H), 1.17-1.06 (m, 5H).
第二步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(二氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物25)的制备Second step: 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 25)
将第一步所得的化合物(130mg,0.22mmol)溶于甲醇(3mL)和四氢呋喃(6mL),加入氢氧化钠(32.0mg,0.80mmol)的水溶液并在室温下反应2小时。然后,去除有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取。浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(50mg,收率:39.1%)。The compound obtained in the first step (130 mg, 0.22 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (6 mL), and aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (32.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography chromatography
MS m/z(ESI):581.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 581.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:8.15(s,1H),7.93-7.91(m,1H),7.62-6.82(m,10H),5.90-5.85(m,1H),4.96(s,2H),3.98-3.91(m,1H),3.32-3.26(m,1H),1.17-1.06(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.93-7.91 (m, 1H), 7.62-6.82 (m, 10H), 5.90-5.85 (m, 1H), 4.96 (s , 2H), 3.98-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.26 (m, 1H), 1.17-1.06 (m, 5H).
实施例17:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-乙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物27)的制备Example 17: 5-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 27)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000106
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000106
第一步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-乙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(化合物54)的制备First step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (Compound 54)
将5-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)-1-乙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(1.4g,6.1mmol)和4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑(2.2g,5.2mmol)加入到三乙胺(5mL)中并在室温下反应12小时。然后,加水,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次。合并有机相并用饱和盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤和浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(1.0g,收率:31.3%)。Methyl 5-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (1.4 g, 6.1 mmol) and 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylbenzene) Oxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (2.2 g, 5.2 mmol) was added to triethylamine (5 mL) and reacted at room temperature 12 hour. Then, water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine sat. The residue was purified to silicagel elut elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):615.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 615.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.61-7.51(m,3H),7.31(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),6.99-6.79(m,3H),5.88-5.84(m,1H),4.92(s,2H),4.48(t,J=6.4Hz,2H),3.89(s,3H),3.95-3.88(m,1H),2.48-2.41(m,1H),1.33-1.10(m,8H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 7.61-7.51 (m, 3H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 1H), 6.99-6.79 (m, 3H), 5.88-5.84 (m, 1H ), 4.92 (s, 2H), 4.48 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.95-3.88 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.41 (m, 1H), 1.33-1.10 ( m, 8H).
第二步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-乙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物27)的制备Second step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-ethyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 27)
将第一步所得的化合物(0.6g,0.97mmol)溶于甲醇(2mL)和四氢呋喃(4mL),加入氢氧化钠(40mg,1mmol)的水溶液并在室温下反应2小时。然后,去除有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取。浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(58mg,收率:100%)。The compound obtained in the first step (0.6 g, 0.97 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (2 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (4 mL), and aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (40 mg, 1 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography.
MS m/z(ESI):601.2[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 601.2 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:12.01(s,1H),7.61-7.51(m,3H),7.31(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),6.99-6.79(m,3H),5.88-5.84(m,1H),4.92(s,2H),4.48(t,J=6.4Hz,2H),3.95-3.88(m,1H),2.48-2.41(m,1H),1.33-1.10(m,8H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 12.01 (s, 1H), 7.61-7.51 (m, 3H), 7.31 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 1H), 6.99-6.79 (m, 3H), 5.88-5.84 (m, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 4.48 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.95-3.88 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.41 (m, 1H), 1.33-1.10 ( m, 8H).
实施例18:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物58)制备Example 18: 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 58)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000107
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000107
第一步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸甲酯(化合物66)的制备First step: 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of methyl phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoate (compound 66)
将3-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)苯甲酸甲酯(200mg,0.94mmol)和4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑(400mg,0.92mmol)加入到三乙胺(5mL)中并在室温下反应12小时。然后,加水,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次。合并有机相并用饱和盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤和浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(180mg,收率:32%)。Methyl 3-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)benzoate (200 mg, 0.94 mmol) and 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl- 3-(2-(Trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazole (400 mg, 0.92 mmol) was added to triethylamine (5 mL) and was allowed to react at room temperature for 12 hours. Then, water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine sat. The residue was purified to silicagel elut elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):613.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 613.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:8.15(s,1H),7.92-7.90(m,1H),7.67-7.49(m,5H),7.36-7.32(m,2H),7.03(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),6.87-6.84(m,1H),5.90-5.86(m,1H),4.95(s,2H),3.99-3.92(m,1H),3.89(s,3H),3.33-3.26(m,1H),1.25-1.07(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.92-7.90 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.49 (m, 5H), 7.36-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d , J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.84 (m, 1H), 5.90-5.86 (m, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 3.99-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.33-3.26 (m, 1H), 1.25-1.07 (m, 5H).
第二步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物58)的制备Second step: 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Of phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 58)
将第一步所得的化合物(180mg,0.29mmol)溶于甲醇(3mL)和四氢呋喃(6mL),加入氢氧化钠(32.0mg,0.80mmol)的水溶液并在室温下反应2小时。然后,去除有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取。浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(100mg,收率:56.9%)。The compound obtained in the first step (180 mg, 0.29 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (6 mL), and aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (32.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography.
MS m/z(ESI):599.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 599.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:12.03(s,1H),8.15(s,1H),7.92-7.90(m,1H),7.67-7.49(m,5H),7.36-7.32(m,2H),7.03(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),6.87-6.84(m,1H),5.90-5.86(m,1H),4.95(s,2H),3.99-3.92(m,1H),3.33-3.26(m,1H),1.25-1.07(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 12.03 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.92-7.90 (m, 1H), 7.67-7.49 (m, 5H), 7.36-7.32 (m , 2H), 7.03 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.87-6.84 (m, 1H), 5.90-5.86 (m, 1H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 3.99-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.26 (m, 1H), 1.25-1.07 (m, 5H).
实施例19:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物59)制备Example 19: 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 59)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000108
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000108
第一步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸甲酯(化合物67)的制备First step: 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of methyl phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoate (Compound 67)
将3-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)苯甲酸甲酯(200mg,0.94mmol)和4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑(395mg,0.94mmol)加入到三乙胺(5mL)中并在室温下反应12小时。然后,加水,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次。合并有机相并用饱和盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤和浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(200mg,收率:35.7%)。Methyl 3-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)benzoate (200 mg, 0.94 mmol) and 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl- 3-(2-(Trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazole (395 mg, 0.94 mmol) was added to triethylamine (5 mL) and was allowed to react at room temperature for 12 hours. Then, water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine sat. The residue was purified to silicagel elut elut elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):597.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 597.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:8.18(s,1H),7.95-7.87(m,2H),7.78-7.55(m,4H),7.37-7.31(m,2H),7.02(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),6.85-6.83(m,1H),5.89-5.85(m,1H),4.88(s,2H),3.98-3.91(m,1H),3.89(s,3H),3.33-3.25(m,1H),1.19-1.11(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.95-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.78-7.55 (m, 4H), 7.37-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d , J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.85-6.83 (m, 1H), 5.89-5.85 (m, 1H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 3.98-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.33-3.25 (m, 1H), 1.19-1.11 (m, 5H).
第二步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物59)的制备Second step: 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 59)
将第一步所得的化合物(200mg,0.34mmol)溶于甲醇(3mL)和四氢呋喃(6mL),加入氢氧化钠(32.0mg,0.80mmol)的水溶液并在室温下反应2小时。然后,去除有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取。浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(100mg,收率:50.5%)。The compound obtained in the first step (200 mg, 0.34 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 mL) and THF (6 mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (32.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography.
MS m/z(ESI):583.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 583.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:8.18(s,1H),7.95-7.87(m,2H),7.78-7.55(m,4H),7.37-7.31(m,2H),7.02(d,J=2.4Hz,1H),6.85-6.83(m,1H),5.89-5.85(m,1H),4.88(s,2H),3.98-3.91(m,1H),3.33-3.25(m,1H),1.19-1.11(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.95-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.78-7.55 (m, 4H), 7.37-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d , J=2.4Hz, 1H), 6.85-6.83 (m, 1H), 5.89-5.85 (m, 1H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 3.98-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.25 (m, 1H) ), 1.19-1.11 (m, 5H).
实施例20:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物60)的制备Example 20: 5-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 60)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000109
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000109
第一步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(化合物68)的制备First step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of methyl phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (Compound 68)
将5-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)-1-甲基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(200mg,0.81mmol)和4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑(301mg,0.69mmol)加入到三乙胺(15mL)中并在室温下反应12小时。然后,加水,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次。合并有机相并用饱和盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤和浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(300mg,收率:67.4%)。Methyl 5-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.81 mmol) and 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy) Methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazole (301 mg, 0.69 mmol) was added to triethylamine (15 mL) and reacted at room temperature 12 hours. Then, water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine sat. The residue was purified to silicagel elut elut elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):645.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 645.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.68-7.50(m,4H),7.35(d,J=4.4Hz,1H),7.06(s,1H),7.05(s,1H),6.89-6.85(m,1H),5.90-5.85(m,1H),5.34-5.31(m,1H),4.96(s,2H),3.97-3.90(m,1H),3.89(s,3H),2.44-2.40(m,1H),1.42(d,J=6.8Hz,6H),1.18-1.08(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 7.68-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.35 (d, J = 4.4Hz, 1H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.89- 6.85(m,1H), 5.90-5.85(m,1H),5.34-5.31(m,1H),4.96(s,2H),3.97-3.90(m,1H),3.89(s,3H),2.44- 2.40 (m, 1H), 1.42 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H), 1.18-1.08 (m, 5H).
第二步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲氧基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物60)的制备Second step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 60)
将第一步所得的化合物(300mg,0.47mmol)溶于甲醇(4mL)和四氢呋喃(8mL),加入氢氧化钠(32.0mg,0.80mmol)的水溶液并在室温下反应2小时。然后,去除有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取。浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(240mg,收率:81%)。The compound obtained in the first step (300 mg, 0.47 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (4 mL) and THF (8 mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (32.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine.
MS m/z(ESI):631.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 631.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:12.03(s,1H),7.68-7.50(m,4H),7.35(d,J=4.4Hz,1H),7.06(s,1H),7.05(s,1H),6.89-6.85(m,1H),5.90-5.85(m,1H),5.34-5.31(m,1H),4.96(s,2H),3.97-3.90(m,1H),2.44-2.40(m,1H),1.42(d,J=6.8Hz,6H),1.18-1.08(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 12.03 (s, 1H), 7.68-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.35 (d, J = 4.4Hz, 1H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 7.05 ( s, 1H), 6.89-6.85 (m, 1H), 5.90-5.85 (m, 1H), 5.34-5.31 (m, 1H), 4.96 (s, 2H), 3.97-3.90 (m, 1H), 2.44- 2.40 (m, 1H), 1.42 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H), 1.18-1.08 (m, 5H).
实施例21:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物61)的制备Example 21: 5-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)) Preparation of Phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 61)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000110
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000110
第一步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(化合物69)的制备First step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of methyl phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (Compound 69)
将5-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)-1-甲基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(250mg,1.02mmol)和4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲基)苯基)异噁唑(400mg,0.95mmol)加入到三乙胺(15mL)中并在室温下反应12小时。然后,加水,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次。合并有机相并用饱和盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤和浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(300mg,收率:50.2%)。Methyl 5-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (250 mg, 1.02 mmol) and 4-((3-chloro-4-vinylphenoxy) Methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)isoxazole (400 mg, 0.95 mmol) was added to triethylamine (15 mL) and reacted at room temperature 12 hour. Then, water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine sat. The residue was purified to silicagel elut elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):629.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 629.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.90-7.56(m,4H),7.56(d,J=4.0Hz,1H),7.04(s,1H),7.00(s,1H),6.87-6.84(m,1H),5.88-5.83(m,1H),5.33-5.28(m,1H),4.89(s,2H),3.96-3.89(m,1H),3.88(s,3H),2.47-2.40(m,1H),1.42(d,J=6.8Hz,6H),1.19-1.08(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 7.90-7.56 (m, 4H), 7.56 (d, J = 4.0Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.87- 6.84(m,1H),5.88-5.83(m,1H),5.33-5.28(m,1H),4.89(s,2H),3.96-3.89(m,1H),3.88(s,3H),2.47- 2.40 (m, 1H), 1.42 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H), 1.19-1.08 (m, 5H).
第二步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2-(三氟甲基)苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物61)的制备Second step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy) Preparation of Phenyl)-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 61)
将第一步所得的化合物(300mg,0.48mmol)溶于甲醇(4mL)和四氢呋喃(8mL),加入氢氧化钠(32.0mg,0.80mmol)的水溶液并在室温下反应2小时。然后,去除有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取。浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(260mg,收率:88.1%)。The compound obtained in the first step (300 mg, 0.48 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (4mL) and THF (8 mL), and aqueous sodium hydroxide (32.0 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography.
MS m/z(ESI):615.0[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 615.0 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:12.01(s,1H),7.90-7.56(m,4H),7.56(d,J=4.0Hz,1H),7.04(s,1H),7.00(s,1H),6.87-6.84(m,1H),5.88-5.83(m,1H),5.33-5.28(m,1H),4.89(s,2H),3.96-3.89(m,1H),2.47-2.40(m,1H),1.42(d,J=6.8Hz,6H),1.19-1.08(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 12.01 (s, 1H), 7.90-7.56 (m, 4H), 7.56 (d, J = 4.0Hz, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 7.00 ( s, 1H), 6.87-6.84 (m, 1H), 5.88-5.83 (m, 1H), 5.33-5.28 (m, 1H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 3.96-3.89 (m, 1H), 2.47- 2.40 (m, 1H), 1.42 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H), 1.19-1.08 (m, 5H).
实施例22:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-5-甲基-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物62)的制备Example 22: 5-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of 5-methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 62)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000111
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000111
第一步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-5-甲基-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(化合物70)的制备First step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl 5-methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (Compound 70)
将5-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(230mg,0.94mmol)和4-((3-氯-4-(丙-1-烯-2-基)苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑(407mg,0.94mmol)加入到三乙胺(5mL)中并在室温下反应12小时。然后,加水,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次。合并有机相并用饱和盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤和浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(60mg,收率:9.9%)。Methyl 5-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (230 mg, 0.94 mmol) and 4-((3-chloro-4-(propyl)- 1-Alken-2-yl)phenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (407 mg, 0.94 mmol) was added to triethylamine (5 mL) And reacted at room temperature for 12 hours. Then, water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine sat. The residue was purified to silicagel elut elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):643.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 643.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.62-7.52(m,4H),7.04(s,2H),6.97(s,1H),5.33-5.26(m,1H),4.92(s,2H),3.89(s,3H),3.77-3.51(m,2H),1.72(s,3H),1.44-1.36(m,6H),1.19-1.10(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 7.62-7.52 (m, 4H), 7.04 (s, 2H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 5.33-5.26 (m, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H) ), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.77-3.51 (m, 2H), 1.72 (s, 3H), 1.44-1.36 (m, 6H), 1.19-1.10 (m, 5H).
第二步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-5-甲基-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物62)的制备Second step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of 5-methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 62)
将第一步所得的化合物(50mg,0.08mmol)溶于甲醇(1mL)和四氢呋喃(2mL),加入氢氧化钠(6.4mg,0.16mmol)的水溶液并在室温下反应2小时。然后,去除有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取。浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(30mg,收率:60%)。The compound obtained in the first step (50 mg, 0.08 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (1 mL) and THF (2 mL). Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine.
MS m/z(ESI):629.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 629.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:12.02(s,1H),7.62-7.52(m,4H),7.04(s,2H),6.97(s,1H),5.33-5.26(m,1H),4.92(s,2H),3.77-3.51(m,2H),1.72(s,3H),1.44-1.36(m,6H),1.19-1.10(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 12.02 (s, 1H), 7.62-7.52 (m, 4H), 7.04 (s, 2H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 5.33-5.26 (m, 1H ), 4.92 (s, 2H), 3.77-3.51 (m, 2H), 1.72 (s, 3H), 1.44-1.36 (m, 6H), 1.19-1.10 (m, 5H).
实施例23:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-5-甲基-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物16)制备Example 23: 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of 5-methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 16)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000112
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000112
第一步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-5-甲基-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸甲酯(化合物43)的制备First step: 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl 5-methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoate (Compound 43)
将3-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)苯甲酸甲酯(200mg,0.94mmol)和4-((3-氯-4-(丙-1-烯-2-基)苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑(407mg,0.94mmol)加入到三乙胺(5mL)中并在室温下反应12小时。然后,加水,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次。合并有机相并用饱和盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤和浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(50mg,收率:8.7%)。Methyl 3-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)benzoate (200 mg, 0.94 mmol) and 4-((3-chloro-4-(prop-1-en-2-yl)phenoxy)methyl 5-(5,6-Dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (407 mg, 0.94 mmol) was added to triethylamine (5 mL) and allowed to react at room temperature for 12 hours. Then, water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine sat. The residue was purified to silicagel elut elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):611.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 611.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.98-7.96(m,2H),7.78-7.76(m,2H),7.61-7.59(m,2H),7.54-7.50(m,2H),6.97-6.96(m,1H),6.82-6.79(m,1H),4.91(s,2H),3.87(s,3H),3.78-3.60(m,2H),2.47-2.43(m,1H),1.72(s,3H),1.23-1.15(m,2H),1.14-1.12(m,2H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 7.98-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.78-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.61-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.50 (m, 2H), 6.97 -6.96(m,1H),6.82-6.79(m,1H),4.91(s,2H),3.87(s,3H),3.78-3.60(m,2H),2.47-2.43(m,1H),1.72 (s, 3H), 1.23-1.15 (m, 2H), 1.14-1.12 (m, 2H).
第二步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-5-甲基-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物16)的制备Second step: 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of 5-methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 16)
将第一步所得的化合物(50mg,0.08mmol)溶于甲醇(2mL)和四氢呋喃(1mL),加入氢氧化钠(6.4mg,0.16mmol)的水溶液并在室温下反应2小时。然后,去除有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取。浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(30mg,收率:62.8%)。The compound obtained in the first step (50 mg, 0.08 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (2 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (1 mL), and aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (6.4 mg, 0.16 mmol) was added and allowed to react at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography chromatography chromatography
MS m/z(ESI):597.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 597.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.98-7.96(m,2H),7.78-7.76(m,2H),7.61-7.59(m,2H),7.54-7.50(m,2H),6.97-6.96(m,1H),6.82-6.79(m,1H),4.91(s,2H),3.78-3.60(m,2H),2.47-2.43(m,1H),1.72(s,3H),1.23-1.15(m,2H),1.14-1.12(m,2H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 7.98-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.78-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.61-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.50 (m, 2H), 6.97 -6.96(m,1H),6.82-6.79(m,1H),4.91(s,2H),3.78-3.60(m,2H),2.47-2.43(m,1H),1.72(s,3H),1.23 -1.15 (m, 2H), 1.14-1.12 (m, 2H).
实施例24:4-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-5-甲基-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物63)制备Example 24: 4-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of 5-methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 63)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000113
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000113
第一步:4-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-5-甲基-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸甲酯(化合物71)的制备First step: 4-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl 5-methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoate (Compound 71)
将4-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)苯甲酸甲酯(200mg,0.94mmol)和4-((3-氯-4-(丙-1-烯-2-基)苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑(407mg,0.94mmol)加入到三乙胺(5mL)中并在室温下反应12小时。然后,加水,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次。合并有机相并用饱和盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤和浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(50mg,收率:8.7%)。Methyl 4-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)benzoate (200 mg, 0.94 mmol) and 4-((3-chloro-4-(prop-1-en-2-yl)phenoxy)methyl 5-(5,6-Dichlorophenyl)isoxazole (407 mg, 0.94 mmol) was added to triethylamine (5 mL) and allowed to react at room temperature for 12 hours. Then, water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine sat. The residue was purified to silicagel elut elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):611.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 611.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.97-7.50(m,8H),6.97(m,1H),6.82-6.79(m,1H),4.91(s,2H),3.89(s,3H),3.76-3.59(m,2H),1.72(s,3H),1.23-1.10(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 7.97-7.50 (m, 8H), 6.97 (m, 1H), 6.82-6.79 (m, 1H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H ), 3.76-3.59 (m, 2H), 1.72 (s, 3H), 1.23-1.10 (m, 5H).
第二步:4-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-5-甲基-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物63)的制备Second step: 4-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of 5-methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 63)
将第一步所得的化合物(50mg,0.08mmol)溶于甲醇(1mL)和四氢呋喃(2mL),加入氢氧化钠(6.4mg,0.16mmol)的水溶液并在室温下反应2小时。然后,去除有机溶剂,将剩余的水相用2N的盐酸调节pH至酸性,然后用乙酸乙酯萃取。浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(30mg,收率:62.8%)。The compound obtained in the first step (50 mg, 0.08 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (1 mL) and THF (2 mL). Then, the organic solvent was removed, and the remaining aqueous phase was adjusted to pH with 2N hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography chromatography chromatography
MS m/z(ESI):597.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 597.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.50-7.97(m,8H),6.97(m,1H),6.79-6.82(m,1H),4.91(s,2H),3.59-3.76(m,2H),1.72(s,3H),1.10-1.23(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 7.50-7.97 (m, 8H), 6.97 (m, 1H), 6.79-6.82 (m, 1H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 3.59-3.76 (m , 2H), 1.72 (s, 3H), 1.10 - 1.23 (m, 5H).
实施例25:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氟苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物64)的制备Example 25: 5-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 64)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000114
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000114
第一步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氟苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(化合物72)的制备First step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl-4,5-dihydroisoxazol-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (Compound 72)
将5-(氯(羟基亚氨基)甲基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸甲酯(0.7g,2.8mmol)和4-((3-氯-4-乙烯基苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氟苯基)异噁唑(1.1g,2.8mmol)加入到三乙胺(5mL)中并在室 温下反应12小时。然后,加水,用乙酸乙酯萃取3次。合并有机相并用饱和盐水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,然后过滤和浓缩。残余物用硅胶柱色谱纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(0.5g,收率:29.9%)。Methyl 5-(chloro(hydroxyimino)methyl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (0.7 g, 2.8 mmol) and 4-((3-chloro-4-vinyl) Phenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)isoxazole (1.1 g, 2.8 mmol) was added to triethylamine (5 mL) and reacted at room temperature 12 hours. Then, water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate three times. The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine sat. The residue was purified to silicagel elut elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):597.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 597.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.65-7.61(m,1H),7.34-7.25(m,3H),7.08-7.01(m,2H),6.84-6.81(m,1H),5.89-5.84(m,1H),5.34-5.31(m,1H),5.00(s,2H),3.97-3.90(m,1H),3.89(s,3H),2.46-2.42(m,1H),1.43(d,J=6.8Hz,6H),1.19-1.15(m,3H),1.13-1.09(m,2H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 7.65-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.08-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.84-6.81 (m, 1H), 5.89 -5.84(m,1H),5.34-5.31(m,1H),5.00(s,2H),3.97-3.90(m,1H),3.89(s,3H),2.46-2.42(m,1H),1.43 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 6H), 1.19-1.15 (m, 3H), 1.13-1.09 (m, 2H).
第二步:5-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氟苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-4,5-二氢异噁唑-3-基)-1-异丙基-1H-吡唑-3-甲酸(化合物64)的制备Second step: 5-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-difluorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of-4,5-dihydroisoxazole-3-yl)-1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (Compound 64)
将第一步所得的化合物(0.3g,0.5mmol)溶于甲醇(4mL)和四氢呋喃(2mL),加入氢氧化钠(40mg,1mmol)的水溶液并在室温下反应。浓缩有机相,通过制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到标题化合物(60mg,收率:20.6%)。The compound obtained in the first step (0.3 g, 0.5 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (4 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (2 mL), and aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (40 mg, 1 mmol) was added and reacted at room temperature. The organic phase was concentrated and purified by ethylamine chromatography.
MS m/z(ESI):583.2[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 583.2 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.65-7.61(m,1H),7.34-7.25(m,3H),7.08-7.01(m,2H),6.84-6.81(m,1H),5.89-5.84(m,1H),5.34-5.31(m,1H),5.00(s,2H),3.97-3.90(m,1H),2.46-2.42(m,1H),1.43(d,J=6.8Hz,6H),1.19-1.15(m,3H),1.13-1.09(m,2H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 7.65-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.08-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.84-6.81 (m, 1H), 5.89 -5.84(m,1H),5.34-5.31(m,1H),5.00(s,2H),3.97-3.90(m,1H),2.46-2.42(m,1H),1.43(d,J=6.8Hz , 6H), 1.19-1.15 (m, 3H), 1.13-1.09 (m, 2H).
实施例26:3-(4-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-2-氧代吡咯烷-1-基)苯甲酸(化合物18)的制备Example 26: 3-(4-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 18)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000115
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000115
第一步:2-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)亚苄基)丙二酸二乙酯的制备First step: 2-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)benzylidene) Preparation of diethyl diacid
将2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯甲醛(200mg,0.47mmol)加入甲苯(10mL)中,加入哌啶(81.6mg,0.96mmol)和丙二酸二乙酯(80mg,0.5mmol)并在110℃下加热过夜。然后,将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,然后干燥和浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(200mg,收率:75.5%)。2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde (200 mg, 0.47 mmol) was added to toluene ( In 10 mL), piperidine (81.6 mg, 0.96 mmol) and diethyl malonate (80 mg, 0.5 mmol) were added and heated at 110 ° C overnight. Then, the reaction mixture was poured into water, EtOAc (EtOAc m.
第二步:2-(1-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-2-硝基乙基)丙二酸二乙酯的制备Second step: 2-(1-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of diethyl 2-nitroethyl)malonate
将硝基甲烷(54mg,0.89mmol)加入无水四氢呋喃(5mL)中,在氮气保护下加入氢化钠(36.8mg,0.92mmol),于室温下搅拌20分钟,然后加入第一步所得的化合物(100mg,0.18mmol)的四氢呋喃(3mL)溶液,于室温下反应2小时。然后,将反应液倒入饱和氯化铵水溶液中,用乙酸乙酯萃取,用水洗涤有机相,然后干燥和浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(80mg,收率:71%)。Nitromethane (54 mg, 0.89 mmol) was added to anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL), and sodium hydrogen hydride (36.8 mg, 0.92 mmol) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere and stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes, then the compound obtained in the first step was added ( A solution of 100 mg, 0.18 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) was reacted at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into aq.
第三步:4-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-2-氧代吡咯烷-3-羧酸乙酯的制备The third step: 4-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-2 -Preparation of oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
将第二步所得的化合物(500mg,0.80mmol)加入冰醋酸(20mL)和甲醇(5mL)的混合溶剂中,加入锌粉(130mg,2.0mmol)后,与室温下反应过夜。将反应液在真空下浓缩后加入二氯甲烷(20mL)中,加入饱和的碳酸氢钠溶液(5mL),于室温下反应2小时。然后,将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取。用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,然后用制备薄层色谱板纯化,得到本步的标题化合物(200mg,收率:45.5%)。The compound obtained in the second step (500 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added to a mixed solvent of glacial acetic acid (20 mL) and methanol (5 mL), and zinc powder (130 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added, and the mixture was allowed to react at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced vacuo. EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. Then, the reaction liquid was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water, dried, evaporated, evaporated
第四步:4-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-2-氧代吡咯烷-3-羧酸的制备Fourth step: 4-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)-2 -Preparation of oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid
将第三步所得的化合物(200mg,0.36mmol)加入四氢呋喃(20mL)和甲醇(10mL)的混合溶剂中, 加入饱和的氢氧化钠水溶液(2mL),于室温下反应2小时。然后,用2N的盐酸将反应液pH调节至2,倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取。用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(160mg,收率:85.2%)。The compound obtained in the third step (200 mg, 0.36 mmol) was added to a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and methanol (10 mL). Then, the pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 2 with 2N hydrochloric acid, poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, dried and evaporated
第五步:4-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)吡咯烷-2-酮的制备Step 5: 4-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl)pyrrolidine Preparation of 2-ketone
将第四步所得的化合物(160mg,0.31mmol)加入DMSO(20mL)中,于130℃下反应4小时。然后将反应液倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取。用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到本步的标题化合物(120mg,收率:81.1%)。The compound obtained in the fourth step (160 mg, 0.31 mmol) was added to DMSO (20 mL) and reacted at 130 ° C for 4 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water, dried and evaporated
第六步:3-(4-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-2-氧代吡咯烷-1-基)苯甲酸甲酯(化合物45)的制备Step 6: 3-(4-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoate (Compound 45)
将第五步所得的化合物(120mg,0.25mmol)加入二氧六环(20mL)中,加入3-碘苯甲酸甲酯(84mg,0.32mmol)、Xantphos(40mg,0.07mmol)、Pd 2(dba) 3(60mg,0.07mmol)和叔丁醇钠(40mg,0.42mmol),氮气置换3次后在微波反应器中于90℃下反应4小时。然后将反应液浓缩,用制备高效液相色谱纯化后得到本步的标题化合物(20mg,收率:13.1%)。 The compound obtained in the fifth step (120 mg, 0.25 mmol) was added to dioxane (20 mL), methyl 3-iodobenzoate (84 mg, 0.32 mmol), Xantphos (40 mg, 0.07 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (60 mg, 0.07 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (40 mg, 0.42 mmol) were replaced with nitrogen three times and then reacted in a microwave reactor at 90 ° C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by preparative high-purpur chromatography to give the title compound (20 mg, yield: 13.1%).
MS m/z(ESI):611.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 611.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:7.68-7.65(m,2H),7.39-7.32(m,4H),7.16-7.14(m,2H),6.86-6.84(m,1H),6.78-6.75(m,1H),4.92(s,2H),4.19-3.78(m,6H),2.63-2.62(m,2H),1.35-1.19(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 7.68-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.32 (m, 4H), 7.16-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.86-6.84 (m, 1H), 6.78 - 6.75 (m, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 4.19 - 3.78 (m, 6H), 2.63 - 2.62 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.19 (m, 5H).
第七步:3-(4-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-2-氧代吡咯烷-1-基)苯甲酸(化合物18)的制备Step 7: 3-(4-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 18)
将第六步所得的化合物(20mg,0.03mmol)加入四氢呋喃(5mL)和甲醇(2mL)的混合溶剂中,加入饱和的氢氧化钠水溶液(0.5mL),室温下反应2小时。然后,用2N的盐酸将反应液pH调节至2,倒入水中,用乙酸乙酯萃取。用水洗涤有机相,干燥,浓缩,得到标题化合物(10mg,收率:55.9%)。The compound obtained in the sixth step (20 mg, 0.03 mmol) was added to a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) and methanol (2 mL). Then, the pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 2 with 2N hydrochloric acid, poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water, dried and evaporated
MS m/z(ESI):597.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 597.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d6)δ:9.88(s,1H),7.68-7.65(m,2H),7.39-7.32(m,4H),7.16-7.14(m,2H),6.86-6.84(m,1H),6.78-6.75(m,1H),4.92(s,2H),4.19-3.78(m,3H),2.63-2.62(m,2H),1.35-1.19(m,5H)。 1 H-NMR (400MHz, DMSO -d6) δ: 9.88 (s, 1H), 7.68-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.32 (m, 4H), 7.16-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.86-6.84 (m, 1H), 6.78-6.75 (m, 1H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 4.19-3.78 (m, 3H), 2.63-2.62 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.19 (m, 5H).
实施例27:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-2-氧代噁唑烷-3-基)苯甲酸的制备(化合物23)Example 27: 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of 2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 23)
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000116
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000116
第一步:4-((3-氯-4-(环氧乙烷-2-基)苯氧基)甲基)-5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑的制备First step: 4-((3-chloro-4-(oxiran-2-yl)phenoxy)methyl)-5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl) Preparation of isoxazole
将碘化三甲基锍(0.65g,3.2mmol)溶于DMSO(20mL)中,加入氢化钠(0.16g,4.0mmol),再加入2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯甲醛(1.2g,2.8mmol),于室温下反应2小时。向反应液添加饱和碳酸氢钠水溶液(20mL)以淬灭反应。用二氯甲烷(30mL×3)萃取反应液,有机相用无水硫酸钠干燥,减压蒸除溶剂以得到粗品。粗品用硅胶柱色谱纯化(PE:EA=4:1),得到本步的标题化合物(1.2g,收率:100%)。Trimethyl sulfonium iodide (0.65 g, 3.2 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO (20 mL), sodium hydride (0.16 g, 4.0 mmol) was added, and then 2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3) was added. -(2,6-Dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde (1.2 g, 2.8 mmol) was reacted at room temperature for 2 hr. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture to quench the reaction. The reaction mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL × 3). The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (jjjjjjjj
第二步:3-((2-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-2-羟基乙基)氨基)苯甲酸甲酯的制备Step 2: 3-((2-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)benzene) Preparation of methyl 2-hydroxyethyl)amino)benzoate
于室温下,将第一步所得的化合物(1.21g,2.80mmol)加入到3-氨基苯甲酸甲酯(0.44g,2.80mmol),加入溴化锂(12mg,0.5mmol),无溶剂下搅拌,反应过夜直至原料反应完全。反应液加水(20mL),用乙酸乙酯(20mL×3)萃取。合并的有机相用水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,通过硅胶柱色谱纯化(PE:EA=3:1)得本步的标题化合物(512mg,收率:31.1%)。The compound obtained in the first step (1.21 g, 2.80 mmol) was added to methyl 3-aminobenzoate (0.44 g, 2.80 mmol) at room temperature, and lithium bromide (12 mg, 0.5 mmol) was added. Allow overnight until the starting material is completely reacted. The reaction mixture was poured with water (20 mL) The combined organic phases were washed with EtOAc EtOAc m.
第三步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-2-氧代噁唑烷-3-基)苯甲酸甲酯(化合物50)的制备The third step: 3-(5-(2-chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Preparation of methyl 2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)benzoate (Compound 50)
室温下,将第二步所得的化合物(512mg,0.87mmol)加入到二氯甲烷(10mL)中,降温至0℃,加入三乙胺(204mg,2.0mmol)。加毕,于0℃搅拌混合物30分钟,然后加入三光气(300mg,1.0mmol)并于45℃反应2小时,然后加水(20mL)稀释,用乙酸乙酯(20mL×3)萃取。合并的有机相用水洗涤,用无水硫酸钠干燥,减压蒸除溶剂以得粗品。粗品用硅胶柱色谱纯化(PE:EA=4:1),得到本步的标题化合物(314mg,收率:58.8%)。The compound obtained in the second step (512 mg, 0.87 mmol) was added to dichloromethane (10 mL). After the addition was completed, the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C for 30 minutes, then added with phosgene (300 mg, 1.0 mmol) and reacted at 45 ° C for 2 hours, then diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3). The combined organic phases were washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography chromatography eluting elut elut elut elut elut
MS m/z(ESI):613.1[M+H] +MS m/z (ESI): 613.1 [M+H] + .
第四步:3-(5-(2-氯-4-((5-环丙基-3-(2,6-二氯苯基)异噁唑-4-基)甲氧基)苯基)-2-氧代噁唑烷-3-基)苯甲酸(化合物23)的合成Step 4: 3-(5-(2-Chloro-4-((5-cyclopropyl-3-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)isoxazol-4-yl)methoxy)phenyl) Synthesis of 2-oxooxazolidin-3-yl)benzoic acid (Compound 23)
于室温下,将第三步所得的化合物(314mg,0.51mmol)加入到甲醇(10mL)中,加入水(2.0mL)和氢氧化锂(14mg,0.51mmol)。混合物于室温反应过夜,然后用制备高效液相色谱纯化,得标题化合物(50mg,收率:16.3%)。The compound obtained in the third step (314 mg, 0.51 mmol) was added to methanol (10 mL), and water (2.0 mL) and lithium hydroxide (14 mg, 0.51 mmol). The mixture was reacted at room temperature overnight, then purified by preparative EtOAc (EtOAc)
MS m/z(ESI):599.1[M+H] + MS m/z (ESI): 599.1 [M+H] +
1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ:8.23-8.08(m,1H),7.77(d,J=8.0Hz,1H),7.60(t,J=8.0Hz,1H),7.47-7.40(m,2H),7.38-7.28(m,3H),6.93(d,J=2.8Hz,1H),6.78(dd,J=8.8,2.8Hz,1H),5.77(t,J=8.0Hz,1H),4.82(s,2H),4.33(t,J=8.8Hz,1H),3.88(dd,J=8.8,7.6Hz,1H),1.36-1.28(m,3H),1.19(ddd,J=11.6,7.2,4.4Hz,2H)。 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ: 8.23 - 8.08 (m, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.40 (m) , 2H), 7.38-7.28 (m, 3H), 6.93 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H) , 4.82 (s, 2H), 4.33 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (dd, J = 8.8, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 1.36-1.28 (m, 3H), 1.19 (ddd, J = 11.6) , 7.2, 4.4 Hz, 2H).
以与上述实施例1-27的方法相类似的方法,制备了下表1中的化合物:The compounds in Table 1 below were prepared in a similar manner to the methods of Examples 1-27 above:
表1.Table 1.
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000117
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000117
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000118
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000118
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000119
Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-000119
生物学测定Biological assay
实验例1.胆汁酸受体FXR辅激活因子结合试验Experimental Example 1. Bile acid receptor FXR coactivator binding assay
1.试验方法Test method
采用Invitrogen·LanthaScreen TMTR-FRET Farnesoid X Receptor Coactivator Assay试剂盒测定化合物对FXR的激活作用。 FXR activation assay of compounds using Invitrogen · LanthaScreen TM TR-FRET Farnesoid X Receptor Coactivator Assay kit.
具有激动作用的化合物与FXR受体结合后会招募辅激活因子短肽进一步结合形成复合物。根据此原理,分别设计铽标记的能够识别FXR受体的抗体和荧光标记的辅激活因子短肽。当FXR受体被激活后招募荧光标记辅激活因子短肽形成复合物时,加入抗体与FXR受体结合,使得铽标记基团与辅激活因子短肽上标记的荧光基团达到FRET的产生条件,故通过将FXR受体与不同浓度的化合物在室温下孵育后,测试FRET的信号大小,可反映出化合物对FXR受体的激动作用。以无受体蛋白组为空白,计算化合物对FXR的激活活性EC 50及最大激活效应信号值Max(下述公式中max值): The agonistic compound binds to the FXR receptor and recruits a coactivator short peptide to further bind to form a complex. According to this principle, an 铽-labeled antibody capable of recognizing the FXR receptor and a fluorescently labeled coactivator short peptide were designed, respectively. When the FXR receptor is activated and a fluorescent-labeled coactivator short peptide is recruited to form a complex, the added antibody binds to the FXR receptor, so that the fluorescent group labeled on the 铽-labeling group and the coactivator short peptide reaches the FRET production condition. Therefore, by stimulating the FXR receptor with different concentrations of compounds at room temperature, the signal size of FRET can be tested to reflect the agonistic effect of the compound on the FXR receptor. Group in a non-receptor protein is blank, calculated for the compound of FXR activation activity EC 50 and maximal activation effect signal value Max (max values in the following formula):
y=min+(max-min)/(1+(x/EC 50)^(-Hillslope)) y=min+(max-min)/(1+(x/EC 50 )^(-Hillslope))
其中y为FRET结合信号,max和min分别为拟合曲线的最大值与最小值,x为化合物的对数浓度,Hillslope为曲线斜率。Where y is the FRET binding signal, max and min are the maximum and minimum values of the fitted curve, x is the logarithmic concentration of the compound, and Hillslope is the slope of the curve.
另外,以鹅去氧胆酸(即CDCA)为阳性对照,通过以下公式计算本发明化合物的相对激活效应:In addition, with the chenodeoxycholic acid (ie CDCA) as a positive control, the relative activation effects of the compounds of the invention were calculated by the following formula:
相对激活效应(%)=(Max/Max’)×100%Relative activation effect (%) = (Max / Max') × 100%
其中,Max代表本发明化合物的最大激活效应信号值,Max’代表CDCA的最大激活效应信号值,二者均通过上文所示的公式计算得到。Wherein Max represents the maximum activation effect signal value of the compound of the present invention, and Max' represents the maximum activation effect signal value of CDCA, both of which are calculated by the formula shown above.
2.试验结果2. Test results
表2-1.本发明的化合物对FXR的EC 50 Table 2-1. EC 50 of the compounds of the invention versus FXR
受试化合物Test compound EC 50(μM) EC 50 (μM)
CDCACDCA 1.66±1.531.66±1.53
化合物1Compound 1 0.09±0.050.09±0.05
化合物2Compound 2 <0.03<0.03
化合物3Compound 3 0.034±0.0020.034±0.002
化合物4Compound 4 0.48±0.040.48±0.04
化合物5Compound 5 0.26±0.040.26±0.04
化合物6Compound 6 0.45±0.160.45±0.16
化合物7Compound 7 0.51±0.080.51±0.08
化合物8Compound 8 0.062±0.0060.062±0.006
化合物9Compound 9 0.017±0.0020.017±0.002
化合物10Compound 10 0.060±0.0050.060±0.005
化合物16Compound 16 0.78±0.060.78±0.06
化合物18Compound 18 0.241±0.0250.241±0.025
化合物20Compound 20 0.010±0.0020.010±0.002
化合物21Compound 21 0.005±0.0010.005±0.001
化合物22Compound 22 0.128±0.0080.128±0.008
化合物23Compound 23 0.181±0.0260.181±0.026
化合物24Compound 24 0.194±0.0200.194±0.020
化合物25Compound 25 0.146±0.0260.146±0.026
化合物27Compound 27 0.023±0.0010.023±0.001
化合物57Compound 57 0.34±0.050.34±0.05
化合物58Compound 58 0.130±0.0110.130±0.011
化合物59Compound 59 0.273±0.0220.273±0.022
化合物60Compound 60 0.031±0.0020.031±0.002
化合物61Compound 61 0.038±0.0030.038±0.003
化合物62Compound 62 0.361±0.0750.361±0.075
化合物63Compound 63 0.425±0.0360.425±0.036
由表2-1可见,相对于阳性对照CDCA,本发明化合物具有更低的EC 50值。 From Table 2-1, with respect to the positive control CDCA, compounds of the invention have a lower value of 50 EC.
表2-2.本发明的化合物对FXR的相对激活效应Table 2-2. Relative activation effects of the compounds of the invention on FXR
受试化合物Test compound 相对激活效应Relative activation effect
CDCACDCA 100%100%
化合物3Compound 3 139%139%
化合物4Compound 4 111%111%
化合物5Compound 5 160%160%
化合物7Compound 7 117%117%
由表2-2可见,本发明的化合物3、化合物4、化合物5和化合物7具有明显优于CDCA的最大激活效应。本发明的其余化合物也具有较好的最大激活效应。As can be seen from Table 2-2, Compound 3, Compound 4, Compound 5 and Compound 7 of the present invention have a maximum activation effect which is significantly superior to CDCA. The remaining compounds of the invention also have a better maximum activation effect.
实验例2.荧光素酶报告基因检测试验Experimental Example 2. Luciferase reporter gene assay
1.试验方法Test method
人胚胎肾细胞HEK293培养于含有10%FBS的DMEM培养基中。共转染质粒,使其高表达FXR和人源BSEP荧光素酶报告基因。将转染细胞消化、重悬,计数,然后接种于多孔板中。加入10μL不同浓度待测化合物于多孔板中,使其终浓度分别为64μM、16μM、4μM、1μM、0.25μM、0.0625μM、0.0156μM、0.0039μM、0.000977μM、0μM,DMSO终浓度为0.5%。待测化合物与细胞孵育18h后,加入Brigh-Glo TM检测试剂,用多功能全自动酶标仪检测化学发光单位值(RLU),以空白孔(不含化合物)信号值为100%,计算各化合物浓度下的相对信号百分比(%)。用SigmaPlot 10软件采用四参数模型拟合化合物EC 50和最大激动效应(相对信号百分比)。 Human embryonic kidney cells HEK293 were cultured in DMEM medium containing 10% FBS. The plasmid was co-transfected to express high expression of FXR and human BSEP luciferase reporter gene. The transfected cells were digested, resuspended, counted, and then seeded in a multiwell plate. 10 μL of different concentrations of the test compound were added to the multiwell plate to a final concentration of 64 μM, 16 μM, 4 μM, 1 μM, 0.25 μM, 0.0625 μM, 0.0156 μM, 0.0039 μM, 0.000977 μM, 0 μM, and a final concentration of DMSO of 0.5%. After the cells were incubated with test compound for 18 h, added Brigh-Glo TM Reagent Detection by chemiluminescence detection multifunctional automatic microplate reader unit value (RLU), to blank wells (no compound) signal value is 100%, was calculated for each Percentage of relative signal (%) at compound concentration. Using four parameter fit model agonistic compound EC 50 and maximal effect (percentage relative signal) with SigmaPlot 10 software.
2.试验结果2. Test results
测定结果列于下表3。The results of the measurements are shown in Table 3 below.
表3table 3
受试化合物Test compound 最大激活效应Maximum activation effect
奥贝胆酸Obecholic acid 217%217%
化合物1Compound 1 313%313%
化合物2Compound 2 388%388%
化合物3Compound 3 420%420%
化合物4Compound 4 493%493%
化合物5Compound 5 445%445%
结果显示,相对于阳性对照奥贝胆酸的EC 50值0.59±0.20μM,本发明的化合物具有更低的EC 50值,例如化合物1为0.26±0.04μM,化合物3为0.08±0.02μM。同时,本发明的化合物在体外细胞测定中显示更好的FXR最大激活效应。 The results showed that the positive control with respect to the EC 50 values of ADI acid 0.59 ± 0.20μM, compounds of the invention have a lower EC 50 values, for example, compound 1 was 0.26 ± 0.04μM, Compound 3 was 0.08 ± 0.02μM. At the same time, the compounds of the invention show a better FXR maximal activation effect in in vitro cellular assays.
实验例3生化hERG实验Experimental Example 3 Biochemical hERG experiment
试验方法experiment method
本实验使用基于荧光偏振技术的生化hERG测定试剂盒(赛默飞世尔)对化合物诱导心脏QT间期延长的潜力进行了评估。待测化合物加入到含有hERG细胞膜的微孔板中,再加入具有高hERG亲和性示踪剂,将微孔板在25℃孵育2小时后,使用BMG PHAREStar多功能酶标仪检测荧光偏振值的变化,最后计算化合物在不同浓度下对hERG的百分比抑制率(%),判断化合物的半数最大抑制浓度(IC 50)的范围。 This experiment evaluated the potential of compound-induced cardiac QT prolongation using a biochemical hERG assay kit based on fluorescence polarization (Invitrogen). The test compound was added to a microplate containing hERG cell membrane, and a high hERG affinity tracer was added. After incubating the microplate at 25 ° C for 2 hours, the fluorescence polarization value was detected using a BMG PHAREStar multi-plate reader. The change, the percentage inhibition rate (%) of the compound to hERG at different concentrations was calculated, and the range of the half maximum inhibitory concentration (IC 50 ) of the compound was judged.
试验结果表明,化合物2对hERG的IC 50值大于30μM。本发明的其余化合物对hERG的IC 50均大于30μM,显示它们具有较好的安全性。试验表明,本发明的化合物无明显的hERG毒性。 The results show that Compound 2 on the hERG IC 50 values greater than 30μM. Remaining compounds of the present invention on hERG IC 50 of greater than 30μM, show that they have better security. Tests have shown that the compounds of the invention have no significant hERG toxicity.
除本文中描述的那些实施方案外,根据前述描述,本发明的多种修改对本领域技术人员而言会是显而易见的。这样的修改也意图落入所附权利要求书的范围内。本申请中所引用的各参考文献(包括所有专利、专利申请、期刊文章、书籍及任何其它公开)均以其整体援引加入本文。Various modifications of the invention in addition to those described herein will be apparent to those skilled in the art Such modifications are also intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims. Each of the references (including all patents, patent applications, journal articles, books, and any other publications) cited in this application are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.

Claims (17)

  1. 通式(I)的化合物或其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、N-氧化物以及其化学保护的形式和前药:a compound of the formula (I) or a stereoisomer, tautomer, polymorph, solvate thereof (e.g., hydrate), pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, metabolite, N-oxide, and Chemical protection forms and prodrugs:
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100001
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100001
    其中among them
    R 1选自:氢、卤素、羟基、氨基、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、羟基C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、-C(O)NR 7(CHR 4) qCO 2R 5、-C(O)NR 7(CHR 4) qSO 3R 6、-E-R 5、-E-OR 5、-E-CN、-E-NR 5R 6、C 3-10环烷基-O-、-O-C 1-6烷基-OR 5、3至10元杂环烷基-O-、-E-C(O)OR 5、-E-C(O)R 5、-E-C(O)NR 5R 6、-E-C(O)NR 5SO 2R 5、-E-NR 5C(O)R 5、-E-SO p-R 5、-E-SO 3H、-E-SO 2-NR 5R 6、-E-SO 2-NR 6C(O)R 5、-E-NR 5-SO 2-R 6、-E-SO 2-3至10元杂环烷基,以及5、6或7元单环含氮杂芳基,其中所述烷基、环烷基、杂环烷基和杂芳基是未取代的或者被独立地选自卤素、CN、C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷基、羟基、氧代、C(O)OH、SO 3H、C 1-3烷基-O-和卤代C 1-3烷基-O-的1、2、3或4个取代基取代;优选地,R 1选自:-E-C(O)OR 5和-E-C(O)NR 5R 6;更优选地,R 1是-E-C(O)OR 5R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O-, -C ( O) NR 7 (CHR 4 ) q CO 2 R 5 , -C(O)NR 7 (CHR 4 ) q SO 3 R 6 , -ER 5 , -E-OR 5 , -E-CN, -E-NR 5 R 6 , C 3-10 cycloalkyl-O-, -OC 1-6 alkyl-OR 5 , 3 to 10 membered heterocycloalkyl-O-, -EC(O)OR 5 , -EC(O R 5 , -EC(O)NR 5 R 6 , -EC(O)NR 5 SO 2 R 5 , -E-NR 5 C(O)R 5 , -E-SO p -R 5 , -E- SO 3 H, -E-SO 2 -NR 5 R 6 , -E-SO 2 -NR 6 C(O)R 5 , -E-NR 5 -SO 2 -R 6 , -E-SO 2 -3 to a 10-membered heterocycloalkyl group, and a 5, 6 or 7 membered monocyclic nitrogen-containing heteroaryl group, wherein the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocycloalkyl group and heteroaryl group are unsubstituted or independently selected from Halogen, CN, C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, hydroxy, oxo, C(O)OH, SO 3 H, C 1-3 alkyl-O- and halogenated C 1- Substituting 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents of 3 alkyl-O-; preferably, R 1 is selected from: -EC(O)OR 5 and -EC(O)NR 5 R 6 ; more preferably, R 1 is -EC(O)OR 5 ;
    E是键、C 1-6烷基或C 3-8环烷基,优选地是键; E is a bond, a C 1-6 alkyl group or a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, preferably a bond;
    R 4、R 6和R 7各自独立地选自氢、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基和C 3-6环烷基;优选地,R 4、R 6和R 7各自独立地选自氢、C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷基和环丙基;更优选地,R 4、R 6和R 7各自独立地是氢; R 4 , R 6 and R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl and C 3-6 cycloalkyl; preferably, R 4 , R 6 and R 7 Each is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-3 alkyl, halo C 1-3 alkyl, and cyclopropyl; more preferably, R 4 , R 6 and R 7 are each independently hydrogen;
    各个R 5独立地选自氢、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、C 3-8环烷基、-C 1-6烷基-C 3-8环烷基、3至8元杂环烷基、-C 1-6烷基-3至8元杂环烷基、5或6元杂芳基和芳基;优选地,各个R 5独立地选自氢和C 1-6烷基;其中所述烷基、环烷基、杂环烷基、芳基和杂芳基是未取代的或被选自卤素、CN、羟基、氧代、C(O)OH、C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷基、SO 3H、C 1-3烷基-O-、卤代C 1-3烷基-O-和-SO 2-C 1-3烷基的1、2、3或4个取代基取代; Each R 5 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, -C 1-6 alkyl-C 3-8 cycloalkyl, 3 To 8-membered heterocycloalkyl, -C 1-6 alkyl-3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, 5 or 6-membered heteroaryl and aryl; preferably, each R 5 is independently selected from hydrogen and C 1 a -6 alkyl group; wherein the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocycloalkyl group, aryl group and heteroaryl group are unsubstituted or selected from halogen, CN, hydroxyl, oxo, C(O)OH, C 1-3 alkyl, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl, SO 3 H, C 1-3 alkyl-O-, halogenated C 1-3 alkyl-O- and -SO 2 -C 1-3 alkane Substituting 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents of the radical;
    p是0、1或2;p is 0, 1 or 2;
    q是1、2、3、4、5或6,优选地是1、2或3;q is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, preferably 1, 2 or 3;
    B选自C 6-14芳基以及包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2、3、4或5个杂原子的5至14元单环或双环杂芳基;优选地,B选自C 6-10单环或双环芳基以及包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2、3或4个杂原子的5或6元单环杂芳基;特别地,所述芳基选自苯基;所述杂芳基选自吡啶基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基、哒嗪基、噻唑基、噻吩基、噁唑基、呋喃基、吡咯基、吡唑基、三唑基、四唑基、异噁唑基、异噻唑基、咪唑基、三嗪基、噁二唑基、噻二唑基和呋咱基,更特别地,所述杂芳基选自吡啶基和吡唑基;其中所述芳基或杂芳基是未取代的或者被独立地选自以下取代基的1、2或3个取代基取代:卤素、羟基、CN、氨基、C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、C 1-6烷基-O-C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、羟基C 1-6烷基、CN-C 1-6烷基、C 3-6环烷基以及包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2或3个杂原子的3至6元杂环烷基和C 1-6烷基-S(O) p-,优选C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基以及包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2或3个杂原子的3至6元杂环烷基(例如环氧乙烷基、氧杂环丁基、四氢呋喃基、四氢吡喃基、氮丙啶基、氮杂环丁基和吡咯烷基,特别是环氧乙烷基、氧杂环丁基、四氢呋喃基和四氢吡喃基,优选氧杂环丁基); B is selected from a C 6-14 aryl group and a 5 to 14 membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl group comprising 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S; preferably, B a C 6-10 monocyclic or bicyclic aryl group and a 5 or 6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl group comprising 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S; in particular, said The aryl group is selected from the group consisting of phenyl; the heteroaryl group is selected from pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazole a group, a tetrazolyl group, an isoxazolyl group, an isothiazolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a triazinyl group, an oxadiazolyl group, a thiadiazolyl group, and a furazyl group, and more particularly, the heteroaryl group is selected from pyridyl groups and Pyrazolyl; wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, CN, amino, C 1-6 alkane , C 1-6 alkyl-O-, C 1-6 alkyl-OC 1-6 alkyl-O-, halogenated C 1-6 alkyl, halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-, Hydroxy C 1-6 alkyl, CN-C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, and 3 to 6 members comprising 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S Heterocycloalkyl and C 1-6 alkyl-S(O) p -, preferably C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, and 1, 2 independently selected from N, O and S Or a 3 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl group of 3 heteroatoms (e.g., oxiranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, aziridine, azetidinyl, and pyrrolidine) a group, particularly an oxiranyl group, an oxetanyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group and a tetrahydropyranyl group, preferably an oxetanyl group;
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100002
    是5至14元单环或双环杂芳基或者任选地被氧代取代的饱和或部分不饱和的3至10元杂环基;优选地,
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100003
    是5或6元杂芳基或者任选地被氧代取代的饱和或部分不饱和的4、5或6元杂环基;其中所述杂芳基或杂环基包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2或3个杂原子;并且
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100004
    可通过C环原子或者在存在N环原子的情况下通过所述N环原子与B基团连接;
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100002
    Is a 5 to 14 membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl group or a saturated or partially unsaturated 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group optionally substituted by oxo; preferably,
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100003
    Is a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl or a saturated or partially unsaturated 4, 5 or 6 membered heterocyclyl optionally substituted by oxo; wherein said heteroaryl or heterocyclyl comprises independently selected from N, 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms of O and S;
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100004
    Linking to a B group through a C ring atom or in the presence of an N ring atom through the N ring atom;
    X选自N和CRc’;X is selected from N and CRc';
    各个R 2独立地选自氢、卤素、CN、羟基、氨基、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、羟基C 1-6烷基、 C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、C 3-8环烷基和卤代C 3-8环烷基;优选地,各个R 2独立地选自氢和C 1-6烷基; Each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O- a halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-, C 3-8 cycloalkyl and halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl; preferably, each R 2 is independently selected from hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl;
    各个R 3独立地选自氢、卤素、CN、羟基、氨基、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、羟基C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、C 3-8环烷基和卤代C 3-8环烷基;优选地,各个R 3独立地选自氢、卤素和卤代C 1-6烷基; Each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, CN, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O- a halogenated C 1-6 alkyl-O-, C 3-8 cycloalkyl group and a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group; preferably, each R 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen and halogen C 1- 6 alkyl;
    m、n各自独立地是0、1、2、3或4,优选地是0、1或2;m, n are each independently 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably 0, 1 or 2;
    D是:D is:
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100005
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100005
    优选地是:Preferably:
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100006
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100006
    Z是:Z is:
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100007
    或Rd;
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100007
    Or Rd;
    W选自N、N-O和CRc’,优选地是CRc’;W is selected from N, N-O and CRc', preferably CRc';
    各个Ra独立地选自C 1-6烷基、C 3-8环烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基、卤代C 3-8环烷基和卤代C 1-6烷基-O-;优选地,各个Ra独立地选自C 3-6环烷基;更优选地,各个Ra独立地是环丙基; Each Ra is independently selected from a C 1-6 alkyl group, a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, a C 1-6 alkyl-O- group, a halogenated C 1-6 alkyl group, a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, and Halogen C 1-6 alkyl-O-; preferably, each Ra is independently selected from C 3-6 cycloalkyl; more preferably, each Ra is independently cyclopropyl;
    Rb、Rc和Rc’各自独立地选自氢、卤素、羟基、CN、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、C 3-8环烷基、卤代C 3-8环烷基、C 3-8环烷基-O-和卤代C 3-8环烷基-O-;优选地,Rb和Rc各自独立地选自氢、卤素、卤代C 1-6烷基和卤代C 1-6烷基-O-,Rc’是氢; Rb, Rc and Rc' are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, CN, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O-, halo C 1- 6 alkyl-O-, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl-O- and halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl-O-; preferred ground, Rb and Rc are each independently selected from hydrogen, halo, halo-C 1-6 alkyl and halogenated C 1-6 alkyl -O-, Rc 'is hydrogen;
    Rd选自C 3-10环烷基或者C 5-14桥环系统、稠环系统或螺环系统;优选地,Rd选自C 3-6环烷基或者C 5-11饱和桥环系统、饱和稠环系统或饱和螺环系统,例如双环[3.1.0]己基、螺[2.3]己基、双环[3.1.1]庚基、螺[2.5]辛基、双环[4.1.0]庚基、环丙基、环己基和环戊基;其中所述环烷基、饱和桥环系统、饱和稠环系统或饱和螺环系统任选地被1、2或3个Re取代; Rd is selected from a C 3-10 cycloalkyl or C 5-14 bridged ring system, a fused ring system or a spiro ring system; preferably, Rd is selected from a C 3-6 cycloalkyl or C 5-11 saturated bridged ring system, a saturated fused ring system or a saturated spiro ring system, such as bicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl, spiro[2.3]hexyl, bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl, spiro[2.5]octyl, bicyclo[4.1.0]heptyl, a cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl and cyclopentyl group; wherein the cycloalkyl, saturated bridged ring system, saturated fused ring system or saturated spiro ring system is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 Re;
    各个Re独立地选自氢、卤素、羟基、CN、C 1-6烷基、卤代C 1-6烷基、C 1-6烷基-O-、卤代C 1-6烷基-O-、C 3-8环烷基、卤代C 3-8环烷基以及C 6-10单环或双环芳基;优选地,各个Re独立地选自氢、卤素、羟基、CN、C 1-3烷基、卤代C 1-3烷基、C 1-3烷基-O-、卤代C 1-3烷基-O-、C 3-6环烷基、卤代C 3-6环烷基以及苯基; Each Re is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, CN, C 1-6 alkyl, halo C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl-O-, halo C 1-6 alkyl-O a C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, a halogenated C 3-8 cycloalkyl group, and a C 6-10 monocyclic or bicyclic aryl group; preferably, each Re is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, CN, C 1 -3 alkyl, halo C 1-3 alkyl, C 1-3 alkyl-O-, halo C 1-3 alkyl-O-, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, halogenated C 3-6 a cycloalkyl group and a phenyl group;
    条件是:requirement is:
    (1)与环
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100008
    相连的B基团不与
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100009
    基团直接相邻;
    (1) and ring
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100008
    Connected B groups do not
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100009
    The groups are directly adjacent;
    (2)当环
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100010
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100011
    时,R 2不是羟基;
    (2) When the ring
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100010
    for
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100011
    When R 2 is not a hydroxyl group;
    (3)当X是N时,环
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100012
    不是
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100013
    并且
    (3) When X is N, the ring
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100012
    Not
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100013
    and
    (4)当X是CRc’时,环
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100014
    不是
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100015
    (4) When X is CRc', the ring
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100014
    Not
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100015
  2. 权利要求1的化合物,其中R 1是-E-C(O)OR 5,E为键,且R 5选自氢和C 1-6烷基(优选C 1-4烷 基)。 A compound according to claim 1, wherein R 1 is -EC(O)OR 5 , E is a bond, and R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-4 alkyl).
  3. 权利要求1或2的化合物,其中R 1选自C(O)OH、C(O)OCH 3、C(O)OCH 2CH 3、C(O)O(CH 2) 2CH 3和C(O)OCH(CH 3) 2A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein R 1 is selected from the group consisting of C(O)OH, C(O)OCH 3 , C(O)OCH 2 CH 3 , C(O)O(CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 and C ( O) OCH(CH 3 ) 2 .
  4. 权利要求1-3中任一项的化合物,其中,X是N,环
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100016
    是5至14元单环或双环杂芳基或者任选地被氧代取代的饱和或部分不饱和的3至10元杂环基,优选是5或6元杂芳基或者任选地被氧代取代的饱和或部分不饱和的4、5或6元杂环基,其中所述杂芳基或杂环基包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2或3个杂原子;或者
    The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein X is N, a ring
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100016
    Is a 5 to 14 membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl or a saturated or partially unsaturated 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group optionally substituted by oxo, preferably a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl or optionally oxygenated Substituted substituted saturated or partially unsaturated 4, 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic group wherein said heteroaryl or heterocyclic group comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S;
    X是CRc’(Rc’优选为H),环
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100017
    是:
    X is CRc'(Rc' is preferably H), ring
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100017
    Yes:
    5至14元单环或双环杂芳基、任选地被氧代取代的部分不饱和3至10元杂环基、被氧代取代的饱和3至10元杂环基、或者未取代的饱和3或5至10元杂环基,优选5或6元杂芳基、任选地被氧代取代的部分不饱和的4、5或6元杂环基、被氧代取代的饱和4、5或6元杂环基、或者未取代的饱和5或6元杂环基,其中所述杂芳基或杂环基包含独立地选自N、O和S的1、2或3个杂原子;或者5 to 14 membered monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, partially unsaturated 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group optionally substituted by oxo, saturated 3 to 10 membered heterocyclic group substituted by oxo, or unsubstituted saturated a 3 or 5 to 10 membered heterocyclic group, preferably a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl group, a partially unsaturated 4, 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic group optionally substituted by oxo, saturated with an oxo group, 4, 5 Or a 6-membered heterocyclic group, or an unsubstituted saturated 5 or 6-membered heterocyclic group, wherein the heteroaryl or heterocyclic group comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S; or
    未取代的饱和4元杂环基,其中所述杂环基包含独立地选自O和S的1、2或3个杂原子;并且An unsubstituted saturated 4-membered heterocyclic group, wherein the heterocyclic group contains 1, 2 or 3 hetero atoms independently selected from O and S;
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100018
    可通过C环原子或者在存在N环原子的情况下通过所述N环原子与B基团连接。
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100018
    It may be attached to the B group through the C ring atom or in the presence of an N ring atom through the N ring atom.
  5. 权利要求1-4中任一项的化合物,其中
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100019
    选自:
    A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100019
    From:
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100020
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100020
    更优选地,
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100021
    选自:
    More preferably,
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100021
    From:
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100022
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100022
    其中从所述环
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100023
    的C或N环原子伸出的
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100024
    表示所述C或N原子直接与B基团键合,从所述环
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100025
    伸出的
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100026
    表示环
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100027
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100028
    基团键合。
    Wherein from the ring
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100023
    C or N ring atom extended
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100024
    Representing that the C or N atom is directly bonded to the B group from the ring
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100025
    Outstretched
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100026
    Ring
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100027
    versus
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100028
    Group bonding.
  6. 权利要求1-5中任一项的化合物,其中
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100029
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100030
    且R 2是氢。
    A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100029
    Yes
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100030
    And R 2 is hydrogen.
  7. 权利要求1-5中任一项的化合物,其中X是N,且
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100031
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100032
    The compound of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein X is N, and
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100031
    Yes
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100032
  8. 权利要求1-5中任一项的化合物,其中A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100033
    是未取代的
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100034
    并且
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100033
    Is unsubstituted
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100034
    and
    B选自:未取代的或者被独立地选自C 1-6烷基(优选C 1-4烷基,例如甲基、乙基、丙基和异丙基)的1、2或3个取代基取代的苯基、吡啶基和吡唑基; B is selected from: 1, 2 or 3 substituted unsubstituted or independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl (preferably C 1-4 alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, propyl and isopropyl) Substituted phenyl, pyridyl and pyrazolyl;
    更优选地,B选自:未取代的苯基;未取代的吡啶基;以及More preferably, B is selected from the group consisting of: an unsubstituted phenyl group; an unsubstituted pyridyl group;
    被1、2或3个甲基、乙基、丙基或异丙基取代的吡唑基,例如
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100035
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100036
    Pyrazolyl substituted with 1, 2 or 3 methyl, ethyl, propyl or isopropyl groups, for example
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100035
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100036
  9. 权利要求1-6中任一项的化合物,其中且Rc’是氢。A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein Rc' is hydrogen.
  10. 权利要求1-9中任一项的化合物,其中所述卤素选自F、Cl、Br和I,优选地是F或Cl。The compound according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the halogen is selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br and I, preferably F or Cl.
  11. 权利要求1的化合物,其中所述化合物是通式(Ia)、(Ib)、(Ic)或(Id)的化合物:A compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is a compound of the formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic) or (Id):
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100037
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100037
    其中R 1、B、R 2、n、X、R 3、m和D如权利要求1所定义。 Wherein R 1 , B, R 2 , n, X, R 3 , m and D are as defined in claim 1.
  12. 权利要求1-5或9-11任一项所述的化合物,其中所述化合物选自:The compound of any one of claims 1-5 or 9-11, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100038
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100038
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100039
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100039
  13. 药物组合物,其包含至少一种权利要求1-12中任一项的化合物、其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、其化学保护的形式或前药,以及一种或多种药学可接受的载体。A pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12, a stereoisomer, tautomer, polymorph, solvate thereof (e.g., hydrate), pharmaceutically acceptable Salts, esters, metabolites, chemically protected forms or prodrugs thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  14. 权利要求13的药物组合物,其为选自以下的形式:片剂、胶囊剂、锭剂、硬糖剂、散剂、喷雾剂、乳膏剂、软膏剂、栓剂、凝胶剂、糊剂、洗剂、软膏剂、水性混悬剂、可注射溶液剂、酏剂和糖浆剂。The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 13, which is in a form selected from the group consisting of a tablet, a capsule, a troche, a hard candy, a powder, a spray, a cream, an ointment, a suppository, a gel, a paste, and a wash. Agents, ointments, aqueous suspensions, injectable solutions, elixirs and syrups.
  15. 药盒,其包括:A kit, which includes:
    a)第一容器,其包含作为第一治疗剂的至少一种权利要求1-12中任一项的化合物、其立体异构 体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、其化学保护的形式或前药,或作为第一药物组合物的权利要求13或14的药物组合物;a) a first container comprising, as a first therapeutic agent, at least one compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12, stereoisomers, tautomers, polymorphs, solvates thereof (such as water) a compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, an ester, a metabolite, a chemically protected form or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 13 or 14 as a first pharmaceutical composition;
    b)任选存在的第二容器,其包含作为第二治疗剂的至少一种其他治疗剂,或者作为第二药物组合物的包含所述其他治疗剂的药物组合物;和b) a second container optionally present comprising at least one other therapeutic agent as a second therapeutic agent, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising said other therapeutic agent as a second pharmaceutical composition;
    c)任选存在的包装说明书。c) Optional package inserts.
  16. 权利要求1-12中任一项的化合物、其立体异构体、互变异构体、多晶型物、溶剂化物(如水合物)、药学可接受的盐、酯、代谢物、N-氧化物、其化学保护的形式或前药、或者权利要求12或14的药物组合物在制备用于预防或治疗由类法尼醇X受体介导的疾病或病症的药物中的用途。A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12, a stereoisomer, tautomer, polymorph, solvate (e.g., hydrate), pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, metabolite, N- Use of an oxide, a chemically protected form or prodrug thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 12 or 14 for the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention or treatment of a disease or condition mediated by a farnesoid X receptor.
  17. 制备以下通式(Ia)、(Ib)、(Ic)或(Id)的化合物的方法,a method of preparing a compound of the following formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic) or (Id),
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100040
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100040
    其中R 1、B、R 2、n、X、R 3、m和D如权利要求1中所定义; Wherein R 1 , B, R 2 , n, X, R 3 , m and D are as defined in claim 1;
    (i)制备通式(Ia)的方法包括:(i) A method of preparing the formula (Ia) includes:
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100041
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100041
    其中,X’为离去基团(例如Cl、Br、I、OMs或OTs);R 1’表示具有可去除的保护基而且可通过去除所述保护基而提供R 1的基团; Wherein X' is a leaving group (for example, Cl, Br, I, OMs or OTs); R 1 ' represents a group having a removable protecting group and which can provide R 1 by removing the protecting group;
    (1)使化合物IN-1与化合物IN-2反应以得到IN-3;(1) reacting compound IN-1 with compound IN-2 to obtain IN-3;
    (2)使化合物IN-3发生维悌希反应(Wittig reaction)以得到化合物IN-4;(2) The compound IN-3 is subjected to a Wittig reaction to obtain a compound IN-4;
    (3)使化合物IN-5反应以得到化合物IN-6;(3) reacting compound IN-5 to give compound IN-6;
    (4)使化合物IN-6反应以得到化合物IN-7;(4) reacting compound IN-6 to give compound IN-7;
    (5)使化合物IN-7与化合物IN-4进行合环反应以得到化合物IN-8;和(5) subjecting compound IN-7 to compound IN-4 in a ring-closing reaction to obtain compound IN-8;
    (6)使化合物IN-8反应以得到所述通式(Ia)的化合物;(6) reacting compound IN-8 to give the compound of the formula (Ia);
    (ii)制备通式(Ib)的方法包括:(ii) A method of preparing the general formula (Ib) includes:
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100042
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100042
    其中,X’和R 1’如上文方法(i)中所定义;PG为适合的羟基保护基; Wherein X' and R 1 ' are as defined in the above method (i); PG is a suitable hydroxy protecting group;
    (1)使化合物IN-9与化合物IN-10反应以得到化合物IN-11;(1) reacting compound IN-9 with compound IN-10 to give compound IN-11;
    (2)使化合物IN-11脱去保护基PG以得到化合物IN-12;(2) Deprotecting the compound IN-11 to give the compound IN-12;
    (3)使化合物IN-12与化合物IN-2反应以得到化合物IN-13;和(3) reacting compound IN-12 with compound IN-2 to give compound IN-13;
    (4)使化合物IN-13反应以得到所述通式(Ib)的化合物;(4) reacting compound IN-13 to give the compound of the formula (Ib);
    (iii)制备通式(Ic)的方法包括:(iii) A method of preparing the formula (Ic) includes:
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100043
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100043
    其中X’和R 1’如上文方法(i)中所定义; Wherein X' and R 1 ' are as defined in method (i) above;
    (1)使化合物IN-14发生肼解反应以得到化合物IN-15;(1) subjecting compound IN-14 to a hydrazino reaction to obtain compound IN-15;
    (2)使化合物IN-15与化合物IN-16发生酰基化反应以得到化合物IN-17;(2) acylation of compound IN-15 with compound IN-16 to give compound IN-17;
    (3)使化合物IN-17发生合环反应以得到化合物IN-18;(3) The compound IN-17 is subjected to a ring-closing reaction to obtain a compound IN-18;
    (4)使化合物IN-18与化合物IN-2反应以得到化合物IN-19;和(4) reacting compound IN-18 with compound IN-2 to give compound IN-19;
    (5)使化合物IN-19反应以得到所述通式(Ic)的化合物;(5) reacting compound IN-19 to give the compound of the formula (Ic);
    (iv)制备通式(Id)的方法包括:(iv) A method of preparing the formula (Id) includes:
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100044
    Figure PCTCN2018072398-appb-100044
    其中,R 1’和X’如上文方法(i)中所定义且PG如上文方法(ii)中所定义; Wherein R 1 'and X' are as defined in method (i) above and PG is as defined in method (ii) above;
    (1)使化合物IN-7与化合物IN-10发生合环反应以得到化合物IN-20,其中PG在所述合环反应的过程中被脱去;(1) ring-closing reaction of compound IN-7 with compound IN-10 to obtain compound IN-20, wherein PG is removed during the ring-closing reaction;
    (2)使化合物IN-20与化合物IN-2反应以得到化合物IN-21:和(2) reacting compound IN-20 with compound IN-2 to give compound IN-21: and
    (3)使化合物IN-21反应以得到所述通式(Id)的化合物。(3) The compound IN-21 is reacted to obtain the compound of the formula (Id).
PCT/CN2018/072398 2017-01-20 2018-01-12 Heterocyclic compound, preparation method and use therefor WO2018133730A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201880001611.4A CN109071468B (en) 2017-01-20 2018-01-12 Heterocyclic compound and preparation method and application thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710046909.4 2017-01-20
CN201710046909 2017-01-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018133730A1 true WO2018133730A1 (en) 2018-07-26

Family

ID=62908262

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/072398 WO2018133730A1 (en) 2017-01-20 2018-01-12 Heterocyclic compound, preparation method and use therefor

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN109071468B (en)
WO (1) WO2018133730A1 (en)

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10450306B2 (en) 2016-10-04 2019-10-22 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazole analogs as FXR agonists and methods of use thereof
US10562910B2 (en) 2016-08-05 2020-02-18 North & South Brother Pharmacy Investment Company Limited Nitrogen-containing tricyclic compounds and uses thereof in medicine
US10597391B2 (en) 2016-10-26 2020-03-24 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Urea-containing isoxazole derivatives as FXR agonists and methods of use thereof
US10689391B2 (en) 2017-12-12 2020-06-23 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazole analogs as FXR agonists and methods of use thereof
US10829486B2 (en) 2018-02-14 2020-11-10 Enanta Pharmacueticals, Inc. Isoxazole derivatives as FXR agonists and methods of use thereof
WO2021014350A1 (en) 2019-07-23 2021-01-28 Novartis Ag Combination treatment of liver diseases using fxr agonists
WO2021014349A1 (en) 2019-07-23 2021-01-28 Novartis Ag Treatment comprising fxr agonists
WO2021044287A1 (en) 2019-09-03 2021-03-11 Novartis Ag Treatment of liver disease or disorder comprising actrii receptor antagonists
WO2021053618A1 (en) 2019-09-19 2021-03-25 Novartis Ag Treatment comprising fxr agonists
WO2021064575A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2021-04-08 Novartis Ag Treatment comprising the use of fxr agonists
US11034669B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2021-06-15 Nuvation Bio Inc. Pyrrole and pyrazole compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2021127466A1 (en) 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 Novartis Ag Combination treatment of liver diseases using integrin inhibitors
US11208418B2 (en) 2018-02-02 2021-12-28 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Nitrogenous tricyclic compounds and uses thereof in medicine
WO2022101853A1 (en) 2020-11-16 2022-05-19 Novartis Ag Method of determining liver fibrosis
US11555032B2 (en) 2019-05-13 2023-01-17 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazole derivatives as FXR agonists and methods of use thereof
US11958879B2 (en) 2015-03-31 2024-04-16 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bile acid derivatives as FXR/TGR5 agonists and methods of use thereof

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113412261A (en) * 2019-04-08 2021-09-17 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 Benzimidazole compounds, preparation method and use thereof
WO2023090858A1 (en) * 2021-11-17 2023-05-25 일동제약(주) Method for preparing isoxazole derivative, and intermediate thereof

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101374834A (en) * 2006-02-03 2009-02-25 伊莱利利公司 Compounds and methods for modulating FXR
CN102548974A (en) * 2009-08-19 2012-07-04 菲尼克斯药品股份公司 Novel FXR (NR1H4 ) binding and activity modulating compounds
CN103702719A (en) * 2011-07-13 2014-04-02 菲尼克斯药品股份公司 Novel fxr (nr1h4) binding and activity modulating compounds
WO2016096116A1 (en) * 2014-12-17 2016-06-23 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Novel fxr (nr1h4) modulating compounds

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1894924A1 (en) * 2006-08-29 2008-03-05 Phenex Pharmaceuticals AG Heterocyclic FXR binding compounds

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101374834A (en) * 2006-02-03 2009-02-25 伊莱利利公司 Compounds and methods for modulating FXR
CN102548974A (en) * 2009-08-19 2012-07-04 菲尼克斯药品股份公司 Novel FXR (NR1H4 ) binding and activity modulating compounds
CN103702719A (en) * 2011-07-13 2014-04-02 菲尼克斯药品股份公司 Novel fxr (nr1h4) binding and activity modulating compounds
WO2016096116A1 (en) * 2014-12-17 2016-06-23 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Novel fxr (nr1h4) modulating compounds

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11958879B2 (en) 2015-03-31 2024-04-16 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bile acid derivatives as FXR/TGR5 agonists and methods of use thereof
US10562910B2 (en) 2016-08-05 2020-02-18 North & South Brother Pharmacy Investment Company Limited Nitrogen-containing tricyclic compounds and uses thereof in medicine
US10450306B2 (en) 2016-10-04 2019-10-22 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazole analogs as FXR agonists and methods of use thereof
US11034684B2 (en) 2016-10-04 2021-06-15 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazole analogs as FXR agonists and methods of use thereof
US10597391B2 (en) 2016-10-26 2020-03-24 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Urea-containing isoxazole derivatives as FXR agonists and methods of use thereof
US10689391B2 (en) 2017-12-12 2020-06-23 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazole analogs as FXR agonists and methods of use thereof
US11208418B2 (en) 2018-02-02 2021-12-28 Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Nitrogenous tricyclic compounds and uses thereof in medicine
US10829486B2 (en) 2018-02-14 2020-11-10 Enanta Pharmacueticals, Inc. Isoxazole derivatives as FXR agonists and methods of use thereof
US11034669B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2021-06-15 Nuvation Bio Inc. Pyrrole and pyrazole compounds and methods of use thereof
US11555032B2 (en) 2019-05-13 2023-01-17 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isoxazole derivatives as FXR agonists and methods of use thereof
WO2021014349A1 (en) 2019-07-23 2021-01-28 Novartis Ag Treatment comprising fxr agonists
WO2021014350A1 (en) 2019-07-23 2021-01-28 Novartis Ag Combination treatment of liver diseases using fxr agonists
WO2021044287A1 (en) 2019-09-03 2021-03-11 Novartis Ag Treatment of liver disease or disorder comprising actrii receptor antagonists
WO2021053618A1 (en) 2019-09-19 2021-03-25 Novartis Ag Treatment comprising fxr agonists
WO2021064575A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2021-04-08 Novartis Ag Treatment comprising the use of fxr agonists
WO2021127466A1 (en) 2019-12-20 2021-06-24 Novartis Ag Combination treatment of liver diseases using integrin inhibitors
WO2022101853A1 (en) 2020-11-16 2022-05-19 Novartis Ag Method of determining liver fibrosis

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN109071468B (en) 2022-09-02
CN109071468A (en) 2018-12-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109071468B (en) Heterocyclic compound and preparation method and application thereof
CN111263759B (en) Isoxazole derivative and preparation method and application thereof
CN108430998B (en) Azabicyclo derivatives, preparation method and application thereof
EP3233831B1 (en) Novel fxr (nr1h4) modulating compounds
CN112955448B (en) Aromatic ring or aromatic heterocyclic compound and preparation method and medical application thereof
CN112805279B (en) Isoxazole derivative, preparation method and application thereof
JP2022517108A (en) FXR (NR1H4) regulatory compound
EP3704112B1 (en) Alkene spirocyclic compounds as farnesoid x receptor modulators
WO2015049629A1 (en) Imidazoquinoline compounds as bromodomain inhibitors
WO2019089670A1 (en) Alkene compounds as farnesoid x receptor modulators
EP3704107A1 (en) Multicyclic compounds as farnesoid x receptor modulators
CN113045569B (en) Compounds useful as RET kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
KR20230027161A (en) Bicyclic compounds and their applications
JP7263659B2 (en) Nitrogen-containing benzoheterocyclic compound containing carboxylic acid group, method for preparation and use thereof
CN112812114A (en) Isoxazole derivative, pharmaceutical composition containing isoxazole derivative, and preparation method and application of isoxazole derivative
WO2021004487A1 (en) Thiazolidinedione derivative and pharmaceutical composition comprising same
CA3129619A1 (en) Substituted amide compounds useful as farnesoid x receptor modulators
CN114096533B (en) Tri-ring compound, pharmaceutical composition containing same, preparation method and application thereof
BR112021015930A2 (en) SUBSTITUTED AMIDE COMPOUNDS USEFUL AS FARNESOID X RECEPTOR MODULATORS
WO2021160132A1 (en) Heterocyclic compound, preparation method therefor, and use thereof
CN116063296A (en) Compound serving as thyroid hormone beta receptor agonist and application thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18741300

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18741300

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1